Wikipedia roa_rupwiki https://roa-rup.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prota_fr%C3%A3ndz%C3%A3 MediaWiki 1.39.0-wmf.22 first-letter Media Special Discuție Utilizator Discuție Utilizator Wikipedia Discuție Wikipedia Fișier Discuție Fișier MediaWiki Discuție MediaWiki Format Discuție Format Ajutor Discuție Ajutor Categorie Discuție Categorie TimedText TimedText talk Modul Discuție Modul Gadget Discuție Gadget Definiție gadget Discuție Definiție gadget 10 73566 205553 204582 2022-08-01T22:02:48Z (G)jabz 12383 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{{cursiv|da}}}|{{titlu cursiv}}}}{{infocasetă | name = Infocaseta Televiziune | navbar = clase | doc = Infocaseta Televiziune | antet = tv | culoare cadru = {{Television colour|{{{show_name|{{{nume|{{{name|}}}}}}}}}}} | title = {{#if:{{{cursiv|da}}}|''}}{{#if:{{{show_name|{{{nume|{{{name|}}}}}}}}} | {{{show_name|{{{nume|{{{name|}}}}}}}}} | {{#if:{{#invoke:Wikidata|getLabel}}|{{#invoke:Wikidata|getLabel}}|{{PAGENAME}}}} }}{{#if:{{{cursiv|da}}}|''}} | image = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{imagine|{{{image|{{{logo|{{Date înlănțuite de la Wikidata|P154|raw}}}}}}}}}}}|size={{{image_size|}}}|sizedefault=frameless|upright=1}} | caption = {{{caption|{{{descriere|{{{explicație|{{Date înlănțuite de la Wikidata|P154|_P2096}} }}} }}} }}} | header1 = {{#if:{{{genre|{{{gen|}}}}}}{{{format|}}}{{{regizor|{{{director|}}}}}}{{{scenarist|{{{writer|}}}}}}{{{creator|}}}{{{developer|{{{dezvoltator|}}}}}}{{{presenter|{{{prezentator|}}}}}}{{{judges|{{{coaches|{{{juriu|{{{antrenori|}}}}}}}}}}}}{{{starring|{{{actor|}}}}}}{{{voices|{{{voci|{{#property:P725}}}}}}}}{{{narrated|{{{narat|}}}}}}{{{theme_music_composer|{{{compozitor|}}}}}}{{{opentheme|{{{temă_început|}}}}}}{{{endtheme|{{{temă_sfârșit|}}}}}}{{{country|{{{țara|}}}}}}{{{language|{{{limba|{{#property:P364}}}}}}}}{{{dispromână|{{{dispromână|}}}}}}{{{num_seasons|{{{nr_sezoane|{{#property:P2437}}}}}}}}{{{num_series|{{{nr_serii|}}}}}}{{{num_episodes|{{{nr_episoade|{{#property:P1113}}}}}}}}|Informații generale}} | label2 = Gen | data2 = {{{genre|{{{gen|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P136}}}}}}}} | label3 = Format | data3 = {{{format|}}} | label4 = Regizor(i) | data4 = {{{regizor|{{{director|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P57}}}}}}}} | label5 = Scenarist(i) | data5 = {{{scenarist|{{{writer|}}}}}} | label6 = Creator(i) | data6 = {{{creator|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P170}}}}} | label7 = Dezvoltator(i) | data7 = {{{developer|{{{dezvoltator|}}}}}} | label8 = Prezentator(i) | data8 = {{{presenter|{{{prezentator|}}}}}} | label9 = {{#if:{{{antrenori|}}}|Antrenori|Juriu}} | data9 = {{{judges|{{{coaches|{{{juriu|{{{antrenori|}}}}}}}}}}}} | label10 = Actori | data10 = {{{starring|{{{actor|{{{protagoniști|{{Listă de la Wikidata|P161|limit=20}}}}} }}} }}} | label11 = Voci | data11 = {{{voices|{{{voci|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P725}}}}}}}} | label12 = Narat de | data12 = {{{narrated|{{{narat|{{{narator|}}} }}} }}} | label13 = Compozitor temă muzicală | data13 = {{{theme_music_composer|{{{compozitor|{{{compozitor_coloană_sonoră| {{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P86}} }}} }}} }}} | label14 = Temă muzicală de început | data14 = {{{opentheme|{{{temă_început|{{{temăînceput|}}} }}} }}} | label15 = Temă muzicală de sfârșit | data15 = {{{endtheme|{{{temă_sfârșit|{{{temăsfârșit|}}} }}} }}} | label16 = Țară de origine | data16 = {{{country|{{{țara|{{{țară|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P495}} }}} }}} }}} | label17 = Limbă(i) | data17 = {{{language|{{{limba|{{{limbă|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P364}} }}} }}} }}} | label18 = Disponibil pi armâneascâ | data18 = {{{disparmâneascâ|{{{disparmâneascâ|}}}}}} | label19 = <abbr title="Numărul">Nr.</abbr> de sezoane | data19 = {{{num_seasons|{{{nr_sezoane|{{Valoare unică de la Wikidata|pid=P2437}}}}}}}} | label20 = <abbr title="Numărul">Nr.</abbr> de serii | data20 = {{{num_series|{{{nr_serii|}}}}}} | label21 = <abbr title="Numărul">Nr.</abbr> de episoade | data21 = {{{num_episodes|{{{nr_episoade|{{Valoare unică de la Wikidata|pid=P1113}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{list_episodes|{{{listă_episoade|}}}}}}|([[{{{list_episodes|{{{listă_episoade|}}}}}}|Lista episoadelor]])|{{#if:{{#property:P1811}}|({{Valoare unică de la Wikidata|pid=P1811}})}}}} | header22 = {{#if:{{{producer|{{{producător|}}}}}}{{{executive_producer|{{{producător_executiv|{{#property:P1431}}}}}}}}{{{company|{{{companie|}}}}}}{{{distributor|{{{distribuitor|{{#property:P750}}}}}}}}{{{location|{{{locația|{{{loc|{{#property:P840}}}}}}}}}}}{{{camera|}}}{{{runtime|{{{durata|}}}}}}|Producție}} | label23 = Producător(i) | data23 = {{{producer|{{{producător|}}}}}} | label24 = Producător(i) executiv(i) | data24 = {{{executive_producer|{{{producător_executiv|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P1431}}}}}}}} | label25 = Companie(i) de producție | data25 = {{{company|{{{companie|}}}}}} | label26 = Distribuitor | data26 = {{{distributor|{{{distributor|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P750}}}}}}}} | label27 = Loc | data27 = {{{location|{{{locația|{{{locație|{{{loc|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P840}} }}} }}} }}} }}} | label28 = Format cameră | data28 = {{{camera|}}} | label29 = Perioadă de difuzare | data29 = {{{runtime|{{{durata|{{Separated entries|{{#invoke:Wikidata|getOneValue|P580}}|{{#invoke:Wikidata|getOneValue|P582}}|separator=&ndash;}}}}}}}} | header30 = {{#if:{{{network|{{{channel|{{{postul_tv|{{#property:P449}}}}}}}}}}}{{{picture_format|{{{format_imagine|}}}}}}{{{audio_format|{{{format_audio|}}}}}}{{{first_run|{{{prima_vizionare|}}}}}}{{{first_aired|{{{prima_difuzare|{{{difuzat_1dată|}}}}}}}}}|Difuzare}} | label31 = Canal originar | data31 = {{{network|{{{channel|{{{postul_tv|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P449}}}}}}}}}}} | label32 = Format imagine | data32 = {{{picture_format|{{{format_imagine|}}}}}} | label33 = Format audio | data33 = {{{audio_format|{{{format_audio|}}}}}} | label34 = Vizionat prima oară în | data34 = {{{first_run|{{{prima_vizionare| }}} }}} | label35 = Difuzare originară | data35 = {{{first_aired|{{{prima_difuzare|{{{difuzat_1dată|}}}}}}}}} | header36 = {{#if:{{{preceded_by|{{{precedat|{{{precedat_de|}}}}}}}}}{{{followed_by|{{{urmat|}}}}}}{{{related|{{{similar|}}}}}}|Cronologie}} | label37 = Precedat de | data37 = {{{preceded_by|{{{precedat|{{{precedat_de|}}}}}}}}} | label38 = Urmat de | data38 = {{{followed_by|{{{urmat|{{{urmat_de|}}} }}} }}} | label39 = Seriale similare | data39 = {{{related|{{{similar|{{{prod_asemănătoare|}}} }}} }}} | header40 = {{#if:{{{website|}}}{{{imdb_id|}}}{{{tv_com_id|}}}|Legături externe}} | data41 = {{#if:{{{website|}}}|[{{{website|}}} Website oficial]}} | data42 = {{#if:{{{imdb_id|}}}|[http://imdb.com/title/tt{{{imdb_id|}}}/ Profil pe IMDB]}} | data43 = {{#if:{{{Facebook|}}}|[https://www.facebook.com/{{{Facebook|}}} Profil pe Facebook]}} | data44 = {{#if:{{{website|}}}{{{imdb_id|}}}{{{tv_com_id|}}}||{{#invoke:Wikidata|getOnlineLinks}}}} | wikidata = y }}{{#if:{{{imagine|}}}{{{image|}}}{{{logo|}}}{{#property:P154}}||[[Categorie:Articole despre televiziune fără imagini]]}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentație}} <templatedata> { "params": { "cursiv": { "description": "da sau nu dacă titlul trebuie scris cu italice" }, "nume": { "aliases": [ "show_name", "name" ], "label": "titlu" }, "name": {}, "imagine": { "aliases": [ "image", "logo" ] }, "image_size": { "aliases": [ "dimensiunea imaginii" ] }, "descriere": { "aliases": [ "caption", "explicație" ], "label": "descrierea imaginii" }, "gen": { "aliases": [ "genre" ] }, "format": {}, "regizor": { "aliases": [ "director" ] }, "scenarist": { "aliases": [ "writer" ] }, "creator": {}, "dezvoltator": { "aliases": [ "developer" ] }, "prezentator": { "aliases": [ "presenter" ] }, "juriu": { "aliases": [ "judges", "coaches", "antrenori" ] }, "voci": { "aliases": [ "voices" ] }, "compozitor": { "aliases": [ "theme_music_composer", "compozitor_coloană_sonoră" ], "label": "compozitor al coloanei sonore" }, "temă_început": { "aliases": [ "opentheme", "temăînceput" ], "label": "tema muzicală de la început" }, "temă_sfârșit": { "aliases": [ "endtheme", "temăsfârșit" ], "label": "tema muzicală de la sfârșit" }, "țara": { "aliases": [ "country", "țară" ] }, "limba": { "aliases": [ "language", "limbă" ] }, "dispromână": { "label": "disponibil în română" }, "nr_sezoane": { "aliases": [ "num_seasons" ], "label": "număr de sezoane" }, "nr_serii": { "aliases": [ "num_series" ], "label": "număr de serii" }, "nr_episoade": { "aliases": [ "num_episodes" ], "label": "număr de episoade" }, "protagoniști": { "aliases": [ "actor", "starring" ] }, "narator": { "aliases": [ "narrated", "narat" ] }, "temăînceput": {}, "temăsfârșit": {}, "țară": {}, "limbă": {}, "listă_episoade": { "aliases": [ "list_episodes" ], "label": "lista episoadelor" }, "producător": { "aliases": [ "producer" ] }, "producător_executiv": { "aliases": [ "executive_producer" ] }, "companie": { "aliases": [ "company" ] }, "distribuitor": { "aliases": [ "distributor" ] }, "locația": { "aliases": [ "location", "locație", "loc" ] }, "camera": {}, "durata": { "aliases": [ "runtime" ] }, "channel": {}, "postul_tv": { "aliases": [ "network", "channel" ], "label": "post TV" }, "format_imagine": { "aliases": [ "picture_format" ], "label": "formatul imaginii" }, "format_audio": { "aliases": [ "audio_format" ], "label": "formatul audio" }, "prima_vizionare": { "aliases": [ "first_run", "difuzat_1dată" ], "label": "prima difuzare" }, "first_aired": {}, "prima_difuzare": {}, "precedat": { "aliases": [ "preceded_by", "precedat_de" ], "label": "precedat de" }, "urmat": { "aliases": [ "followed_by", "urmat_de" ], "label": "urmat de" }, "prod_asemănătoare": { "aliases": [ "related", "similar" ], "label": "producții asemănătoare" }, "website": {}, "imdb_id": {}, "tv_com_id": {}, "youtube id": {} }, "format": "block", "description": "Afișează o infocasetă despre un program de televiziune" } </templatedata> </noinclude> bag11monuip4150w98xfjv2s7n1tvef 0 73580 205558 205494 2022-08-01T22:20:34Z (G)jabz 12383 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infocaseta Serial | nume = SpongeBob SquarePants | image = SpongeBob SquarePants logo.png | image_size = | descriere = | format = | gen = [[Cumidhii]]<ref>{{cite interview|url=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QRPep55zMCE|title=SpongeBob SquarePants Meet the Creator: Stephen Hillenburg|quote="SpongeBob is a comedy"|work=Nick Animation}}</ref><br />[[Cumidhii suprarealistă]]<ref>{{cite web|url=https://www.vulture.com/2018/11/spongebob-squarepants-stephen-hillenburg-legacy.html|title=SpongeBob SquarePants and the Indestructible Faith of Imagination|quote=Who lives in a pineapple under the sea? Why, one of the stars of the most brilliantly imagined and sustained display of surreal humor in pop culture, that’s who.|work=New York (Vulture)}}</ref><br />[[Slapstick]]<ref>{{cite web|url=https://www.theverge.com/2018/11/28/18115919/spongebob-squarepants-stephen-hillenburg-death-meme|title=SpongeBob SquarePants creator Stephen Hillenburg gave the internet language|quote=...early SpongeBob was silly enough that children adored the animated slapstick comedy that flashed across the screen|work=The Verge}}</ref> | camera = | format_imagine = {{Plainlist| * [[NTSC]] ([[480i]]) (1999–2012) * [[HDTV]] [[1080i]] (2009, 2012–present) }} | format_audio = {{Plainlist| * Stereo (1999–2012) * [[Dolby Surround]] 5.1 (2009, 2012–prezent) }} | durata = {{Plainlist| * 11 minutâ (episoade normale) * 22 minutâ (episoade maxutarcu) }} | creator = [[Stephen Hillenburg]] | regizor = | scenarist = | actor = | dezvoltator = {{Plainlist| * [[Derek Drymon]] * [[Tim Hill (director)|Tim Hill]] * [[Nick Jennings (artist)|Nick Jennings]] }} | prezentator = | juriu = | voci = {{Plainlist| * [[Tom Kenny]] * [[Bill Fagerbakke]] * [[Rodger Bumpass]] * [[Clancy Brown]] * [[Mr. Lawrence]] * [[Jill Talley]] * [[Carolyn Lawrence]] * [[Mary Jo Catlett]] * [[Lori Alan]] }} | producător = {{Plainlist| * Donna Castricone (1999–2002) * Helen Kafatic (2002–2004) * Anne Michaud (2001) * Dina Buteyn (2005–2010) * Jennie Monica Hammond (2010–prezent) * '''Supervising:''' * Derek Drymon (2002–2004) * Paul Tibbitt (2005–2015) * Marc Ceccarelli (2015–2018) * Vincent Waller (2015–2018) }} | producător_executiv = {{Plainlist| * [[Stephen Hillenburg]] (1999–2018) * [[Paul Tibbitt]] (2008–2017) * '''Co-executivi:''' * Paul Tibbitt (2006–2008) * [[Marc Ceccarelli]] (2018–prezent) * Vincent Waller (2018–prezent) }} | locația = | narat = Tom Kenny (kihtrâ episoade) | compozitor = {{Plainlist| *Derek Drymon *Mark Harrison *Stephen Hillenburg *Blaise Smith }} | temă_început = "''SpongeBob SquarePants'' Theme Song", realizat de [[Patrick Pinney]] | temă_sfârșit = "SpongeBob Closing Theme", compus de Steve Belfer | țara = Statili Uniti ali America | limba = anglicheascã | disparmâneascâ = [[subtitrare|subtitrat]] | postul_tv = [[Nickelodeon]] | prima_vizionare = [[Statili Uniti ali America|SUA]] | prima_difuzare = 1 mai 1999 | nr_sezoane = 13 | nr_serii = | nr_episoade = 277 | listă_episoade = SpongeBob SquarePants#Episoade | precedat = | urmat = | similar = ''[[Rocko's Modern Life]]'' | website = https://www.nick.com/shows/spongebob-squarepants | imdb_id = | tv_com_id = }} '''SpongeBob SquarePants''' i unu serial ca animație plâsatu în anul 1999 ca [[Stephen Hillenburg]]. {{clear}} ==Episoade== {| class="wikitable sortable" style="text-align: center; width: 100%; margin: 0 auto; border-collapse: collapse;" border="1" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" |+ |- style="background: #ABC;" ! width="14%" |Premiera originală ! width="14%" |Premiera pi Armâneascâ ! width="6%" |N/o ! width="35%"|Titlu pi Armâneascâ (subtitrat) ! width="41%"|Titlu pi Anglicheascã |- | colspan="6" | |- | colspan="6" bgcolor="#dfefff" | '''PRIMUL SEZON''' |- | colspan="6" | |- | bgcolor="#DFEFFF"| 01.05.1999 | bgcolor="#DFEFFF"| 2018 | bgcolor="#DFEEEF"|01a | ''Agiutoru Urixitu'' | ''Help Wanted'' |} ==Note== {{ciot}} gyi5v0lswjled50j2mb2bfx97jt65nc 10 73994 205507 2022-08-01T21:06:12Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: <includeonly>{{Infocasetă |antet=automobil |culoare cadru=#B4B9C3 |culoare text=000 |title={{#if:{{{nume_model|{{{name|{{#invoke:Wikidata|getLabel}}}}}}}}|{{{nume_model|{{{name|{{#invoke:Wikidata|getLabel}}}}}}}}|{{PAGENAME}}}} |image={{#if:{{{imagine|{{{image|{{#property:P18}} }}} }}}|{{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{imagine|{{{image|{{#invoke:Wikidata|getOneValueNoRef|P18}} }}} }}}|size={{{image_size|}}}|sizedefault=frameless|upright={{{upright|{{#if:{{{interio... wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{Infocasetă |antet=automobil |culoare cadru=#B4B9C3 |culoare text=000 |title={{#if:{{{nume_model|{{{name|{{#invoke:Wikidata|getLabel}}}}}}}}|{{{nume_model|{{{name|{{#invoke:Wikidata|getLabel}}}}}}}}|{{PAGENAME}}}} |image={{#if:{{{imagine|{{{image|{{#property:P18}} }}} }}}|{{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{imagine|{{{image|{{#invoke:Wikidata|getOneValueNoRef|P18}} }}} }}}|size={{{image_size|}}}|sizedefault=frameless|upright={{{upright|{{#if:{{{interiorimage|}}}|1.0|1.25}} }}}|suppressplaceholder=yes}} }} |label1=Marcă |data1={{Valoare unică de la Wikidata|pid=P1716}} |label11=Producător |data11={{{producator|{{{producător|{{{manufacturer|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P1716}} }}} }}} }}} |label12=Alt nume |data12={{{alt_nume|{{{alias|{{{aka|}}}}}}}}} |label13=Companie „mamă” |data13={{{compania_mama|}}} |label14=Perioadă producție |data14={{{productia|{{{producție|{{{production|}}}}}}}}} |label15=Asamblat în |data15={{{asamblat_in|{{{asamblare|{{{assembly|}}}}}}}}} |label16=Predecesor |data16={{{predecesor|{{{predecessor|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P155}} }}} }}} |label17=Succesor |data17={{{succesor|{{{successor|{{Listă de la Wikidata|pid=P156}} }}} }}} |label18=Clasa |data18={{{clasa|{{{class|}}}}}} |label19=Caroserie |data19={{{tip_caroserie|{{{formă caroserie|{{{Chassis|{{{chassis|}}}}}}}}}}}} |label20=Configurație |data20={{{layout|}}} |label21=Platformă |data21={{{platforma|{{{platform|}}}}}} |label22=Siguranță |data22={{{siguranta|}}} |label23=Motorizare |data23={{{motorizare|{{{motor|{{{engine|}}}}}}}}} |label24=Transmisie |data24={{{tip_transmisie|{{{transmisie|{{{transmission|}}}}}}}}} |label25=Suspensie |data25={{#if:{{{tip_suspensie}}}|{{{tip_suspensie|}}}|{{comma separated entries|{{#if:{{{front_suspension|}}}{{{front_suspension|}}} (față)}}|{{#if:{{{rear_suspension|}}}|{{{rear_suspension|}}} (spate) }} }} }} |label26=Tracțiune |data26={{#if:{{{tip tracțiune|}}}|{{{tip tracțiune|}}}|{{comma separated entries|{{#if:{{{tractiune_fata|}}}|{{{tractiune_fata}}} (față)}}|{{#if:{{{tractiune_spate|}}}|{{{tractiune_spate}}} (spate)}} }} }} |label27=[[Ampatament]] |data27={{{ampatament|{{{wheelbase|{{Valoare unică de la Wikidata|P3039}}}}}}}} |label28=Lungime |data28={{{lungimea|{{{length|{{{lungime|{{Valoare unică de la Wikidata|P2043}}}}}}}}}}} |label29=Lățime |data29={{{latimea|{{{lățime|{{{width|{{Valoare unică de la Wikidata|P2049}}}}}}}}}}} |label30=Înălțime |data30={{{inaltimea|{{{height|{{Valoare unică de la Wikidata|P2048}}}}}}}} |label31=Gardă la sol |data31={{{garda_la_sol|}}} |label32=Ecartament față |data32={{{ecartament_fata|}}} |label33=Ecartament spate |data33={{{ecartament_spate|}}} |label34=Greutate |data34={{{greutatea|{{{greutate|{{{weight|{{Valoare unică de la Wikidata|P2067}}}}}}}}}}} |label35=Viteză maximă |data35={{{viteza_maxima|}}} |label36=Capacitatea rezervorului |data36={{{capacitate_rezervor|{{{Capacity|{{{capacity|}}}}}}}}} |label37=Capacitatea portbagajului |data37={{{capacitate_portbagaj|}}} |label38=Înrudit cu |data38={{{inrudit|{{{related|}}}}}} |label39=Similar |data39={{{similar|}}} |label40=Designer |data40={{{designer|}}} |header50={{#if:{{#invoke:Wikidata|getOnlineLinks}}|Prezență online}} |data51={{#invoke:Wikidata|getOnlineLinks}} |doc=Infocaseta Autoturism |wikidata=y }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentație}} <templatedata> { "params": { "nume_model": { "aliases": [ "name" ], "label": "nume" }, "imagine": { "aliases": [ "image" ] }, "image_size": { "label": "dimensiune imagine" }, "upright": {}, "interiorimage": {}, "producător": { "aliases": [ "producator", "manufacturer" ] }, "alt_nume": { "aliases": [ "alias", "aka" ], "label": "alt nume" }, "aka": {}, "compania_mama": { "label": "compania mamă" }, "producție": { "aliases": [ "productia", "production" ], "description": "perioada în care s-a produs" }, "asamblare": { "aliases": [ "asamblat_in", "assembly" ] }, "predecesor": { "aliases": [ "predecessor" ] }, "succesor": { "aliases": [ "successor" ] }, "clasa": { "aliases": [ "class" ] }, "formă caroserie": { "aliases": [ "Chassis", "chassis", "tip_caroserie" ] }, "layout": { "label": "configurație" }, "platforma": { "aliases": [ "platform" ], "label": "platformă" }, "siguranta": { "label": "siguranță" }, "motorizare": { "aliases": [ "motor", "engine" ] }, "transmisie": { "aliases": [ "transmission", "tip_transmisie" ] }, "tip_suspensie": { "label": "tip suspensie" }, "front_suspension": { "label": "suspensie față" }, "rear_suspension": { "label": "suspensie spate" }, "tip tracțiune": {}, "tractiune_fata": { "label": "tracțiune față" }, "tractiune_spate": { "label": "tracțiune spate" }, "ampatament": { "aliases": [ "wheelbase" ] }, "lungime": { "aliases": [ "length", "lungimea" ] }, "lățime": { "aliases": [ "latimea", "width" ] }, "inaltimea": { "aliases": [ "height" ], "label": "înălțime" }, "garda_la_sol": { "label": "garda la sol" }, "ecartament_fata": { "label": "ecartament față" }, "ecartament_spate": { "label": "ecartament spate" }, "greutate": { "aliases": [ "greutatea", "weight" ] }, "viteza_maxima": { "label": "viteză maximă" }, "capacitate_rezervor": { "aliases": [ "Capacity", "capacity" ], "label": "capacitate rezervor" }, "capacitate_portbagaj": { "label": "capacitate portbagaj" }, "inrudit": { "aliases": [ "related" ], "label": "înrudit cu" }, "similar": {}, "designer": {} }, "paramOrder": [ "nume_model", "imagine", "image_size", "upright", "interiorimage", "producător", "alt_nume", "aka", "compania_mama", "producție", "asamblare", "predecesor", "succesor", "clasa", "formă caroserie", "layout", "platforma", "siguranta", "motorizare", "transmisie", "tip_suspensie", "front_suspension", "rear_suspension", "tip tracțiune", "tractiune_fata", "tractiune_spate", "ampatament", "lungime", "lățime", "inaltimea", "garda_la_sol", "ecartament_fata", "ecartament_spate", "greutate", "viteza_maxima", "capacitate_rezervor", "capacitate_portbagaj", "inrudit", "similar", "designer" ], "format": "block" } </templatedata> </noinclude> 88cjoqqro3p6mhw731pixsit6hj6fqm 10 73995 205508 2022-08-01T21:09:35Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: <includeonly>{{#invoke:StringUtils|appendToString|{{#invoke:Wikidata|getOneValue|{{{pid|{{{1|}}}}}}|{{{qid|{{{2|}}}}}}}}|&nbsp;{{Editează la Wikidata|pid={{{pid|{{{1|}}}}}}|qid={{{qid|{{{2|}}}}}}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Modul:Wikidata}} <templatedata> { "params": { "pid": { "label": "Proprietate", "description": "ID-ul proprietății de la Wikidata", "example": "P59", "type": "string", "required": true }, "qid": { "label": "Entitate", "... wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:StringUtils|appendToString|{{#invoke:Wikidata|getOneValue|{{{pid|{{{1|}}}}}}|{{{qid|{{{2|}}}}}}}}|&nbsp;{{Editează la Wikidata|pid={{{pid|{{{1|}}}}}}|qid={{{qid|{{{2|}}}}}}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Modul:Wikidata}} <templatedata> { "params": { "pid": { "label": "Proprietate", "description": "ID-ul proprietății de la Wikidata", "example": "P59", "type": "string", "required": true }, "qid": { "label": "Entitate", "description": "ID-ul entității", "example": "Q412", "type": "string" } }, "description": "Format prescurtat pentru afișarea unei unice valori din cele cu rangul maxim dintr-o proprietate de la Wikidata", "format": "inline" } </templatedata> [[Categorie:Formate ce preiau date de la Wikidata]] </noinclude> 8gx4vhbttwie5gvd1gl4z72h104yxyj 828 73996 205509 2022-08-01T21:10:40Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: -- Module to display an icon with a tooltip such as "Edit this at Wikidata" -- Icon will be linked to the Wikidata entry for the article where this is placed. -- This message is only displayed if a local_parameter is not supplied -- i.e. when called from a template, it can be coded not to display the message -- when a local parameter is in use, preventing the value form Wikidata being fetched. -- The qid of a Wikidata entry can optionally be supplied for testing outside the... Scribunto text/plain -- Module to display an icon with a tooltip such as "Edit this at Wikidata" -- Icon will be linked to the Wikidata entry for the article where this is placed. -- This message is only displayed if a local_parameter is not supplied -- i.e. when called from a template, it can be coded not to display the message -- when a local parameter is in use, preventing the value form Wikidata being fetched. -- The qid of a Wikidata entry can optionally be supplied for testing outside the article. -- Usage: -- {{#invoke:EditAtWikidata|showMessage|local_parameter}} -- {{#invoke:EditAtWikidata|showMessage|qid=<ArticleID>|local_parameter}} local p = {} local getArgs = require('Modul:Arguments').getArgs local i18n = { ["message"] = "Modificați la Wikidata" } p.displayMessageWithCustomText = function(pid, qid, text) -- Get the object containing all the claims for the article local thisQid = qid or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not thisQid then return nil end if not text then return p.displayMessage(pid, qid) end local link = " [[:d:" .. thisQid .. (pid and ("#" .. pid ) or "") .. "|" .. text .. "]]" return link end p.displayMessage = function(pid, qid) -- Get the object containing all the claims for the article local thisQid = qid or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not thisQid then return nil end local icon if pid then icon = " [[File:Blue pencil.svg |frameless |text-top |10px |alt=" .. i18n.message .. " |link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/" .. thisQid .. "#" .. pid .. "|" .. i18n.message .. "]]" else icon = " [[File:Blue pencil.svg |frameless |text-top |10px |alt=" .. i18n.message .. " |link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/" .. thisQid .. "|" .. i18n.message .. "]]" end return icon end p.showMessage = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) -- There may be a local parameter supplied, if it's blank, set it to nil local local_parm = args[1] or "" if local_parm and (#local_parm == 0) then local_parm = nil end -- If there is a local parameter used, we don't want to display the message if local_parm then return nil end -- Can take a named parameter |qid which is the Wikidata ID for the article. -- This will not normally be used except for testing outside the article. local qid = args.qid -- The module can take a parameter pid= -- which will create a link to that property in the Wikidata entry for the article local pid = args.pid local label = args.label if not label then return p.displayMessage(pid, qid) else return p.displayMessageWithCustomText(pid, qid, label) end end return p 02ahsqnljnqlsddlvb8rrn6l4jeoo9f 828 73997 205510 2022-08-01T21:11:46Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local SepEntries = require('Module:Separated entries') local StringUtils = require('Modul:StringUtils') local DateUtils = require('Modul:DateUtils') local GregorianDate = require('Modul:GregorianDate') local Citation = require('Modul:Citation/CS1') local TableTools = require('Modul:TableTools') local LangUtils = require('Modul:LangUtils') local plural = require('Modul:Plural').build_plural local Transliteration = require('M... Scribunto text/plain local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local SepEntries = require('Module:Separated entries') local StringUtils = require('Modul:StringUtils') local DateUtils = require('Modul:DateUtils') local GregorianDate = require('Modul:GregorianDate') local Citation = require('Modul:Citation/CS1') local TableTools = require('Modul:TableTools') local LangUtils = require('Modul:LangUtils') local plural = require('Modul:Plural').build_plural local Transliteration = require('Modul:Transliteration') local Set = require('Modul:Set') local p = {} local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local wdReferences = {} -- internationalisation local i18n = { ["errors"] = { ["property-not-found"] = "Proprietatea nu a fost găsită.", ["entity-not-found"] = "Itfemul Wikidata nu a fost găsit.", ["unknown-claim-type"] = "Tip de afirmație negăsit.", ["unknown-snak-type"] = "Tip de Snak negăsit.", ["unknown-datavalue-type"] = "Tip de date negăsit.", ["unknown-entity-type"] = "Tip de item negăsit.", ["qualifier-not-found"] = "Calificator negăsit.", ["site-not-found"] = "Proiect Wikimedia negăsit.", }, ["somevalue"] = "O valoare", ["novalue"] = "Nicio valoare", ["datetime"] = { -- $1 is a placeholder for the actual number [0] = "$1 miliarde de ani", -- precision: billion years [1] = "$100 milioane de ani", -- precision: hundred million years [2] = "$10 milioane de ani", -- precision: ten million years [3] = "$1 milioane de ani", -- precision: million years [4] = "$100.000 de ani", -- precision: hundred thousand years [5] = "$10.000 de ani", -- precision: ten thousand years [6] = "mileniul $1", -- precision: millennium [7] = "secolul $1", -- precision: century [8] = "deceniul anilor $1", -- precision: decade -- the following use the format of #time parser function [9] = "Y", -- precision: year, [10] = "F Y", -- precision: month [11] = "j F Y", -- precision: day [12] = 'j F Y, "orele" G', -- precision: hour [13] = "j F Y G:i", -- precision: minute [14] = "j F Y G:i:s", -- precision: second ["beforenow"] = "acum $1", -- how to format negative numbers for precisions 0 to 5 ["afternow"] = "peste $1", -- how to format positive numbers for precisions 0 to 5 ["bc"] = '$1 "î.e.n."', -- how print negative years ["ad"] = "$1" -- how print positive years }, ["monolingualtext"] = '<span lang="%language">%text</span>', ["warnDump"] = "[[Categorie:Apel de funcție 'Dump' din modulul Wikidata]]" } local function propAndEntity(arg1, arg2) local propId, entId for _,eachArg in ipairs({arg1, arg2}) do if mw.ustring.match(eachArg, 'Q%d+') == eachArg then entId = eachArg elseif mw.ustring.match(eachArg, 'P%d+') == eachArg then propId = eachArg end end return propId, entId end local function wrapInLangSpan(text, lang) if not text then return nil end if not lang or lang == 'ro' then return text end local langSpan = mw.html.create('span'):attr('lang', lang):wikitext(text) return tostring(langSpan) end local function isClaimTrue(claim) return mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks['RANK_' .. mw.ustring.upper(claim.rank)] >= mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks.RANK_NORMAL end p.isClaimTrue = isClaimTrue --- returns true if the claim has a better (or equal) rank than the threshhold specified --- threshholdRank can be "normal", "preferred" etc. local function hasBetterRank(claim, threshholdRank) return (not threshholdRank or mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks['RANK_' .. mw.ustring.upper(claim.rank)] >= mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks['RANK_' .. mw.ustring.upper(threshholdRank)]) and isClaimTrue(claim) end p.hasBetterRank = hasBetterRank function p.descriptionIn(frame) local langcode = frame.args[1] local id = frame.args[2] -- return description of a Wikidata entity in the given language or the default language of this Wikipedia site local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(id) if entity then return entity.descriptions[langcode or lang.code].value end return "" end function p.getEntityId(frame) return mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end function p.labelIn(frame) local langcode = frame.args[1] local id = frame.args[2] or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() -- return label of a Wikidata entity in the given language or the default language of this Wikipedia site local entity if id then return mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(id, langcode or lang.code) end return "" end local function isValueSnak(snak) return snak and snak.snaktype == 'value' end p.isValueSnak = isValueSnak local function hasValueSnak(claim) return claim and claim.type == 'statement' and isValueSnak(claim.mainsnak) end p.hasValueSnak = hasValueSnak local function hasRankAtLeastNormal(claim) return claim and claim.rank and mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks['RANK_' .. mw.ustring.upper(claim.rank)] > mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks.RANK_DEPRECATED end p.claimHasRankAtLeastNormal = hasRankAtLeastNormal local function isWritingSystemLatn(lId) local writingSystems = { lId } local loopIdx = 1 repeat local crtWritingSystemId = table.remove(writingSystems, 1) local writingSystemInstanceOfClaims = p.findBestClaimsForProperty(crtWritingSystemId, 'P31') if writingSystemInstanceOfClaims then for _,eachScriptInstanceOfClaim in ipairs(writingSystemInstanceOfClaims) do if p.hasValueSnak(eachScriptInstanceOfClaim) and eachScriptInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == 'Q29575627' then return true end end end local writingSystemClaims = p.findBestClaimsForProperty(crtWritingSystemId, 'P282') if writingSystemClaims then for _,eachWritingSystemClaim in ipairs(writingSystemClaims) do if p.hasValueSnak(eachWritingSystemClaim) then if eachWritingSystemClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == 'Q8229' then return true end table.insert(writingSystems, eachWritingSystemClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id) end end end loopIdx = loopIdx + 1 until #writingSystems == 0 or loopIdx >= 20 return false end local function findNativeOrEnglishLabel(entityId, capitalize) local label local labelLang if not entityId then entityId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not entityId then return nil end local langIds = {} for _,eachLangProp in ipairs({'P103', 'P407', 'P37', 'P364'}) do for __,eachLangClaim in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, eachLangProp)) do if hasValueSnak(eachLangClaim) then table.insert(langIds, eachLangClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id) end end end for _,eachCountryProp in ipairs({'P17', 'P27'}) do for __,eachCountry in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, eachCountryProp)) do if hasValueSnak(eachCountry) then for ___,eachOffLang in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(eachCountry.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, 'P37')) do if hasValueSnak(eachOffLang) then table.insert(langIds, eachOffLang.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id) end end end end end table.insert(langIds, 'Q1860') langIds = TableTools.mergeSort(langIds, function(l1, l2) if l2 and not l1 then return 1 end if l1 and not l2 then return -1 end if l1 == l2 then return 0 end local l1IsLatn = isWritingSystemLatn(l1) or Transliteration.isTransliterationSupported(p.loadOneValueInChain({l1, 'P218'})) local l2IsLatn = isWritingSystemLatn(l2) or Transliteration.isTransliterationSupported(p.loadOneValueInChain({l2, 'P218'})) if l1IsLatn and not l2IsLatn then return -1 elseif not l1IsLatn and l2IsLatn then return 1 else return 0 end end) local langsToTry = {} for _,eachLangId in ipairs(langIds) do for __,eachLangCodeClaim in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(eachLangId, 'P424')) do if not labelLang and hasValueSnak(eachLangCodeClaim) then table.insert(langsToTry, eachLangCodeClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value) end end end local simplifiedLangsToTry = {} for _,eachLangToTry in ipairs(langsToTry) do local simplifiedLang = StringUtils._substringBefore({StringUtils._substringBefore({eachLangToTry, '_'}), '-'}) table.insert(simplifiedLangsToTry, simplifiedLang) end langsToTry = simplifiedLangsToTry for _,eachLang in ipairs(langsToTry) do if label == nil then label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, eachLang) description = mw.wikibase.getDescription(entityId) labelLang = eachLang end if label then break end end if label then if labelLang and labelLang ~= 'ro' and not Transliteration.isTransliterationSupported(labelLang) then label = wrapInLangSpan(label, labelLang) end if Transliteration.isTransliterationSupported(labelLang) then label = wrapInLangSpan(Transliteration.transliterate(label, labelLang), labelLang .. '-Latn') end if capitalize then label = lang:ucfirst(label) end end return label, labelLang end p.findNativeOrEnglishLabel = findNativeOrEnglishLabel p.getNativeOrEnglishLabel = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local label, lang = findNativeOrEnglishLabel(args[1], args[2]) if label then return label else return nil end end local function computeLinkToItem(entityId, capitalize, callFunction, plainCallFunction) local qIfiedEntityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) local sitelink = mw.wikibase.sitelink(qIfiedEntityId) local label = nil local labelLang = nil local object = nil local out = "" local description = nil if plainCallFunction and type(plainCallFunction) == 'function' then label, labelLang = plainCallFunction(qIfiedEntityId) elseif callFunction and type(callFunction) == 'function' then object = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(qIfiedEntityId) label, labelLang = callFunction(object) end if label == nil or (labelLang and labelLang ~= lang.code) then label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qIfiedEntityId, 'ro') if label then labelLang = 'ro' end description = mw.wikibase.getDescription(qIfiedEntityId) end if not label then label, labelLang = findNativeOrEnglishLabel(qIfiedEntityId, capitalize) elseif capitalize then label = lang:ucfirst(label) end if not label then label = qIfiedEntityId labelLang = nil end if description then description = "(" .. description .. ")" end if label == qIfiedEntityId then out = "[[Categorie:Articole cu legături către elemente fără etichetă]] " elseif labelLang ~= 'ro' then out = "[[Categorie:Articole cu legături către elemente fără etichetă în limba română]] " end description = description or "" if sitelink then return out .. "[[:" .. sitelink .. "|" .. label .. "]]" else local coextensiveWithPageId = p.loadOneValueInChain({qIfiedEntityId, 'P3403', 'raw'}) local listPageId = p.loadOneValueInChain({qIfiedEntityId, 'P2354', 'raw'}) local listPageSitelink = listPageId and mw.wikibase.sitelink(listPageId) or coextensiveWithPageId and mw.wikibase.sitelink(coextensiveWithPageId) if listPageSitelink then return "[[:" .. listPageSitelink .. "|" .. label .. "]]" end return out .. "[[:d:" .. qIfiedEntityId .. "|" .. label .. "]]<abbr title='Articolul încă nu există în acest wiki'>[*]</abbr>" .. mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess("{{invizibil|1=[[" .. label .." " .. description .. "|&#8203;]]}}") end end p.findLinkToItemWithLabel = function(entityId, label) local sitelink = mw.wikibase.sitelink(StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'})) if sitelink then return "[[:" .. sitelink .. "|" .. label .. "]]" else return computeLinkToItem(entityId, false, nil, function() return label end) end end p.findLinkToItemWithCallback = function(entityId, capitalize, callBack, plainCallBack) return computeLinkToItem(entityId, capitalize, callBack, plainCallBack) end p.findLinkToItemWithLabelFromAnyClaim = function(entityId, capitalize, propertyIdsTable) local callFunction = nil if propertyIdsTable then callFunction = function(object) local returnValue = nil for propIdIdx,propertyId in pairs(propertyIdsTable) do if object and object.claims and object.claims[propertyId] and returnValue == nil then for eachClaimIdx, eachClaim in pairs(object.claims[propertyId]) do if hasValueSnak(eachClaim) and eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue then if eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'monolingualtext' then if eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == 'ro' then returnValue = eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text end elseif eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' then returnValue = mw.wikibase.label(StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id']), 'Q'})) elseif eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'string' then returnValue = eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value end end end end end return returnValue end end return computeLinkToItem(entityId, capitalize, callFunction) end p.findLinkToItemWithLabelFromClaim = function(entityId, capitalize, propertyId) return p.findLinkToItemWithLabelFromAnyClaim(entityId, capitalize, { propertyId }) end p.findLinkToItem = function(entityId, capitalize, feminine, shortestAlias) if type(entityId) == 'number' then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) end if capitalize == nil then capitalize = false end local label local returnedLang = nil local bestRanks = { ["ro"] = nil, ["en"] = nil } if shortestAlias then local returnedAlias = nil local bestShortNameClaims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, 'P1813') if bestShortNameClaims then local shortNameEn = nil for shortNameIdx,shortNameClaim in pairs(bestShortNameClaims) do if shortNameClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == 'en' and hasBetterRank(shortNameClaim, bestRanks["en"]) then shortNameEn = shortNameClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text bestRanks["en"] = shortNameClaim.rank end if shortNameClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == 'ro' and hasBetterRank(shortNameClaim, bestRanks["ro"]) then returnedAlias = shortNameClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text bestRanks["ro"] = shortNameClaim.rank end end if returnedAlias then returnedLang = 'ro' elseif shortNameEn then returnedAlias = shortNameEn returnedLang = 'en' end returnedAlias = capitalize and StringUtils._capitalize({returnedAlias}) or returnedAlias end label = wrapInLangSpan(returnedAlias, returnedLang) end if feminine then local feminineForms = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, 'P2521') if feminineForms then for _idx, eachFForm in pairs(feminineForms) do if hasValueSnak(eachFForm) and eachFForm.mainsnak.datatype == 'monolingualtext' and eachFForm.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'monolingualtext' and eachFForm.mainsnak.datavalue.value and eachFForm.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == 'ro' then label = eachFForm.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text returnedLang = eachFForm.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language end end end end return computeLinkToItem(entityId, capitalize, nil, function() return label, returnedLang end) end p.getLinkToItem = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly=true}) local entityId = args[1] return p.findLinkToItem(entityId, false, false, false) end local function printRawValue(snak) if (isValueSnak(snak)) then if snak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid" then return snak.datavalue.value.id elseif snak.datavalue.type == "time" then return snak.datavalue.value.time elseif snak.datavalue.type == "monolingualtext" then return snak.datavalue.value.text elseif snak.datavalue.type == "quantity" then return snak.datavalue.value.amount .. ' ' .. snak.datavalue.value.unit else return snak.datavalue.value end end return '' end local function snakToString(snak, feminine) if (isValueSnak(snak)) then if (snak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid") then return p.findLinkToItem(snak.datavalue.value["numeric-id"], nil, feminine) end if (snak.datavalue.type == "time") then return formatDate(snak.datavalue.value.time, snak.datavalue.value.precision, snak.datavalue.value.timezone) end if (snak.datavalue.type == "monolingualtext") then return snak.datavalue.value.text end if (snak.datavalue.type == "quantity") then local unit = '1' local amount = snak.datavalue.value.amount local ret = nil local unitQ = mw.ustring.match(snak.datavalue.value.unit, 'Q%d+') if unitQ ~= nil then unit = p.findLanguageText('P5061', 'ro', unitQ) or p.findLanguageText('P5061', 'ro', unitQ) if not unit or mw.ustring.len(unit) == 0 then unit = p.findLabel(unitQ, nil) if tonumber(amount) > 1 and unit then mw.incrementExpensiveFunctionCount() ret = plural(tonumber(amount), unit) end end unit = unit or '1' end if tonumber(amount) ~= nil then amount = mw.language.new(lang.code):formatNum(tonumber(amount)) end if ret == nil then ret = amount .. (unit ~= '1' and (mw.text.decode('&nbsp;') .. unit) or '') end return ret end return snak.datavalue.value end return "" end p.printSnak = function(snak) return snakToString(snak) end p.outputReferences = function (claim) local refMapping = {} local authorityPropertiesMap = {} local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() refMapping["P1433"] = "publisher" refMapping["P123"] = "publisher" refMapping["P143"] = "publisher" refMapping["P1476"] = "contribution" refMapping["P854"] = "url" refMapping["P813"] = "accessdate" refMapping["P50"] = "author" refMapping["P2093"] = "author" refMapping["P577"] = "date" refMapping["P248"] = "title" refMapping["P304"] = "page" refMapping["P958"] = "contribution" refMapping["P1810"] = "contribution" refMapping["P212"] = "isbn" authorityPropertiesMap['Q20666306'] = 'P268' -- BnF identifier authorityPropertiesMap['Q15241312'] = 'P646' -- Freebase identifier authorityPropertiesMap['Q36578'] = 'P227' -- GND identifier authorityPropertiesMap['Q37312'] = 'P345' -- IMDb identifier authorityPropertiesMap['Q278487'] = 'P662' -- PubChem identifier authorityPropertiesMap['Q1139587'] = 'P2334' -- Swedish film database identifier local primaryProperties = {} primaryProperties["P1433"] = "publisher" primaryProperties["P123"] = "publisher" primaryProperties["P1476"] = "contribution" primaryProperties["P248"] = "title" primaryProperties["P854"] = "url" primaryProperties["P50"] = "author" local out = "" local referencesCount = 0 if claim then for ref in pairs(claim.references or {}) do local citationArguments = {} local citationArgumentsFound = false local refname = "" for snakkey, snakval in pairs(claim.references[ref].snaks) do if refMapping[snakkey] ~= nil then local snakData = {} for snakIndex,snakValElement in ipairs(snakval) do local formattedSnakValElement = snakToString(snakValElement) if isValueSnak(snakValElement) and snakValElement.datatype == 'time' then formattedSnakValElement = DateUtils.formatDate(DateUtils.parseWikidataDate(snakValElement.datavalue.value.time, snakValElement.datavalue.value.precision), false , true) elseif isValueSnak(snakValElement) and snakkey == 'P1476' and snakValElement.datatype == 'monolingualtext' and snakValElement.datavalue.value.language ~= 'ro' then citationArguments['language'] = snakValElement.datavalue.value.language end table.insert(snakData, formattedSnakValElement) end citationArguments[refMapping[snakkey]] = table.concat(snakData, ", ", 1, #snakData) refname = refname .. '_' .. refMapping[snakkey] .. '_' .. mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.gsub(mw.text.nowiki(citationArguments[refMapping[snakkey]]), '&#%d+;', ''), ' ', '') if primaryProperties[snakkey] then citationArgumentsFound = true end if snakkey == 'P248' or snakkey == 'P143' then -- "stated in" or "imported from", can be an authority file if snakval[1].datavalue and snakval[1].datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' then local statedInWbId = snakval[1].datavalue.value.id -- if Wikimedia project, ignore for _idx, eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim in pairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(statedInWbId, 'P31')) do if eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak and eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue and eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' and (eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] == 10876391 or eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] == 14827288) then citationArgumentsFound = false break end end for _idx, eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim in pairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(statedInWbId, 'P1269')) do if eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak and eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue and eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' and eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] == 16222597 then citationArgumentsFound = false break end end -- extract data about authority file local authorityWbEntityId = authorityPropertiesMap[StringUtils._prependIfMissing({statedInWbId, 'Q'})] if authorityWbEntityId then local authorityUrlFormatClaims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(authorityWbEntityId, 'P1630') if authorityUrlFormatClaims and 0 < #authorityUrlFormatClaims then local formatterUrl = snakToString(authorityUrlFormatClaims[1].mainsnak) local crtEntityId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if crtEntityId then local entityAuthIdClaims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(crtEntityId, authorityWbEntityId) if entityAuthIdClaims and 0 < #entityAuthIdClaims and hasValueSnak(entityAuthIdClaims[1]) then citationArguments['chapterurl'] = mw.ustring.gsub(formatterUrl, '%$1', entityAuthIdClaims[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value) citationArguments['chapter'] = p.labelIn({args = {'ro'}}) or p.labelIn({args = {'en'}}) end end end elseif citationArgumentsFound == true then --extract URL from target entity local statedInUrl = nil -- the order of the array is important, as we only search the first occurence local onlinelinksprops = {'P953', 'P854', 'P856', 'P1581', 'P2397','P1065'} for _,eachOnlineLinkProp in ipairs(onlinelinksprops) do local linkId = p.findOneValueNoRef(eachOnlineLinkProp, statedInWbId) if linkId then local linkFormatter = p.findOneValueNoRef('P1630', eachOnlineLinkProp) or '$1' if linkFormatter then linkId = mw.ustring.gsub(linkId, '%%', '%%%%') statedInUrl = mw.ustring.gsub(linkFormatter, '$1', linkId) break else statedInUrl = linkId break end end end if statedInUrl then citationArguments[refMapping[snakkey]] = StringUtils._capitalize({p.findTitleOfWork(statedInWbId)}) citationArguments['url'] = statedInUrl else local props = p.getEntityIdsList(statedInWbId, 'P1687') if props then for _,eachOnlineLinkProp in ipairs(onlinelinksprops) do for _,prop in ipairs(props) do if eachOnlineLinkProp == 'P' .. prop then citationArguments[refMapping[snakkey]] = StringUtils._capitalize({p.findTitleOfWork(statedInWbId)}) citationArguments['url'] = p.findOneValueNoRef(eachOnlineLinkProp) end break end end end end end end end end end if citationArgumentsFound then --post-process citation arguments: --1. if publisher is missing and contribution and title are present, change title to publisher and contribution to title if citationArguments['publisher'] == nil and citationArguments['contribution'] and citationArguments['title'] then citationArguments['publisher'] = citationArguments['title'] citationArguments['title'] = citationArguments['contribution'] citationArguments['contribution'] = nil end --2. if contribution is present but title is not, change contribution to title if citationArguments['contribution'] and citationArguments['title'] == nil then citationArguments['title'] = citationArguments['contribution'] citationArguments['contribution'] = nil end --3. if title is a wikilink, break it down and assign article link separately if citationArguments['title'] then local titlink, titplain = mw.ustring.match(citationArguments['title'], '%[%[(.*)|(.*)%]%]') if titlink and titplain then if not citationArguments['url'] then citationArguments['titlelink'] = titlink end citationArguments['title'] = titplain end end local citationHash = mw.hash.hashValue('md5', refname) if referencesCount < 4 then if wdReferences[citationHash] then out = out .. frame:extensionTag{name="ref", args={name = citationHash}} else local refText = Citation.citationFromArgs(citationArguments, {CitationClass = 'citation'}, false) out = out .. frame:extensionTag("ref", refText, { name = citationHash }) wdReferences[citationHash] = true end referencesCount = referencesCount + 1 end end end end return out end p.getValueListLimited = function(entityId, propertyId, limitVal) if limitVal == nil or limitVal <= 0 then limitVal = math.huge end entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if propertyId == nil or entityId == nil then return nil,0 end local claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) if not claims then return nil,0 end if #claims == 0 then return {},0 end local rez = {} local feminine = false local genders = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, 'P21') if genders and #genders > 0 and genders[1] and hasValueSnak(genders[1]) and genders[1].mainsnak.datatype == 'wikibase-item' and genders[1].mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' and genders[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] == 6581072 then feminine = true end local count = 0 for k, v in pairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(v) then count = count+1 if k <= limitVal then table.insert(rez, snakToString(v.mainsnak, feminine) .. p.outputReferences(v)) end end end return rez, count end p.getValueList = function(entityId, propertyId) local rez, _ = p.getValueListLimited(entityId, propertyId, nil) return rez end local function findTimestampInTable(tbl) local crtEntry = '' if tbl then if tbl['P585'] then crtEntry = crtEntry .. snakToString(tbl['P585'][1].mainsnak or tbl['P585'][1]) elseif tbl['P580'] then if tbl['P582'] then local starttime = snakToString(tbl['P580'][1].mainsnak or tbl['P580'][1]) local endtime = snakToString(tbl['P582'][1].mainsnak or tbl['P582'][1]) if starttime == endtime then crtEntry = crtEntry .. starttime else crtEntry = crtEntry .. starttime .. mw.text.decode('&ndash;', true) .. endtime end else crtEntry = crtEntry .. 'din ' .. snakToString(tbl['P580'][1].mainsnak or tbl['P580'][1]) end elseif tbl['P582'] then local endtime = DateUtils.extractDateFromWikidataSnak(tbl['P582'][1].mainsnak or tbl['P582'][1]) if endtime then crtEntry = crtEntry .. 'până ' .. ((endtime.precision == 9 or endtime.precision == 10) and 'în' or 'la') .. ' ' .. DateUtils.formatDate(endtime) end end end return crtEntry end p.printTimestampForClaim = function(claim) if claim and claim.qualifiers then return tostring(mw.html.create('small'):wikitext(' (' .. findTimestampInTable(claim.qualifiers) .. ')')) end return '' end p.findTimestamp = function(entityId) if type(entityId) == 'number' then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) end if type(entityId) == 'table' then entityId = entityId.id end entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId then local tbl = {} for _,propId in ipairs({'P580', 'P582', 'P585'}) do local propClaims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propId) if propClaims and #propClaims > 0 then tbl[propId] = propClaims end end return findTimestampInTable(tbl) end return '' end p.getTimestamp = function(frame) return p.findTimestamp(frame and frame.args and frame.args[1] or nil) end p.getValueListWithDecoratedQualifiers = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local entityId = args['q'] local propertyId = args['p'] local best = (args['best'] ~= nil) local bracketTemplates = nil local bracketTemplatesIdces = TableTools.affixNums(args, 'bracketTemplate') if bracketTemplatesIdces and #bracketTemplatesIdces > 0 then bracketTemplates = {} for _, bracketTemplatesIdx in ipairs(bracketTemplatesIdces) do table.insert(bracketTemplates, args['bracketTemplate' .. tostring(bracketTemplatesIdx)]) end end local pictureSize = args['pictureSize'] or '40px' local pictureProp = args['picturePid'] or nil local seps = nil local sepsIdces = TableTools.affixNums(args, 'sep') if sepsIdces and #sepsIdces > 0 then seps = {} for _, sepsIdx in ipairs(sepsIdces) do table.insert(seps, args['sep' .. tostring(sepsIdx)]) end end local rezList = p.findValueListWithQualifiersInBrackets(entityId, propertyId, best, bracketTemplates, seps, pictureProp, pictureSize) return table.concat(rezList, tostring(mw.html.create('br'))) end p.getValueListWithQualifiersInBrackets = p.getValueListWithDecoratedQualifiers p.findValueListWithDecoratedQualifiers = function(entityId, propertyId, best, bracketTemplates, seps, pictureProp, pictureSize) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if (type(bracketTemplates) == 'string') then bracketTemplates = { bracketTemplates } end seps = seps or {} table.insert(seps, 1, '') if #seps < #bracketTemplates then for idx=#seps + 1,#bracketTemplates do table.insert(seps, ', ') end end if propertyId == nil or entityId == nil then return nil end local claims local qualProps = {} for _,bracketTemplate in ipairs(bracketTemplates) do mw.ustring.gsub(bracketTemplate, '%$(P%d+)', function(qualProp) table.insert(qualProps, qualProp) return nil end) end if best then claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, propertyId) else claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) end local rez = {} if claims and claims[1] then local rawclaims = {} for k, v in pairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(v) and hasRankAtLeastNormal(v) then table.insert(rawclaims, v) end end for k, v in pairs(rawclaims) do local crtEntry = snakToString(v.mainsnak) if pictureProp then local ts local picture if v.qualifiers and v.qualifiers['P582'] then for _,endTimeQual in ipairs(v.qualifiers['P582']) do ts = DateUtils.extractDateFromWikidataSnak(endTimeQual) end end if ts then local pictureClaim = p.findClaimForTimestamp(v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, pictureProp, ts) if (p.hasValueSnak(pictureClaim)) then picture = pictureClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value end else picture = p.loadOneValueInChain({v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, pictureProp, 'raw'}) end if picture and picture ~= '' then crtEntry = StringUtils._prependToString({crtEntry, '[[Fișier:' .. picture .. '|' .. pictureSize .. ']]' .. mw.text.decode('&nbsp;')}) end end if v.qualifiers and #qualProps > 0 then local qualPropValues = {} for _,eachQualProp in pairs(qualProps) do if v.qualifiers[eachQualProp] then local qualPropValuesList = {} for __,eachQualSnak in ipairs(v.qualifiers[eachQualProp]) do if isValueSnak(eachQualSnak) then table.insert(qualPropValuesList, snakToString(eachQualSnak)) end end qualPropValues[eachQualProp] = mw.text.listToText(qualPropValuesList, ', ', ' și ') else qualPropValues[eachQualProp] = '' end end local bracketData = {} local usedSeps = {} for bracketTemplateIdx,bracketTemplate in ipairs(bracketTemplates) do local substedBracketTemplate = mw.ustring.gsub(bracketTemplate, '%$(P%d+)', function(qualProp) return qualPropValues[qualProp] end) if substedBracketTemplate ~= bracketTemplate and substedBracketTemplate ~= "" then bracketData[bracketTemplateIdx] = substedBracketTemplate usedSeps[bracketTemplateIdx] = seps[bracketTemplateIdx] end end bracketData = TableTools.compressSparseArray(bracketData) usedSeps = TableTools.compressSparseArray(usedSeps) local bracketText = '' for bracketDatumIdx=1,#bracketData do bracketText = bracketText .. (bracketDatumIdx == 1 and '' or usedSeps[bracketDatumIdx]) bracketText = bracketText .. bracketData[bracketDatumIdx] end crtEntry = StringUtils._appendToString({crtEntry, tostring(mw.html.create('small'):wikitext(StringUtils._encloseString({bracketText, '&#32;(', ')'})))}) end crtEntry = crtEntry .. p.outputReferences(v) table.insert(rez, crtEntry) end end return rez end p.findValueListWithQualifiersInBrackets = p.findValueListWithDecoratedQualifiers p.getTimestampedValueList = function(entityId, propertyId, best) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if propertyId == nil or entityId == nil then return nil end local claims if best then claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, propertyId) else claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) end local rez = {} if claims and claims[1] then local rawclaims = {} for k, v in pairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(v) then table.insert(rawclaims, v) end end for k, v in pairs(rawclaims) do local crtEntry = snakToString(v.mainsnak) crtEntry = crtEntry .. p.printTimestampForClaim(v) crtEntry = crtEntry .. p.outputReferences(v) table.insert(rez, crtEntry) end end return rez end p._getValueListWithSeparator = function(funcArgs) local separator = mw.text.trim(funcArgs[1] or ", ") local propertyId local entityId propertyId, entityId = propAndEntity(funcArgs[2], funcArgs[3]) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() local limit = funcArgs[4] or funcArgs['limit'] local limitVal = 0 if limit and limit == mw.ustring.match(limit, '%d+') then limitVal = tonumber(limit) end local values, vcount = p.getValueListLimited(entityId, propertyId, limitVal) if not values then return nil end local extraSpec = nil if 0 < limitVal and vcount > limitVal + 1 then local hiddenVals = vcount - limitVal extraSpec = '[[:d:' .. entityId .. '#' .. propertyId .. "|...''încă " .. tostring(hiddenVals) .. "'']]" table.insert(values, extraSpec) end return values and table.concat(values, separator) end p.getValueListWithSeparator = function(frame) local funcArgs = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) return p._getValueListWithSeparator(funcArgs) end p.getValue = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._getValueListWithSeparator({', ', args[1], mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()}) end p._getTimestampedValueListWithSeparator = function(funcArgs) local separator = funcArgs[1] or ", " local propertyId = funcArgs[2] local entityId = funcArgs[3] local best = funcArgs['best'] == 'y' or funcArgs['best'] == 'yes' local values = p.getTimestampedValueList(entityId, propertyId, best) return values and table.concat(values, separator) end p.getTimestampedValueListWithSeparator = function(frame) local funcArgs = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) return p._getTimestampedValueListWithSeparator(funcArgs) end local function extractWikidataIdsFromClaimList(claims) local rez = {} if claims and #claims > 0 then for k, v in pairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(v) and v.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' then table.insert(rez, v.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id']) end end end return rez end p.getEntityIdsList = function(entityId, propertyId) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if propertyId == nil or entityId == nil then return nil end local claims = nil if entityId then claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) end return extractWikidataIdsFromClaimList(claims) end p.getBestEntityIdsList = function(entityId, propertyId) local claims = nil if propertyId == nil then return nil end if type(entityId) == 'table' then claims = entityId:getBestStatements(propertyId) else if type(entityId) == 'number' then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) end if type(propertyId) == 'number' then propertyId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(propertyId), 'P'}) end entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if propertyId == nil or entityId == nil then return nil end claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, propertyId) end if not claims then return nil end return extractWikidataIdsFromClaimList(claims) end local timestampComparator = function(p1, p2) if p1 and p2 then local q1 = p1.qualifiers local q2 = p2.qualifiers local d1 = nil local d2 = nil if q1 and q2 then if q1['P580'] and q1['P580'][1] and q1['P580'][1].datavalue then d1 = p.extractDateFromClaim(q1['P580'][1]) end if q2['P580'] and q2['P580'][1] and q2['P580'][1].datavalue then d2 = p.extractDateFromClaim(q2['P580'][1]) end if d1 and d2 then return DateUtils.compare(d1, d2) > 0 elseif d1 then return true elseif d2 then return false end elseif q1 then return true elseif q2 then return false end else if p1 then return true end if p2 then return false end end return false end p.findBestClaimsForProperty = function(entity, propertyId) if propertyId == nil then return nil end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if type(entity) == 'table' then return entity:getBestStatements(propertyId) end if type(entity) == 'number' then entity = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entity), 'Q'}) end if entity == nil then return nil end return mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entity, propertyId) end p.findClaimsForProperty = function(entity, propertyId) if propertyId == nil then return nil end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if type(entity) == 'table' and entity.claims then return entity.claims[propertyId] end if type(entity) == 'number' then entity = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entity), 'Q'}) end if entity == nil then return nil end return mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entity, propertyId) end p.findClaimsForPropertyByType = function(entity, propertyId, typeIds) local ret = {} if propertyId == nil then return nil end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end local claims = {} if type(entity) == 'table' and entity.claims then claims = entity.claims[propertyId] else if type(entity) == 'number' then entity = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entity), 'Q'}) end if entity == nil then return nil end claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entity, propertyId) end for k, v in pairs(claims) do local snak = v.mainsnak local end_date = p.findQualifierValueListForClaim(v, "P582") if #end_date == 0 and isValueSnak(snak) and snak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid" then value = snak.datavalue.value.id if p.isA(value, typeIds) then table.insert(ret, v) end end end return ret end p.getClaimsForPropertyByType = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local propertyID, entityID, typeId local raw = false local ret = {} propertyID, entityID = propAndEntity(args[1] or '', args[2] or '') typeId = {args[3]} if args['raw'] then raw = true end local entity = nil if entityID ~= "" then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(entityID) end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() end if entity == nil then return "" end local claims = p.findClaimsForPropertyByType(entity, propertyID, typeId) if not claims then return "" end for _,eachClaim in ipairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(eachClaim) then if raw then table.insert(ret, printRawValue(eachClaim.mainsnak)) else table.insert(ret, snakToString(eachClaim.mainsnak)) end end end return table.concat(ret, ", ") end p.findSortedClaimsForProperty = function(entity, propertyId) local rawClaims = p.findClaimsForProperty(entity, propertyId) if rawClaims == nil then return {} end table.sort(rawClaims, timestampComparator) return rawClaims end p.findQualifierValueListForClaim = function(claim, qualifierId) if claim == nil or claim.qualifiers == nil or qualifierId == nil then return {} end local quals = {} local wikidataQualifiers = claim.qualifiers[qualifierId] if wikidataQualifiers then for qualK, qualV in pairs(wikidataQualifiers) do if isValueSnak(qualV) then table.insert(quals, snakToString(qualV)) end end end return quals end p.getQualifierValue = function(frame) local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") local qualifierID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2] or "") local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity() if entity and entity.claims ~= nil and entity.claims[propertyID] ~= nil then local out = {} for k, v in pairs(entity.claims[propertyID]) do if v.qualifiers and v.qualifiers[qualifierID] then for k2, v2 in pairs(v.qualifiers[qualifierID]) do if isValueSnak(v2) == 'value' then table.insert(out, snakToString(v2)) end end end end return table.concat(out, ", ") else return "" end end -- This is used to get a value like 'male' (for property p21) which won't be linked and numbers without the thousand separators p.getRawValue = function(frame) local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") local input_parm = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2] or "") local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() local claims = nil if entity and entity.claims then claims = entity.claims[propertyID] end if claims then local result = entity:formatPropertyValues(propertyID, mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks).value -- if number type: remove thousand separators if (hasValueSnak(claims[1]) and claims[1].mainsnak.datavalue.type == "quantity") then result = mw.ustring.gsub(result, "(%d),(%d)", "%1%2") end return result else return "" end end p.getRawQualifierValue = function(frame) local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") local qualifierID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2] or "") local input_parm = mw.text.trim(frame.args[3] or "") if input_parm == "FETCH_WIKIDATA" then local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity() if entity.claims[propertyID] ~= nil then local out = {} for k, v in pairs(entity.claims[propertyID]) do for k2, v2 in pairs(v.qualifiers[qualifierID]) do if isValueSnak(v2) then if v2.datavalue.value["numeric-id"] then out[#out + 1] = mw.wikibase.label("Q" .. v2.datavalue.value["numeric-id"]) else out[#out + 1] = v2.datavalue.value end end end end local ret = table.concat(out, ", ") return string.upper(string.sub(ret, 1, 1)) .. string.sub(ret, 2) else return "" end else return input_parm end end p.extractDateFromClaim = function(claimOrSnak) local claim if claimOrSnak.mainsnak then claim = claimOrSnak.mainsnak else claim = claimOrSnak end if claim.datatype == 'time' and isValueSnak(claim) then local d = {} local iSOTimeSign = mw.ustring.sub(claim.datavalue.value.time, 1, 1) d.precision = tonumber(claim.datavalue.value.precision) d.calendarmodel = claim.datavalue.value.calendarmodel wdDate = DateUtils.parseWikidataDate(claim.datavalue.value.time, d.precision) if wdDate ~= nil then d.month = wdDate.month d.day = wdDate.day else d.month = 1 d.day = 1 end if d.precision <= 9 then d.year = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(claim.datavalue.value.time, "%d+")) if iSOTimeSign == '-' then d.year = -d.year end elseif wdDate ~= nil then d.year = wdDate.year else d.year = 1 end d.claim = claimOrSnak return d end return nil end p.findDateValues = function(propertyId, entityId) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId then local bestclaims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, propertyId) local bestdates = {} if bestclaims then for k, v in pairs(bestclaims) do if hasValueSnak(v) and v.mainsnak.datatype == 'time' then local d = p.extractDateFromClaim(v) table.insert(bestdates, d) elseif hasValueSnak(v) then local d = {} d.claim = v table.insert(bestdates, d) end end end return bestdates end end -- This is used to get a date value for date_of_birth (p569), etc. which won't be linked -- consolidate by testing if entity.claims[propertyID].mainsnak.datavalue.type is "time" -- Dates are stored as 28 characters if the year >99 -- e.g. +00000002014-01-01T00:00:00Z for 2014 -- Dates are stored as 26 characters if the year =<99 -- e.g. +000000050-01-01T00:00:00Z for 50 CE p.getDateValue = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { frameOnly = true }) local propertyId = args[1] local entityId = args[2] or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId then local claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) local out = {} if claims then for _,eachClaim in pairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(eachClaim) then local extractedDate = p.extractDateFromClaim(eachClaim) table.insert(out, GregorianDate.displayDualDateIfInInterval(extractedDate, true)) end end end return table.concat(out, ", ") else return "" end end p.getQualifierDateValue = function(frame) local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") local qualifierID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2] or "") local input_parm = mw.text.trim(frame.args[3] or "") local date_format = mw.text.trim(frame.args[4] or "dmy") if input_parm == "FETCH_WIKIDATA" then local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity() if entity.claims[propertyID] ~= nil then local out = {} local dt = {} for k, v in pairs(entity.claims[propertyID]) do for k2, v2 in pairs(v.qualifiers[qualifierID]) do if isValueSnak(v2) then local d = v2.datavalue.value.time if #d > 26 then dt.year = string.sub(d, 9, 12) dt.month = string.sub(d, 14, 15) dt.day = string.sub(d, 17, 18) else dt.year = string.sub(d, 9, 10) dt.month = string.sub(d, 12, 13) dt.day = string.sub(d, 15, 16) end if date_format == "mdy" then out[#out + 1] = os.date("%B %e, %Y", os.time(dt)) elseif date_format == "my" then out[#out + 1] = os.date("%B %Y", os.time(dt)) elseif date_format == "y" then out[#out + 1] = os.date("%Y", os.time(dt)) else out[#out + 1] = os.date("%e %B %Y", os.time(dt)) end end end end return table.concat(out, ", ") else return "" end else return input_parm end end -- returns the value of the specified qualifier for the specified preferred value of the property of the specified entity (or the current entity) p.findQualifierForPreferredPropertyValue = function(entityId, propertyId, qualifierId, separator) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId == nil then return nil end local claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) local out = {} if claims and claims[1] then for claimK, claimV in pairs(claims) do if claimV.rank == 'preferred' then local qual = claimV.qualifiers[qualifierId] if qual and qual.mainsnak then table.insert(out, snakToString(qual)) end end end end return table.concat(out, separator) end p.getQualifierForPreferredPropertyValue = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local entityId = args['entityId'] or args[1] local propertyId = args['propertyId'] or args[2] local qualifierId = args['qualifierId'] or args[3] local separator = args['separator'] or args[4] or ', ' return p.findQualifierForPreferredPropertyValue(entityId, propertyId, qualifierId, separator) end -- This is used to get the TA98 (Terminologia Anatomica first edition 1998) values like 'A01.1.00.005' (property P1323) -- which are then linked to http://www.unifr.ch/ifaa/Public/EntryPage/TA98%20Tree/Entity%20TA98%20EN/01.1.00.005%20Entity%20TA98%20EN.htm -- uses the newer mw.wikibase calls instead of directly using the snaks -- formatPropertyValues returns a table with the P1323 values concatenated with ", " so we have to split them out into a table in order to construct the return string p.getTAValue = function(frame) local ent = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() local props = ent:formatPropertyValues('P1323') local out = {} local t = {} for k, v in pairs(props) do if k == 'value' then t = mw.text.split( v, ", ") for k2, v2 in pairs(t) do out[#out + 1] = "[http://www.unifr.ch/ifaa/Public/EntryPage/TA98%20Tree/Entity%20TA98%20EN/" .. string.sub(v2, 2) .. "%20Entity%20TA98%20EN.htm " .. v2 .. "]" end end end ret = table.concat(out, "<br> ") if #ret == 0 then ret = "Invalid TA" end return ret end -- returns the page id (Q...) of the current page or nothing of the page is not connected to Wikidata p.pageId = p.getEntityId -- the "qualifiers" and "snaks" field have a respective "qualifiers-order" and "snaks-order" field -- use these as the second parameter and this function instead of the built-in "pairs" function -- to iterate over all qualifiers and snaks in the intended order. local function orderedpairs(array, order) if not order then return pairs(array) end -- return iterator function local i = 0 return function() i = i + 1 if order[i] then return order[i], array[order[i]] end end end -- precision: 0 - billion years, 1 - hundred million years, ..., 6 - millennia, 7 - century, 8 - decade, 9 - year, 10 - month, 11 - day, 12 - hour, 13 - minute, 14 - second local function normalizeDate(date) date = mw.text.trim(date, "+") -- extract year local yearstr = mw.ustring.match(date, "^\-?%d+") local year = tonumber(yearstr) -- remove leading zeros of year return year .. mw.ustring.sub(date, #yearstr + 1), year end function formatDate(indate, precision, timezone) precision = precision or 11 date, year = normalizeDate(indate) if year == 0 and precision <= 9 then return "" end -- precision is 10000 years or more if precision <= 5 then local factor = 10 ^ ((5 - precision) + 4) local y2 = math.ceil(math.abs(year) / factor) local relative = mw.ustring.gsub(i18n.datetime[precision], "$1", tostring(y2)) if year < 0 then relative = mw.ustring.gsub(i18n.datetime.beforenow, "$1", relative) else relative = mw.ustring.gsub(i18n.datetime.afternow, "$1", relative) end return relative end -- precision is decades, centuries and millennia local era if precision == 6 then era = mw.ustring.gsub(i18n.datetime[6], "$1", tostring(math.floor((math.abs(year) - 1) / 1000) + 1)) end if era then if year < 0 then era = mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.gsub(i18n.datetime.bc, '"', ""), "$1", era) elseif year > 0 then era = mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.gsub(i18n.datetime.ad, '"', ""), "$1", era) end return era end if precision >= 7 then return DateUtils.formatDate(DateUtils.parseWikidataDate(indate, precision)) end end local function printDatavalueEntity(data, parameter) -- data fields: entity-type [string], numeric-id [int, Wikidata id] local id = "Q" .. data["numeric-id"] if parameter then if parameter == "link" then return "[[" .. (mw.wikibase.sitelink(id) or (":d:" .. id)) .. "|" .. (mw.wikibase.label(id) or id) .. "]]" else return data[parameter] end else if data["entity-type"] == "item" then return mw.wikibase.label("Q" .. data["numeric-id"]) or id else printError("unknown-entity-type") end end end local function printDatavalueTime(data, parameter) -- data fields: time [ISO 8601 time], timezone [int in minutes], before [int], after [int], precision [int], calendarmodel [wikidata URI] -- precision: 0 - billion years, 1 - hundred million years, ..., 6 - millennia, 7 - century, 8 - decade, 9 - year, 10 - month, 11 - day, 12 - hour, 13 - minute, 14 - second -- calendarmodel: e.g. http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q1985727 for the proleptic Gregorian calendar or http://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q11184 for the Julian calendar] if parameter then if parameter == "calendarmodel" then data.calendarmodel = mw.ustring.match(data.calendarmodel, "Q%d+") -- extract entity id from the calendar model URI elseif parameter == "time" then data.time = normalizeDate(data.time) end return data[parameter] else return formatDate(data.time, data.precision, data.timezone) end end function findClaims(entity, property) if not property or not entity or not entity.claims then return end if mw.ustring.match(property, "^P%d+$") then -- if the property is given by an id (P..) access the claim list by this id return entity.claims[property] else property = mw.wikibase.resolvePropertyId(property) if not property then return end return entity.claims[property] end end function getSnakValue(snak, parameter) -- snaks have three types: "novalue" for null/nil, "somevalue" for not null/not nil, or "value" for actual data if snak.snaktype == "novalue" then return i18n["novalue"] elseif snak.snaktype == "somevalue" then return i18n["somevalue"] elseif snak.snaktype ~= "value" then return nil, printError("unknown-snak-type") end -- call the respective snak parser if snak.datavalue.type == "string" then return snak.datavalue.value elseif snak.datavalue.type == "globecoordinate" then return printDatavalueCoordinate(snak.datavalue.value, parameter) elseif snak.datavalue.type == "quantity" then return printDatavalueQuantity(snak.datavalue.value, parameter) elseif snak.datavalue.type == "time" then return printDatavalueTime(snak.datavalue.value, parameter) elseif snak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid" then return printDatavalueEntity(snak.datavalue.value, parameter) elseif snak.datavalue.type == "monolingualtext" then return printDatavalueMonolingualText(snak.datavalue.value, parameter) else return nil, printError("unknown-datavalue-type") end end function getQualifierSnak(claim, qualifierId) -- a "snak" is Wikidata terminology for a typed key/value pair -- a claim consists of a main snak holding the main information of this claim, -- as well as a list of attribute snaks and a list of references snaks if qualifierId then -- search the attribute snak with the given qualifier as key if claim.qualifiers then local qualifier = claim.qualifiers[qualifierId] if qualifier then return qualifier[1] end end return nil, printError("qualifier-not-found") else -- otherwise return the main snak return claim.mainsnak end end function getValueOfClaim(claim, qualifierId, parameter) local error local snak snak, error = getQualifierSnak(claim, qualifierId) if snak then return getSnakValue(snak, parameter) else return nil, error end end function p.claim(frame) local property = frame.args[1] or "" local id = frame.args["id"] -- "id" must be nil, as access to other Wikidata objects is disabled in Mediawiki configuration local qualifierId = frame.args["qualifier"] local parameter = frame.args["parameter"] local list = frame.args["list"] local references = frame.args["references"] local showerrors = frame.args["showerrors"] local default = frame.args["default"] if default then showerrors = nil end -- get wikidata entity local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(id) if not entity then if showerrors then return printError("entity-not-found") else return default end end -- fetch the first claim of satisfying the given property local claims = findClaims(entity, property) if not claims or not claims[1] then if showerrors then return printError("property-not-found") else return default end end -- get initial sort indices local sortindices = {} for idx in pairs(claims) do sortindices[#sortindices + 1] = idx end -- sort by claim rank local comparator = function(a, b) local rankmap = { deprecated = 2, normal = 1, preferred = 0 } local ranka = rankmap[claims[a].rank or "normal"] .. string.format("%08d", a) local rankb = rankmap[claims[b].rank or "normal"] .. string.format("%08d", b) return ranka < rankb end table.sort(sortindices, comparator) local result local error if list then local value -- iterate over all elements and return their value (if existing) result = {} for idx in pairs(claims) do local claim = claims[sortindices[idx]] value, error = getValueOfClaim(claim, qualifierId, parameter) if not value and showerrors then value = error end if value and references then value = value .. p.outputReferences(claim) end result[#result + 1] = value end result = table.concat(result, list) else -- return first element local claim = claims[sortindices[1]] result, error = getValueOfClaim(claim, qualifierId, parameter) if result and references then result = result .. p.outputReferences(claim) end end if result then return result else if showerrors then return error else return default end end end p.getPreferredValue = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local propertyID = args[1] or args['propertyId'] or args['pid'] local entityID = args[2] or args['entityId'] or args['qid'] or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityID == nil or propertyID == nil then return nil end local claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityID, propertyID) if claims then -- if wiki-linked value output as link if possible if hasValueSnak(claims[1]) then local out = {} for k, v in pairs(claims) do if (v.rank == 'preferred') then local snakText = snakToString(v.mainsnak) .. p.outputReferences(v) if snakText ~= "" then out[#out + 1] = snakText end end end return table.concat(out, ", ") end else return "" end return "" end -- look into entity object function p.ViewSomething(frame) local data = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() if not data then return nil end local f = frame.args[1] and frame or frame:getParent() local i = 1 while true do local index = f.args[i] if not index then return tostring(data) end data = data[index] or data[tonumber(index)] if not data then return end i = i + 1 end end function p.Dump(frame) local data = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() if not data then return i18n.warnDump end local f = frame.args[1] and frame or frame:getParent() local i = 1 while true do local index = f.args[i] if not index then return "<pre>"..mw.dumpObject(data).."</pre>".. i18n.warnDump end data = data[index] or data[tonumber(index)] if not data then return i18n.warnDump end i = i + 1 end end -- Returnează o singură valoare din cele cu rangul cel mai înalt cu referințele corespunzătoare pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din alte module function p.findOneValue(propertyID, entity) local entityId = nil if type(entity) == 'table' then entityId = entity.id elseif type(entity) == 'number' then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entity), 'Q'}) elseif type(entity) == 'string' then entityId = entity end entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not entityId then return nil end local claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, propertyID) if claims and 0 < #claims then for _,eachClaim in ipairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(eachClaim) then return snakToString(eachClaim.mainsnak) .. p.outputReferences(eachClaim) end end end return nil end -- Returnează o singură valoare din cele cu rangul cel mai înalt pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din alte module function p.findOneValueNoRef(propertyID, entity) local claims = nil if type(entity) == 'table' then claims = entity:getBestStatements(propertyID) else if type(entity) == 'number' then entity = 'Q' .. tostring(entity) end entity = entity or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not entity then return nil end claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entity, propertyID) end if claims and 0 < #claims then for _,eachClaim in ipairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(eachClaim) then return snakToString(eachClaim.mainsnak) end end end return nil end -- Returnează o singură valoare din cele cu rangul cel mai înalt pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din formate p.getOneValueNoRef = function(frame) local propertyID, entityID propertyID, entityID = propAndEntity(frame.args[1], frame.args[2]) local entity = nil if entityID ~= "" then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(entityID) end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() end if entity == nil then return nil end return p.findOneValueNoRef(propertyID, entity) end -- Returnează o singură valoare din cele cu rangul cel mai înalt și cu referințele corespunzătoare pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din formate p.getOneValue = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local propertyID, entityID propertyID, entityID = propAndEntity(args[1], args[2]) local entity = nil if entityID ~= "" then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(entityID) end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() end if entity == nil then return nil end return p.findOneValue(propertyID, entity) end local function findLatestQualifierValueForOnePropertyOfAnEntity(entity, propertyId, qualifierId) if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() end if entity == nil then return '' end local claims = entity:getBestStatements(propertyId) if claims then if claims[1] then if claims[1].qualifiers then if claims[1].qualifiers[qualifierId] then local allQualifiers = {} for qk, qv in pairs(claims[1].qualifiers[qualifierId]) do table.insert(allQualifiers, qv) end local qIndex = 1 local maxQTime = nil while maxQTime == nil and qIndex <= #allQualifiers do if allQualifiers[qIndex].datatype == 'time' then maxQTime = allQualifiers[qIndex] end qIndex = qIndex + 1 end if maxQTime ~= nil then for i=qIndex,#allQualifiers do local msCrtQTime = tonumber(mw.language.new(lang.code):formatDate('U', allQualifiers[i].datavalue.value.time, nil)) local msMaxQTime = tonumber(mw.language.new(lang.code):formatDate('U', maxQTime.datavalue.value.time, nil)) if msCrtQTime > msMaxQTime then maxQTime = allQualifiers[i] end end if isValueSnak(maxQTime) then return formatDate(maxQTime.datavalue.value.time, maxQTime.datavalue.value.precision, maxQTime.datavalue.value.timezone) end end return "" else return "" end else return "" end else return "" end else return "" end end -- Returnează valoarea cea mai recentă a qualifierului specificat pentru proprietea specificată a entității curente -- De apelat din alte module p.getLatestQualifierDateValueForOneProperty = function(frame) local propertyId = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") local qualifierId = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2] or "") local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() return findLatestQualifierValueForOnePropertyOfAnEntity(entity, propertyId, qualifierId) end -- Returnează valoarea cea mai recentă a qualifierului specificat pentru proprietea specificată a entității curente -- De apelat din formate p.findLatestQualifierDateValueForOneProperty = function(propertyId, qualifierId) local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() return entity ~= nil and findLatestQualifierValueForOnePropertyOfAnEntity(entity, propertyId, qualifierId) or '' end -- Returnează un text ce conține referința pentru o proprietate; de apelat din formate p.getReferenceForOneProperty = function(frame) local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() local propertyId = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1]) local claims = entity:getBestStatements(propertyId) return p.outputReferences(claims[1]) end -- Returnează o listă cu obiecte value asociate unei proprietăți a unei entități -- Creată pentru a obține lista de coordonate a unui oraș în formă pură (listă cu obiectele value asociate) -- Funcționează pentru: coordonate -- TODO - de extins la mai multe tipuri de date, de exemplu texte multilingve, date calendaristice, itemuri wikibase p.findDataValueObjects = function(entityId, propertyId) if propertyId == nil then return {} end entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId == nil then return {} end local ret = {} local claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) if claims == nil then return ret end for claimIdx = 1, #claims do local snak = claims[claimIdx].mainsnak if isValueSnak(snak) then if snak.datatype == 'globe-coordinate' then table.insert(ret, snak.datavalue.value) end end end return ret end p.findRoLabel = function(entityId) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId then return mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, lang.code) end return nil end p.getRoLabel = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.findRoLabel(args[1]) end -- Returnează labelul unei entități în limba specificată; dacă nu se găsește, atunci se încearcă în limba wikiului și apoi în limba engleză p.findLabel = function(entityId, languageCode, default) local entity, ret if entityId == nil then entityId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not entityId then return default or '' end end if type(entityId) == 'number' then entityId = 'Q' .. tostring(entityId) end if type(entityId) == 'string' then if languageCode then ret = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, languageCode) end if not ret then ret = mw.wikibase.getLabel(entityId) end return ret or default or mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, 'en') or entityId end if type(entityId) == 'table' then local entity = entityId if not languageCode or languageCode == '' then languageCode = lang.code end ret = entity:getLabel(languageCode) or entity:getLabel(lang.code) or default or entity:getLabel('en') return ret end return default or '' end p.getLabel = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly=true}) local entityId = args[1] local languageCode = args[2] or lang.code local default = args['default'] return p.findLabel(entityId, languageCode, default) end function formatCoordinates(entityId) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId == nil then return '' end local coordClaims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, 'P625') local formattedCoordsList = {} if coordClaims and coordClaims[1] then for coordIdx=1,#coordClaims do if coordClaims[coordIdx].mainsnak.datatype == 'globe-coordinate' then local latDir = coordClaims[coordIdx].mainsnak.datavalue.value.latitude < 0 and 'S' or 'N' local lonDir = coordClaims[coordIdx].mainsnak.datavalue.value.longitude < 0 and 'V' or 'E' local coordsText = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title='Coord', args={tostring(math.abs(coordClaims[coordIdx].mainsnak.datavalue.value.latitude)), latDir, tostring(math.abs(coordClaims[coordIdx].mainsnak.datavalue.value.longitude)), lonDir}} table.insert(formattedCoordsList, coordsText) end end end return table.concat(formattedCoordsList, ', ') end p.getFormattedCoordinates = function(frame) local origArgs = getArgs(frame) return formatCoordinates(origArgs[1] or origArgs['entityId']) end -- Returnează o numărul de valori cu cel mai mare rang pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din alte module function p.countBestValues(propertyID, entity) if type(entity) == 'table' then entity = entity.id elseif type(entity) == 'number' then entity = 'Q' .. tostring(entity) elseif entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entity == nil then return 0 end end local claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entity, propertyID) local outList = {} if not claims then return 0 end return #claims end -- Returnează o singură valoare din cele cu rangul cel mai înalt cu referințele corespunzătoare pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din alte module function p.findBestValues(propertyID, entity) if type(entity) == 'table' then entity = entity.id elseif type(entity) == 'number' then entity = 'Q' .. tostring(entity) end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entity == nil then return {} end end if not StringUtils._emptyToNil({propertyID}) then return nil end local claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entity, propertyID) local outList = {} if claims then for claimIdx, actualClaim in pairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(actualClaim) then table.insert(outList, snakToString(actualClaim.mainsnak) .. p.outputReferences(actualClaim)) end end end return outList end p._getBestValuesWithSeparator = function(entity, propertyID, sep) if propertyID == nil then return '' end local valueList = p.findBestValues(propertyID, entity) return valueList and table.concat(valueList, sep) end -- Returnează o listă a valorilor cu rangul cel mai înalt și cu referințele corespunzătoare pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din formate p.getBestValuesWithSeparator = function(frame) local sep = frame.args[1] if sep == nil or sep == '' then sep = ', ' end local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2] or "") local entityID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[3] or "") local entity = nil if entityID ~= "" then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(entityID) end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() end return p._getBestValuesWithSeparator(entity, propertyID, sep) end function p.findLanguageText(propertyId, langcode, entityId) -- return label of a Wikidata entity in the given language or the default language of this Wikipedia site entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not entityId then return nil end local returnValue = nil langcode = langcode or 'ro' for eachClaimIdx, eachClaim in pairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId)) do if hasValueSnak(eachClaim) and eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue then if eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'monolingualtext' then if eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == langcode then returnValue = eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text end elseif eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'string' then returnValue = eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value elseif eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' then returnValue = p.findLabel(eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, langcode) end end end return returnValue end function p.getLanguageText(frame) return p.findLanguageText(frame.args[1], frame.args[2] or 'ro', frame.args[3]) or '' end function p.findBestValuesForLocalLanguage(propertyId, entityId) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not entityId then return nil end local bestValues = {} local bestRank = nil for eachClaimIdx, eachClaim in pairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId)) do if (hasValueSnak(eachClaim) and eachClaim.qualifiers and eachClaim.qualifiers['P407'] and 0 < #(eachClaim.qualifiers['P407'])) then if hasBetterRank(eachClaim, bestRank) then for _,eachLangQual in ipairs(eachClaim.qualifiers['P655']) do if isValueSnak(eachLangQual) and eachLangQual.datavalue.value.id == 'Q7913' then bestRank = eachLangQual.rank if not bestRank or mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks['RANK_' .. mw.ustring.upper(eachClaim.rank)] > mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks['RANK_' .. mw.ustring.upper(bestRank)] then bestValues = {} end table.insert(bestValues, snakToString(eachClaim.mainsnak)) end end end end end return bestValues end function p.getBestValuesForLocalLanguageWithSeparator(frame) return table.concat(p.findBestValuesForLocalLanguage(frame.args[2], frame.args[3]) or {}, frame.args[1]) end p.findShortestAlias = function(entityId) return p.findLinkToItem(entityId, false, false, true) end p.findImageAndCaption = function(entityId) local wikidataImages = p.findBestClaimsForProperty(entityId, 'P2716') if not wikidataImages or #wikidataImages == 0 then wikidataImages = p.findBestClaimsForProperty(entityId, 'P18') end local imageName, imageCaption if wikidataImages and #wikidataImages > 0 then local wikidataImage = wikidataImages[1] if hasValueSnak(wikidataImage) and wikidataImage.mainsnak.datavalue then imageName = wikidataImage.mainsnak.datavalue.value local roDescr = '' if wikidataImage.qualifiers and wikidataImage.qualifiers['P2096'] then for _,eachImageDescrLangString in pairs(wikidataImage.qualifiers['P2096']) do if isValueSnak(eachImageDescrLangString) and eachImageDescrLangString.datavalue and eachImageDescrLangString.datavalue.value.language == 'ro' then roDescr = eachImageDescrLangString.datavalue.value.text or roDescr end end end imageCaption = roDescr end end return imageName, imageCaption end p.findLinkToWikidataItem = function(itemId, prefix) libraryUtil.checkType('findLinkToWikidataItem', 2, prefix, 'string', false) local qId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({itemId, prefix}) local itemLabel = p.findLabel(qId) return '[[:d:' .. (prefix == 'P' and 'Property:' or '') .. qId .. '|' .. (itemLabel or '') .. ' ' .. tostring(mw.html.create('small'):wikitext('(' .. qId .. ')')) .. ']]' end p.getLinkToWikidataItem = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local prefix = args['prefix'] or 'Q' if not args[1] then return "''id de " .. (prefix == 'P' and 'proprietate' or 'item') .. " Wikidata nespecificat''" end return p.findLinkToWikidataItem(args[1], prefix) end p.formatExternalLink = function(pId, qId, text) local formatterUrl = p.findOneValueNoRef('P1630', pId) or '$1' local urlComponent = text or p.findOneValueNoRef(pId, qId) if not urlComponent then return nil end local formattedLink = mw.ustring.gsub(formatterUrl, '%$1', text or urlComponent) return formattedLink end p.getFormattedExternalLink = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local pId = args['pid'] or args[1] local qId = args['qid'] or args[2] local text = args['text'] return p.formatExternalLink(pId, qId, text) end p.isFemale = function(qId) local entityId = qId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not entityId then return false end local genders = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, 'P21') local feminineIds = { 6581072, 1052281, 43445 } if genders then for genderIdx,eachGender in ipairs(genders) do if hasValueSnak(eachGender) then for _,eachFemId in ipairs(feminineIds) do if eachFemId == eachGender.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] then return true end end end end end return false end p.findClaimForTimestamp = function(entityId, propertyId, timestamp, lang) local propClaims = p.findSortedClaimsForProperty(entityId, propertyId) local bestClaim = nil if propClaims then for _,eachPropClaim in ipairs(propClaims) do if hasValueSnak(eachPropClaim) and isClaimTrue(eachPropClaim) then if eachPropClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type ~= 'monolingualtext' or StringUtils._substringBefore({eachPropClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language, '-'}) == StringUtils._substringBefore({lang or 'ro', '-'}) then local before = nil local after = nil if eachPropClaim.qualifiers then if eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P580'] and eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P580'][1] and isValueSnak(eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P580'][1]) then after = GregorianDate.convertToGregorianIfInInterval(DateUtils.extractDateFromWikidataSnak(eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P580'][1])) end if eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P582'] and eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P582'][1] and isValueSnak(eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P582'][1]) then before = GregorianDate.convertToGregorianIfInInterval(DateUtils.extractDateFromWikidataSnak(eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P582'][1])) end end if timestamp then --if before and DateUtils.compare(timestamp, before) > 0 then --the claim list is sorted by before -- break --else if after == nil and before and DateUtils.compare(timestamp, before) < 0 then return eachPropClaim elseif after and before and DateUtils.compare(timestamp, before) < 0 and DateUtils.compare(timestamp, after) > 0 then return eachPropClaim elseif after and before == nil and DateUtils.compare(timestamp, after) > 0 then return eachPropClaim end --end end if not before then if not bestClaim and hasBetterRank(eachPropClaim, 'normal') or (bestClaim and hasBetterRank(eachPropClaim, bestClaim.rank)) then bestClaim = eachPropClaim end end end end end end if bestClaim then return bestClaim else return nil end end p.formatOnlineLink = function(linkProp, entityId) local linkId = p.findOneValueNoRef(linkProp, entityId) if linkId then local linkFormatter = p.findOneValueNoRef('P1630', linkProp) or '$1' if linkFormatter then linkId = mw.ustring.gsub(linkId, '%%', '%%%%') local link = mw.ustring.gsub(linkFormatter, '$1', linkId) return link end end return nil end p.getFormattedOnlineLink = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.formatOnlineLink(args[1], args[2] or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()) end p.findOnlineLinks = function(onlinelinksprops, entityId, extraProps) local onlinelinks = {} local onlinelinksprops = onlinelinksprops and #onlinelinksprops > 0 and onlinelinksprops or {'P856', 'P1581', 'P2013', 'P2002', 'P2847', 'P345', 'P3265', 'P3579', 'P3435', 'P2003', 'P2471', 'P2397', 'P953', 'P1065', 'P4173', 'P4431', 'P1968', 'P6634', 'P4264', 'P2572', 'P7085', 'P3789'} if extraProps and type(extraProps) == 'table' then onlinelinksprops = Set.valueUnion(onlinelinksprops, extraProps) end for _,eachOnlineLinkProp in ipairs(onlinelinksprops) do local link = p.formatOnlineLink(eachOnlineLinkProp) if link then local linkentities = p.getBestEntityIdsList(eachOnlineLinkProp, 'P1629') if linkentities and #linkentities > 0 then local linklabel = p.findLabel(StringUtils._prependIfMissing({linkentities[1], 'Q'})) table.insert(onlinelinks, '[' .. link .. ' ' .. linklabel .. ']') end end end return onlinelinks end p.getOnlineLinks = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local _,entityId = propAndEntity(StringUtils._prependIfMissing({args['qid'], 'Q'})) local extraPropsStr = args['extras'] local extraProps = nil if extraPropsStr then extraProps = mw.text.split(extraPropsStr, ',', true) end local onlinelinksprops = {} local passedProps = TableTools.compressSparseArray(args) for __,eachProp in ipairs(passedProps) do if mw.ustring.match(eachProp, 'P%d+') == eachProp then table.insert(onlinelinksprops, eachProp) end end return table.concat(p.findOnlineLinks(onlinelinksprops, entityId, extraProps), tostring(mw.html.create('br'))) end p.findLanguageIndexedLabelsFromProperty = function(entityId, propertyId) local entity = nil if entityId then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) else entityId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end local titles = {} for _,eachTitleClaim in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId)) do if hasValueSnak(eachTitleClaim) then titles[eachTitleClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language] = eachTitleClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text end end return titles end p.findTitleOfWork = function(entityId) local entity = nil if entityId then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) else entityId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end --- this comes first just for performance reasons if entityId then local localLabel, localLang = mw.wikibase.getLabelWithLang(entityId) if localLabel and localLang == 'ro' then return localLabel end else return nil end local langs = {} for _,eachProperty in ipairs({'P364', 'P407'}) do for __,eachLangClaim in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, eachProperty)) do if hasValueSnak(eachLangClaim) then local langEntityId = eachLangClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id if LangUtils[langEntityId] then table.insert(langs, { qid = langEntityId, code = LangUtils[langEntityId] }) elseif langEntityId then for ___,eachLangCodeClaim in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(langEntityId, 'P424')) do if hasValueSnak(eachLangCodeClaim) and isClaimTrue(eachLangCodeClaim) then local sanitizedLangCode = StringUtils._substringBefore({eachLangCodeClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value, '-'}) sanitizedLangCode = StringUtils._substringBefore({sanitizedLangCode, '_'}) table.insert(langs, { qid = langEntityId, code = sanitizedLangCode} ) end end end end end end table.insert(langs, {qid = 'Q1860', code = 'en'}) local titles = p.findLanguageIndexedLabelsFromProperty(entityId, 'P1476') if titles['ro'] then return titles['ro'] end local nonLatinLangs = {} for _,eachlanguage in ipairs(langs) do local langText = nil if isWritingSystemLatn(eachlanguage.qid) then langText = wrapInLangSpan(titles[eachlanguage.code] or mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, eachlanguage.code), eachlanguage.code) elseif Transliteration.isTransliterationSupported(eachlanguage.code) then langText = wrapInLangSpan(Transliteration.transliterate(titles[eachlanguage.code] or mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, eachlanguage.code), eachlanguage.code), eachlanguage.code) else table.insert(nonLatinLangs, eachlanguage.code) end if langText then return langText end end for _,langCode in ipairs(nonLatinLangs) do langText = wrapInLangSpan(titles[langCode] or mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, langCode), langCode) if langText then return langText end end return entityId end p.findTitlesOfWorksFromProperty = function(propertyId, entityId, limit) if limit == nil then limit = 10 end if entityId then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) else entityId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not entityId then return nil end local ret = {} local bestWorksClaims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, propertyId) for workIdx = 1,math.min(limit, #bestWorksClaims) do local eachWorkClaim = bestWorksClaims[workIdx] if hasValueSnak(eachWorkClaim) then local workId = eachWorkClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id table.insert(ret, computeLinkToItem(workId, true, nil, function() return p.findTitleOfWork(workId) end)) end end return ret end p.getTitleOfWorkFromPropertyWithSeparator = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local sep = args[1] local propertyId, entityId = propAndEntity(args[2], args[3]) local limitStr = args['limit'] local limit = tonumber(limitStr or '10') local retListRaw = p.findTitlesOfWorksFromProperty(propertyId, entityId, limit) or {} local retList = {} for _,eachRetVal in ipairs(retListRaw) do table.insert(retList, "''" .. eachRetVal .. "''") end return table.concat(retList, sep) end p.loadOneValueInChain = function(chain) local crtChainElementId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() local crtChainClaim = nil local crtChainSnak = nil local coordComponent = nil local raw = false local label = false local ref = false for _,eachChainRing in ipairs(chain) do if mw.ustring.match(eachChainRing, 'Q%d+') == eachChainRing then crtChainElementId = eachChainRing elseif mw.ustring.match(eachChainRing, '_P%d+') and crtChainSnak then local qualPropertyId = mw.ustring.sub(eachChainRing, 2, mw.ustring.len(eachChainRing)) if crtChainClaim.qualifiers and crtChainClaim.qualifiers[qualPropertyId] and #(crtChainClaim.qualifiers[qualPropertyId]) > 0 then local qualIdx = 1 local propertyQuals = crtChainClaim.qualifiers[qualPropertyId] while qualIdx <= #propertyQuals and not isValueSnak(propertyQuals[qualIdx]) do qualIdx = qualIdx + 1 end if qualIdx <= #propertyQuals and isValueSnak(propertyQuals[qualIdx]) then local firstValueSnakIdx = qualIdx if propertyQuals[qualIdx].datavalue.type == 'monolingualtext' then while qualIdx <= #propertyQuals and (not isValueSnak(propertyQuals[qualIdx]) or propertyQuals[qualIdx].datavalue.value.language ~= 'ro') do qualIdx = qualIdx + 1 end end crtChainSnak = qualIdx <= #propertyQuals and isValueSnak(propertyQuals[qualIdx]) and propertyQuals[qualIdx] or propertyQuals[firstValueSnakIdx] else return nil end else return nil end elseif mw.ustring.match(eachChainRing, 'P%d+') == eachChainRing then if isValueSnak(crtChainSnak) and crtChainSnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' then crtChainElementId = crtChainSnak.datavalue.value.id crtChainClaim = nil crtChainSnak = nil end if crtChainElementId and not crtChainSnak then local propertyClaims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(crtChainElementId, eachChainRing) if #propertyClaims < 1 then return nil end local claimIdx = 1 if propertyClaims[claimIdx].mainsnak.datavalue and propertyClaims[claimIdx].mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'monolingualtext' then while claimIdx <= #propertyClaims and (not hasValueSnak(propertyClaims[claimIdx]) or propertyClaims[claimIdx].mainsnak.datavalue.value.language ~= 'ro') do claimIdx = claimIdx + 1 end else while claimIdx <= #propertyClaims and not hasValueSnak(propertyClaims[claimIdx]) do claimIdx = claimIdx + 1 end end if claimIdx <= #propertyClaims and hasValueSnak(propertyClaims[claimIdx]) then crtChainClaim = propertyClaims[claimIdx] crtChainSnak = crtChainClaim.mainsnak else return nil end end elseif eachChainRing == 'lat' or eachChainRing == 'long' then coordComponent = eachChainRing .. 'itude' elseif eachChainRing == 'raw' then raw = true elseif eachChainRing == 'label' then if crtChainSnak then crtChainElementId = crtChainSnak.datavalue.value.id end crtChainClaim = nil crtChainSnak = nil label = true elseif eachChainRing == 'ref' then ref = true end end if ref and crtChainClaim then return p.outputReferences(crtChainClaim) end if crtChainSnak then if coordComponent and crtChainSnak.datavalue.value[coordComponent] then return crtChainSnak.datavalue.value[coordComponent] end return raw and printRawValue(crtChainSnak) or snakToString(crtChainSnak) end if crtChainElementId then if raw then return crtChainElementId elseif label then return p.findLabel(crtChainElementId) else return p.findLinkToItem(crtChainElementId) end end return nil end p.getOneValueInChain = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.loadOneValueInChain(args) end local function isA(entityId, typeIds) local entityTypes = p.findClaimsForProperty(entityId, 'P31') entityId = type(entityId) == 'number' and ('Q' .. tostring(entityId)) or entityId if entityTypes then for _,eachEntityType in ipairs(entityTypes) do if isClaimTrue(eachEntityType) and hasValueSnak(eachEntityType) then if TableTools.contains(typeIds, eachEntityType.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id) then return true end local recurseSuccess, recursivelyFoundType = pcall(mw.wikibase.getReferencedEntityId, eachEntityType.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, 'P279', typeIds) if recurseSuccess and recursivelyFoundType then return true end if not recurseSuccess then --manually recurse one level local superTypeClaims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(eachEntityType.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, 'P279') if superTypeClaims then for __,eachSuperTypeClaim in ipairs(superTypeClaims) do if hasValueSnak(eachSuperTypeClaim) and TableTools.contains(typeIds, eachSuperTypeClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id) then return true end end end end end end end return false end p.isA = isA p.findAnniversary = function(propertyId, entityId, step) local _date = p.findDateValues(propertyId, entityId) if _date and _date[1] then -- no year 0 if _date[1].year < 0 then _date[1].year = _date[1].year + 1 end if (os.date("*t").year - _date[1].year) % step == 0 then return (os.date("*t").year - _date[1].year) end else return 0 end end p.getAnniversary = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.findAnniversary(args[1], args[2], args[3]) end p.findLocationChain = function(entity) local q = entity or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not q then return nil end local countryQId = p.loadOneValueInChain({q, 'P17', 'raw'}) local adminUnitQId = p.loadOneValueInChain({q, 'P131', 'raw'}) if not adminUnitQId or adminUnitQId == countryQId then return p.findLinkToItem(countryQId, true, false, false) end return p.findLinkToItem(adminUnitQId, true, false, false) .. ', ' .. p.findLocationChain(adminUnitQId) end p.getLocationChain = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.findLocationChain(args.q) end p.findAddress = function(qId) local q = qId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not q then return nil,nil end p159claims = p.findBestClaimsForProperty(q, 'P159') addrs = {} if p159claims then for _,eachP159claim in ipairs(p159claims) do if hasValueSnak(eachP159claim) then local addrParts = { p.printSnak(eachP159claim.mainsnak) } if eachP159claim.qualifiers then for __,qual in ipairs({'P6375', 'P669', 'P670', 'P281', 'P17'}) do if eachP159claim.qualifiers[qual] then for ___,eachP159ClaimQual in ipairs(eachP159claim.qualifiers[qual]) do if isValueSnak(eachP159ClaimQual) then table.insert(addrParts, p.printSnak(eachP159ClaimQual)) end end end end end table.insert(addrs, table.concat(addrParts, ', ')) end end end if #addrs > 0 then return table.concat(addrs, tostring(mw.html.create('br'))), 'P159' end p6375 = p.findOneValue('P6375', q) if p6375 then return p6375, 'P6375' end p669claims = p.findBestClaimsForProperty(q, 'P669') local addrs = {} if p669claims then for _,eachP669Claim in ipairs(p669claims) do if hasValueSnak(eachP669Claim) then local thisAddr = p.printSnak(eachP669Claim.mainsnak) if eachP669Claim.qualifiers and eachP669Claim.qualifiers['P670'] then local streetNumbers = {} for __,eachP669ClaimP670Qual in ipairs(eachP669Claim.qualifiers['P670']) do if isValueSnak(eachP669ClaimP670Qual) then table.insert(streetNumbers, eachP669ClaimP670Qual.datavalue.value) end end if #streetNumbers > 0 then thisAddr = thisAddr .. ' nr. ' .. table.concat(streetNumbers, ', ') end end table.insert(addrs, thisAddr) end end end if #addrs > 0 then table.insert(addrs, 1, p.findLocationChain(q)) return table.concat(addrs, '; ') end local p2795text = p.loadOneValueInChain({'P2795'}) if p2795text then return p2795text end return nil end p.getAddress = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local addr, srcProp = p.findAddress(args[1]) return addr end p.hasValueSnak = hasValueSnak return p 5gsv0mgslr4dkmwn2l006o9pgp1h69r 205525 205510 2022-08-01T21:29:11Z (G)jabz 12383 Scribunto text/plain local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local SepEntries = require('Module:Separated entries') local StringUtils = require('Modul:StringUtils') local DateUtils = require('Modul:DateUtils') local GregorianDate = require('Modul:GregorianDate') local Citation = require('Modul:Citation/CS1') local TableTools = require('Modul:TableTools') local LangUtils = require('Modul:LangUtils') local plural = require('Modul:Plural').build_plural local Transliteration = require('Modul:Transliteration') local Set = require('Modul:Set') local p = {} local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local wdReferences = {} -- internationalisation local i18n = { ["errors"] = { ["property-not-found"] = "Proprietatea nu a fost găsită.", ["entity-not-found"] = "Itfemul Wikidata nu a fost găsit.", ["unknown-claim-type"] = "Tip de afirmație negăsit.", ["unknown-snak-type"] = "Tip de Snak negăsit.", ["unknown-datavalue-type"] = "Tip de date negăsit.", ["unknown-entity-type"] = "Tip de item negăsit.", ["qualifier-not-found"] = "Calificator negăsit.", ["site-not-found"] = "Proiect Wikimedia negăsit.", }, ["somevalue"] = "O valoare", ["novalue"] = "Nicio valoare", ["datetime"] = { -- $1 is a placeholder for the actual number [0] = "$1 miliarde de ani", -- precision: billion years [1] = "$100 milioane de ani", -- precision: hundred million years [2] = "$10 milioane de ani", -- precision: ten million years [3] = "$1 milioane de ani", -- precision: million years [4] = "$100.000 de ani", -- precision: hundred thousand years [5] = "$10.000 de ani", -- precision: ten thousand years [6] = "mileniul $1", -- precision: millennium [7] = "secolul $1", -- precision: century [8] = "deceniul anilor $1", -- precision: decade -- the following use the format of #time parser function [9] = "Y", -- precision: year, [10] = "F Y", -- precision: month [11] = "j F Y", -- precision: day [12] = 'j F Y, "orele" G', -- precision: hour [13] = "j F Y G:i", -- precision: minute [14] = "j F Y G:i:s", -- precision: second ["beforenow"] = "acum $1", -- how to format negative numbers for precisions 0 to 5 ["afternow"] = "peste $1", -- how to format positive numbers for precisions 0 to 5 ["bc"] = '$1 "î.e.n."', -- how print negative years ["ad"] = "$1" -- how print positive years }, ["monolingualtext"] = '<span lang="%language">%text</span>', ["warnDump"] = "[[Categorie:Apel de funcție 'Dump' din modulul Wikidata]]" } local function propAndEntity(arg1, arg2) local propId, entId for _,eachArg in ipairs({arg1, arg2}) do if mw.ustring.match(eachArg, 'Q%d+') == eachArg then entId = eachArg elseif mw.ustring.match(eachArg, 'P%d+') == eachArg then propId = eachArg end end return propId, entId end local function wrapInLangSpan(text, lang) if not text then return nil end if not lang or lang == 'ro' then return text end local langSpan = mw.html.create('span'):attr('lang', lang):wikitext(text) return tostring(langSpan) end local function isClaimTrue(claim) return mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks['RANK_' .. mw.ustring.upper(claim.rank)] >= mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks.RANK_NORMAL end p.isClaimTrue = isClaimTrue --- returns true if the claim has a better (or equal) rank than the threshhold specified --- threshholdRank can be "normal", "preferred" etc. local function hasBetterRank(claim, threshholdRank) return (not threshholdRank or mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks['RANK_' .. mw.ustring.upper(claim.rank)] >= mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks['RANK_' .. mw.ustring.upper(threshholdRank)]) and isClaimTrue(claim) end p.hasBetterRank = hasBetterRank function p.descriptionIn(frame) local langcode = frame.args[1] local id = frame.args[2] -- return description of a Wikidata entity in the given language or the default language of this Wikipedia site local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(id) if entity then return entity.descriptions[langcode or lang.code].value end return "" end function p.getEntityId(frame) return mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end function p.labelIn(frame) local langcode = frame.args[1] local id = frame.args[2] or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() -- return label of a Wikidata entity in the given language or the default language of this Wikipedia site local entity if id then return mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(id, langcode or lang.code) end return "" end local function isValueSnak(snak) return snak and snak.snaktype == 'value' end p.isValueSnak = isValueSnak local function hasValueSnak(claim) return claim and claim.type == 'statement' and isValueSnak(claim.mainsnak) end p.hasValueSnak = hasValueSnak local function hasRankAtLeastNormal(claim) return claim and claim.rank and mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks['RANK_' .. mw.ustring.upper(claim.rank)] > mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks.RANK_DEPRECATED end p.claimHasRankAtLeastNormal = hasRankAtLeastNormal local function isWritingSystemLatn(lId) local writingSystems = { lId } local loopIdx = 1 repeat local crtWritingSystemId = table.remove(writingSystems, 1) local writingSystemInstanceOfClaims = p.findBestClaimsForProperty(crtWritingSystemId, 'P31') if writingSystemInstanceOfClaims then for _,eachScriptInstanceOfClaim in ipairs(writingSystemInstanceOfClaims) do if p.hasValueSnak(eachScriptInstanceOfClaim) and eachScriptInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == 'Q29575627' then return true end end end local writingSystemClaims = p.findBestClaimsForProperty(crtWritingSystemId, 'P282') if writingSystemClaims then for _,eachWritingSystemClaim in ipairs(writingSystemClaims) do if p.hasValueSnak(eachWritingSystemClaim) then if eachWritingSystemClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == 'Q8229' then return true end table.insert(writingSystems, eachWritingSystemClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id) end end end loopIdx = loopIdx + 1 until #writingSystems == 0 or loopIdx >= 20 return false end local function findNativeOrEnglishLabel(entityId, capitalize) local label local labelLang if not entityId then entityId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not entityId then return nil end local langIds = {} for _,eachLangProp in ipairs({'P103', 'P407', 'P37', 'P364'}) do for __,eachLangClaim in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, eachLangProp)) do if hasValueSnak(eachLangClaim) then table.insert(langIds, eachLangClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id) end end end for _,eachCountryProp in ipairs({'P17', 'P27'}) do for __,eachCountry in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, eachCountryProp)) do if hasValueSnak(eachCountry) then for ___,eachOffLang in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(eachCountry.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, 'P37')) do if hasValueSnak(eachOffLang) then table.insert(langIds, eachOffLang.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id) end end end end end local langsToTry = {} for _,eachLangId in ipairs(langIds) do for __,eachLangCodeClaim in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(eachLangId, 'P424')) do if not labelLang and hasValueSnak(eachLangCodeClaim) then table.insert(langsToTry, eachLangCodeClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value) end end end local simplifiedLangsToTry = {} for _,eachLangToTry in ipairs(langsToTry) do local simplifiedLang = StringUtils._substringBefore({StringUtils._substringBefore({eachLangToTry, '_'}), '-'}) table.insert(simplifiedLangsToTry, simplifiedLang) end langsToTry = simplifiedLangsToTry for _,eachLang in ipairs(langsToTry) do if label == nil then label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, eachLang) description = mw.wikibase.getDescription(entityId) labelLang = eachLang end if label then break end end if label then if labelLang and labelLang ~= 'ro' and not Transliteration.isTransliterationSupported(labelLang) then label = wrapInLangSpan(label, labelLang) end if Transliteration.isTransliterationSupported(labelLang) then label = wrapInLangSpan(Transliteration.transliterate(label, labelLang), labelLang .. '-Latn') end if capitalize then label = lang:ucfirst(label) end end return label, labelLang end p.findNativeOrEnglishLabel = findNativeOrEnglishLabel p.getNativeOrEnglishLabel = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local label, lang = findNativeOrEnglishLabel(args[1], args[2]) if label then return label else return nil end end local function computeLinkToItem(entityId, capitalize, callFunction, plainCallFunction) local qIfiedEntityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) local sitelink = mw.wikibase.sitelink(qIfiedEntityId) local label = nil local labelLang = nil local object = nil local out = "" local description = nil if plainCallFunction and type(plainCallFunction) == 'function' then label, labelLang = plainCallFunction(qIfiedEntityId) elseif callFunction and type(callFunction) == 'function' then object = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(qIfiedEntityId) label, labelLang = callFunction(object) end if label == nil or (labelLang and labelLang ~= lang.code) then label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qIfiedEntityId, 'ro') if label then labelLang = 'ro' end description = mw.wikibase.getDescription(qIfiedEntityId) end if not label then label, labelLang = findNativeOrEnglishLabel(qIfiedEntityId, capitalize) elseif capitalize then label = lang:ucfirst(label) end if not label then label = qIfiedEntityId labelLang = nil end if description then description = "(" .. description .. ")" end if label == qIfiedEntityId then out = "[[Categorie:Articole cu legături către elemente fără etichetă]] " elseif labelLang ~= 'ro' then out = "[[Categorie:Articole cu legături către elemente fără etichetă în limba română]] " end description = description or "" if sitelink then return out .. "[[:" .. sitelink .. "|" .. label .. "]]" else local coextensiveWithPageId = p.loadOneValueInChain({qIfiedEntityId, 'P3403', 'raw'}) local listPageId = p.loadOneValueInChain({qIfiedEntityId, 'P2354', 'raw'}) local listPageSitelink = listPageId and mw.wikibase.sitelink(listPageId) or coextensiveWithPageId and mw.wikibase.sitelink(coextensiveWithPageId) if listPageSitelink then return "[[:" .. listPageSitelink .. "|" .. label .. "]]" end return out .. "[[:d:" .. qIfiedEntityId .. "|" .. label .. "]]<abbr title='Articolul încă nu există în acest wiki'>[*]</abbr>" .. mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess("{{invizibil|1=[[" .. label .." " .. description .. "|&#8203;]]}}") end end p.findLinkToItemWithLabel = function(entityId, label) local sitelink = mw.wikibase.sitelink(StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'})) if sitelink then return "[[:" .. sitelink .. "|" .. label .. "]]" else return computeLinkToItem(entityId, false, nil, function() return label end) end end p.findLinkToItemWithCallback = function(entityId, capitalize, callBack, plainCallBack) return computeLinkToItem(entityId, capitalize, callBack, plainCallBack) end p.findLinkToItemWithLabelFromAnyClaim = function(entityId, capitalize, propertyIdsTable) local callFunction = nil if propertyIdsTable then callFunction = function(object) local returnValue = nil for propIdIdx,propertyId in pairs(propertyIdsTable) do if object and object.claims and object.claims[propertyId] and returnValue == nil then for eachClaimIdx, eachClaim in pairs(object.claims[propertyId]) do if hasValueSnak(eachClaim) and eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue then if eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'monolingualtext' then if eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == 'ro' then returnValue = eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text end elseif eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' then returnValue = mw.wikibase.label(StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id']), 'Q'})) elseif eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'string' then returnValue = eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value end end end end end return returnValue end end return computeLinkToItem(entityId, capitalize, callFunction) end p.findLinkToItemWithLabelFromClaim = function(entityId, capitalize, propertyId) return p.findLinkToItemWithLabelFromAnyClaim(entityId, capitalize, { propertyId }) end p.findLinkToItem = function(entityId, capitalize, feminine, shortestAlias) if type(entityId) == 'number' then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) end if capitalize == nil then capitalize = false end local label local returnedLang = nil local bestRanks = { ["ro"] = nil, ["en"] = nil } if shortestAlias then local returnedAlias = nil local bestShortNameClaims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, 'P1813') if bestShortNameClaims then local shortNameEn = nil for shortNameIdx,shortNameClaim in pairs(bestShortNameClaims) do if shortNameClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == 'en' and hasBetterRank(shortNameClaim, bestRanks["en"]) then shortNameEn = shortNameClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text bestRanks["en"] = shortNameClaim.rank end if shortNameClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == 'ro' and hasBetterRank(shortNameClaim, bestRanks["ro"]) then returnedAlias = shortNameClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text bestRanks["ro"] = shortNameClaim.rank end end if returnedAlias then returnedLang = 'ro' elseif shortNameEn then returnedAlias = shortNameEn returnedLang = 'en' end returnedAlias = capitalize and StringUtils._capitalize({returnedAlias}) or returnedAlias end label = wrapInLangSpan(returnedAlias, returnedLang) end if feminine then local feminineForms = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, 'P2521') if feminineForms then for _idx, eachFForm in pairs(feminineForms) do if hasValueSnak(eachFForm) and eachFForm.mainsnak.datatype == 'monolingualtext' and eachFForm.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'monolingualtext' and eachFForm.mainsnak.datavalue.value and eachFForm.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == 'ro' then label = eachFForm.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text returnedLang = eachFForm.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language end end end end return computeLinkToItem(entityId, capitalize, nil, function() return label, returnedLang end) end p.getLinkToItem = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly=true}) local entityId = args[1] return p.findLinkToItem(entityId, false, false, false) end local function printRawValue(snak) if (isValueSnak(snak)) then if snak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid" then return snak.datavalue.value.id elseif snak.datavalue.type == "time" then return snak.datavalue.value.time elseif snak.datavalue.type == "monolingualtext" then return snak.datavalue.value.text elseif snak.datavalue.type == "quantity" then return snak.datavalue.value.amount .. ' ' .. snak.datavalue.value.unit else return snak.datavalue.value end end return '' end local function snakToString(snak, feminine) if (isValueSnak(snak)) then if (snak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid") then return p.findLinkToItem(snak.datavalue.value["numeric-id"], nil, feminine) end if (snak.datavalue.type == "time") then return formatDate(snak.datavalue.value.time, snak.datavalue.value.precision, snak.datavalue.value.timezone) end if (snak.datavalue.type == "monolingualtext") then return snak.datavalue.value.text end if (snak.datavalue.type == "quantity") then local unit = '1' local amount = snak.datavalue.value.amount local ret = nil local unitQ = mw.ustring.match(snak.datavalue.value.unit, 'Q%d+') if unitQ ~= nil then unit = p.findLanguageText('P5061', 'ro', unitQ) or p.findLanguageText('P5061', 'ro', unitQ) if not unit or mw.ustring.len(unit) == 0 then unit = p.findLabel(unitQ, nil) if tonumber(amount) > 1 and unit then mw.incrementExpensiveFunctionCount() ret = plural(tonumber(amount), unit) end end unit = unit or '1' end if tonumber(amount) ~= nil then amount = mw.language.new(lang.code):formatNum(tonumber(amount)) end if ret == nil then ret = amount .. (unit ~= '1' and (mw.text.decode('&nbsp;') .. unit) or '') end return ret end return snak.datavalue.value end return "" end p.printSnak = function(snak) return snakToString(snak) end p.outputReferences = function (claim) local refMapping = {} local authorityPropertiesMap = {} local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() refMapping["P1433"] = "publisher" refMapping["P123"] = "publisher" refMapping["P143"] = "publisher" refMapping["P1476"] = "contribution" refMapping["P854"] = "url" refMapping["P813"] = "accessdate" refMapping["P50"] = "author" refMapping["P2093"] = "author" refMapping["P577"] = "date" refMapping["P248"] = "title" refMapping["P304"] = "page" refMapping["P958"] = "contribution" refMapping["P1810"] = "contribution" refMapping["P212"] = "isbn" authorityPropertiesMap['Q20666306'] = 'P268' -- BnF identifier authorityPropertiesMap['Q15241312'] = 'P646' -- Freebase identifier authorityPropertiesMap['Q36578'] = 'P227' -- GND identifier authorityPropertiesMap['Q37312'] = 'P345' -- IMDb identifier authorityPropertiesMap['Q278487'] = 'P662' -- PubChem identifier authorityPropertiesMap['Q1139587'] = 'P2334' -- Swedish film database identifier local primaryProperties = {} primaryProperties["P1433"] = "publisher" primaryProperties["P123"] = "publisher" primaryProperties["P1476"] = "contribution" primaryProperties["P248"] = "title" primaryProperties["P854"] = "url" primaryProperties["P50"] = "author" local out = "" local referencesCount = 0 if claim then for ref in pairs(claim.references or {}) do local citationArguments = {} local citationArgumentsFound = false local refname = "" for snakkey, snakval in pairs(claim.references[ref].snaks) do if refMapping[snakkey] ~= nil then local snakData = {} for snakIndex,snakValElement in ipairs(snakval) do local formattedSnakValElement = snakToString(snakValElement) if isValueSnak(snakValElement) and snakValElement.datatype == 'time' then formattedSnakValElement = DateUtils.formatDate(DateUtils.parseWikidataDate(snakValElement.datavalue.value.time, snakValElement.datavalue.value.precision), false , true) elseif isValueSnak(snakValElement) and snakkey == 'P1476' and snakValElement.datatype == 'monolingualtext' and snakValElement.datavalue.value.language ~= 'ro' then citationArguments['language'] = snakValElement.datavalue.value.language end table.insert(snakData, formattedSnakValElement) end citationArguments[refMapping[snakkey]] = table.concat(snakData, ", ", 1, #snakData) refname = refname .. '_' .. refMapping[snakkey] .. '_' .. mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.gsub(mw.text.nowiki(citationArguments[refMapping[snakkey]]), '&#%d+;', ''), ' ', '') if primaryProperties[snakkey] then citationArgumentsFound = true end if snakkey == 'P248' or snakkey == 'P143' then -- "stated in" or "imported from", can be an authority file if snakval[1].datavalue and snakval[1].datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' then local statedInWbId = snakval[1].datavalue.value.id -- if Wikimedia project, ignore for _idx, eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim in pairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(statedInWbId, 'P31')) do if eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak and eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue and eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' and (eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] == 10876391 or eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] == 14827288) then citationArgumentsFound = false break end end for _idx, eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim in pairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(statedInWbId, 'P1269')) do if eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak and eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue and eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' and eachStatedInInstanceOfClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] == 16222597 then citationArgumentsFound = false break end end -- extract data about authority file local authorityWbEntityId = authorityPropertiesMap[StringUtils._prependIfMissing({statedInWbId, 'Q'})] if authorityWbEntityId then local authorityUrlFormatClaims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(authorityWbEntityId, 'P1630') if authorityUrlFormatClaims and 0 < #authorityUrlFormatClaims then local formatterUrl = snakToString(authorityUrlFormatClaims[1].mainsnak) local crtEntityId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if crtEntityId then local entityAuthIdClaims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(crtEntityId, authorityWbEntityId) if entityAuthIdClaims and 0 < #entityAuthIdClaims and hasValueSnak(entityAuthIdClaims[1]) then citationArguments['chapterurl'] = mw.ustring.gsub(formatterUrl, '%$1', entityAuthIdClaims[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value) citationArguments['chapter'] = p.labelIn({args = {'ro'}}) or p.labelIn({args = {'en'}}) end end end elseif citationArgumentsFound == true then --extract URL from target entity local statedInUrl = nil -- the order of the array is important, as we only search the first occurence local onlinelinksprops = {'P953', 'P854', 'P856', 'P1581', 'P2397','P1065'} for _,eachOnlineLinkProp in ipairs(onlinelinksprops) do local linkId = p.findOneValueNoRef(eachOnlineLinkProp, statedInWbId) if linkId then local linkFormatter = p.findOneValueNoRef('P1630', eachOnlineLinkProp) or '$1' if linkFormatter then linkId = mw.ustring.gsub(linkId, '%%', '%%%%') statedInUrl = mw.ustring.gsub(linkFormatter, '$1', linkId) break else statedInUrl = linkId break end end end if statedInUrl then citationArguments[refMapping[snakkey]] = StringUtils._capitalize({p.findTitleOfWork(statedInWbId)}) citationArguments['url'] = statedInUrl else local props = p.getEntityIdsList(statedInWbId, 'P1687') if props then for _,eachOnlineLinkProp in ipairs(onlinelinksprops) do for _,prop in ipairs(props) do if eachOnlineLinkProp == 'P' .. prop then citationArguments[refMapping[snakkey]] = StringUtils._capitalize({p.findTitleOfWork(statedInWbId)}) citationArguments['url'] = p.findOneValueNoRef(eachOnlineLinkProp) end break end end end end end end end end end if citationArgumentsFound then --post-process citation arguments: --1. if publisher is missing and contribution and title are present, change title to publisher and contribution to title if citationArguments['publisher'] == nil and citationArguments['contribution'] and citationArguments['title'] then citationArguments['publisher'] = citationArguments['title'] citationArguments['title'] = citationArguments['contribution'] citationArguments['contribution'] = nil end --2. if contribution is present but title is not, change contribution to title if citationArguments['contribution'] and citationArguments['title'] == nil then citationArguments['title'] = citationArguments['contribution'] citationArguments['contribution'] = nil end --3. if title is a wikilink, break it down and assign article link separately if citationArguments['title'] then local titlink, titplain = mw.ustring.match(citationArguments['title'], '%[%[(.*)|(.*)%]%]') if titlink and titplain then if not citationArguments['url'] then citationArguments['titlelink'] = titlink end citationArguments['title'] = titplain end end local citationHash = mw.hash.hashValue('md5', refname) if referencesCount < 4 then if wdReferences[citationHash] then out = out .. frame:extensionTag{name="ref", args={name = citationHash}} else local refText = Citation.citationFromArgs(citationArguments, {CitationClass = 'citation'}, false) out = out .. frame:extensionTag("ref", refText, { name = citationHash }) wdReferences[citationHash] = true end referencesCount = referencesCount + 1 end end end end return out end p.getValueListLimited = function(entityId, propertyId, limitVal) if limitVal == nil or limitVal <= 0 then limitVal = math.huge end entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if propertyId == nil or entityId == nil then return nil,0 end local claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) if not claims then return nil,0 end if #claims == 0 then return {},0 end local rez = {} local feminine = false local genders = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, 'P21') if genders and #genders > 0 and genders[1] and hasValueSnak(genders[1]) and genders[1].mainsnak.datatype == 'wikibase-item' and genders[1].mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' and genders[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] == 6581072 then feminine = true end local count = 0 for k, v in pairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(v) then count = count+1 if k <= limitVal then table.insert(rez, snakToString(v.mainsnak, feminine) .. p.outputReferences(v)) end end end return rez, count end p.getValueList = function(entityId, propertyId) local rez, _ = p.getValueListLimited(entityId, propertyId, nil) return rez end local function findTimestampInTable(tbl) local crtEntry = '' if tbl then if tbl['P585'] then crtEntry = crtEntry .. snakToString(tbl['P585'][1].mainsnak or tbl['P585'][1]) elseif tbl['P580'] then if tbl['P582'] then local starttime = snakToString(tbl['P580'][1].mainsnak or tbl['P580'][1]) local endtime = snakToString(tbl['P582'][1].mainsnak or tbl['P582'][1]) if starttime == endtime then crtEntry = crtEntry .. starttime else crtEntry = crtEntry .. starttime .. mw.text.decode('&ndash;', true) .. endtime end else crtEntry = crtEntry .. 'din ' .. snakToString(tbl['P580'][1].mainsnak or tbl['P580'][1]) end elseif tbl['P582'] then local endtime = DateUtils.extractDateFromWikidataSnak(tbl['P582'][1].mainsnak or tbl['P582'][1]) if endtime then crtEntry = crtEntry .. 'până ' .. ((endtime.precision == 9 or endtime.precision == 10) and 'în' or 'la') .. ' ' .. DateUtils.formatDate(endtime) end end end return crtEntry end p.printTimestampForClaim = function(claim) if claim and claim.qualifiers then return tostring(mw.html.create('small'):wikitext(' (' .. findTimestampInTable(claim.qualifiers) .. ')')) end return '' end p.findTimestamp = function(entityId) if type(entityId) == 'number' then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) end if type(entityId) == 'table' then entityId = entityId.id end entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId then local tbl = {} for _,propId in ipairs({'P580', 'P582', 'P585'}) do local propClaims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propId) if propClaims and #propClaims > 0 then tbl[propId] = propClaims end end return findTimestampInTable(tbl) end return '' end p.getTimestamp = function(frame) return p.findTimestamp(frame and frame.args and frame.args[1] or nil) end p.getValueListWithDecoratedQualifiers = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local entityId = args['q'] local propertyId = args['p'] local best = (args['best'] ~= nil) local bracketTemplates = nil local bracketTemplatesIdces = TableTools.affixNums(args, 'bracketTemplate') if bracketTemplatesIdces and #bracketTemplatesIdces > 0 then bracketTemplates = {} for _, bracketTemplatesIdx in ipairs(bracketTemplatesIdces) do table.insert(bracketTemplates, args['bracketTemplate' .. tostring(bracketTemplatesIdx)]) end end local pictureSize = args['pictureSize'] or '40px' local pictureProp = args['picturePid'] or nil local seps = nil local sepsIdces = TableTools.affixNums(args, 'sep') if sepsIdces and #sepsIdces > 0 then seps = {} for _, sepsIdx in ipairs(sepsIdces) do table.insert(seps, args['sep' .. tostring(sepsIdx)]) end end local rezList = p.findValueListWithQualifiersInBrackets(entityId, propertyId, best, bracketTemplates, seps, pictureProp, pictureSize) return table.concat(rezList, tostring(mw.html.create('br'))) end p.getValueListWithQualifiersInBrackets = p.getValueListWithDecoratedQualifiers p.findValueListWithDecoratedQualifiers = function(entityId, propertyId, best, bracketTemplates, seps, pictureProp, pictureSize) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if (type(bracketTemplates) == 'string') then bracketTemplates = { bracketTemplates } end seps = seps or {} table.insert(seps, 1, '') if #seps < #bracketTemplates then for idx=#seps + 1,#bracketTemplates do table.insert(seps, ', ') end end if propertyId == nil or entityId == nil then return nil end local claims local qualProps = {} for _,bracketTemplate in ipairs(bracketTemplates) do mw.ustring.gsub(bracketTemplate, '%$(P%d+)', function(qualProp) table.insert(qualProps, qualProp) return nil end) end if best then claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, propertyId) else claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) end local rez = {} if claims and claims[1] then local rawclaims = {} for k, v in pairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(v) and hasRankAtLeastNormal(v) then table.insert(rawclaims, v) end end for k, v in pairs(rawclaims) do local crtEntry = snakToString(v.mainsnak) if pictureProp then local ts local picture if v.qualifiers and v.qualifiers['P582'] then for _,endTimeQual in ipairs(v.qualifiers['P582']) do ts = DateUtils.extractDateFromWikidataSnak(endTimeQual) end end if ts then local pictureClaim = p.findClaimForTimestamp(v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, pictureProp, ts) if (p.hasValueSnak(pictureClaim)) then picture = pictureClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value end else picture = p.loadOneValueInChain({v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, pictureProp, 'raw'}) end if picture and picture ~= '' then crtEntry = StringUtils._prependToString({crtEntry, '[[Fișier:' .. picture .. '|' .. pictureSize .. ']]' .. mw.text.decode('&nbsp;')}) end end if v.qualifiers and #qualProps > 0 then local qualPropValues = {} for _,eachQualProp in pairs(qualProps) do if v.qualifiers[eachQualProp] then local qualPropValuesList = {} for __,eachQualSnak in ipairs(v.qualifiers[eachQualProp]) do if isValueSnak(eachQualSnak) then table.insert(qualPropValuesList, snakToString(eachQualSnak)) end end qualPropValues[eachQualProp] = mw.text.listToText(qualPropValuesList, ', ', ' și ') else qualPropValues[eachQualProp] = '' end end local bracketData = {} local usedSeps = {} for bracketTemplateIdx,bracketTemplate in ipairs(bracketTemplates) do local substedBracketTemplate = mw.ustring.gsub(bracketTemplate, '%$(P%d+)', function(qualProp) return qualPropValues[qualProp] end) if substedBracketTemplate ~= bracketTemplate and substedBracketTemplate ~= "" then bracketData[bracketTemplateIdx] = substedBracketTemplate usedSeps[bracketTemplateIdx] = seps[bracketTemplateIdx] end end bracketData = TableTools.compressSparseArray(bracketData) usedSeps = TableTools.compressSparseArray(usedSeps) local bracketText = '' for bracketDatumIdx=1,#bracketData do bracketText = bracketText .. (bracketDatumIdx == 1 and '' or usedSeps[bracketDatumIdx]) bracketText = bracketText .. bracketData[bracketDatumIdx] end crtEntry = StringUtils._appendToString({crtEntry, tostring(mw.html.create('small'):wikitext(StringUtils._encloseString({bracketText, '&#32;(', ')'})))}) end crtEntry = crtEntry .. p.outputReferences(v) table.insert(rez, crtEntry) end end return rez end p.findValueListWithQualifiersInBrackets = p.findValueListWithDecoratedQualifiers p.getTimestampedValueList = function(entityId, propertyId, best) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if propertyId == nil or entityId == nil then return nil end local claims if best then claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, propertyId) else claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) end local rez = {} if claims and claims[1] then local rawclaims = {} for k, v in pairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(v) then table.insert(rawclaims, v) end end for k, v in pairs(rawclaims) do local crtEntry = snakToString(v.mainsnak) crtEntry = crtEntry .. p.printTimestampForClaim(v) crtEntry = crtEntry .. p.outputReferences(v) table.insert(rez, crtEntry) end end return rez end p._getValueListWithSeparator = function(funcArgs) local separator = mw.text.trim(funcArgs[1] or ", ") local propertyId local entityId propertyId, entityId = propAndEntity(funcArgs[2], funcArgs[3]) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() local limit = funcArgs[4] or funcArgs['limit'] local limitVal = 0 if limit and limit == mw.ustring.match(limit, '%d+') then limitVal = tonumber(limit) end local values, vcount = p.getValueListLimited(entityId, propertyId, limitVal) if not values then return nil end local extraSpec = nil if 0 < limitVal and vcount > limitVal + 1 then local hiddenVals = vcount - limitVal extraSpec = '[[:d:' .. entityId .. '#' .. propertyId .. "|...''încă " .. tostring(hiddenVals) .. "'']]" table.insert(values, extraSpec) end return values and table.concat(values, separator) end p.getValueListWithSeparator = function(frame) local funcArgs = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) return p._getValueListWithSeparator(funcArgs) end p.getValue = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._getValueListWithSeparator({', ', args[1], mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()}) end p._getTimestampedValueListWithSeparator = function(funcArgs) local separator = funcArgs[1] or ", " local propertyId = funcArgs[2] local entityId = funcArgs[3] local best = funcArgs['best'] == 'y' or funcArgs['best'] == 'yes' local values = p.getTimestampedValueList(entityId, propertyId, best) return values and table.concat(values, separator) end p.getTimestampedValueListWithSeparator = function(frame) local funcArgs = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) return p._getTimestampedValueListWithSeparator(funcArgs) end local function extractWikidataIdsFromClaimList(claims) local rez = {} if claims and #claims > 0 then for k, v in pairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(v) and v.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' then table.insert(rez, v.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id']) end end end return rez end p.getEntityIdsList = function(entityId, propertyId) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if propertyId == nil or entityId == nil then return nil end local claims = nil if entityId then claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) end return extractWikidataIdsFromClaimList(claims) end p.getBestEntityIdsList = function(entityId, propertyId) local claims = nil if propertyId == nil then return nil end if type(entityId) == 'table' then claims = entityId:getBestStatements(propertyId) else if type(entityId) == 'number' then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) end if type(propertyId) == 'number' then propertyId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(propertyId), 'P'}) end entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if propertyId == nil or entityId == nil then return nil end claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, propertyId) end if not claims then return nil end return extractWikidataIdsFromClaimList(claims) end local timestampComparator = function(p1, p2) if p1 and p2 then local q1 = p1.qualifiers local q2 = p2.qualifiers local d1 = nil local d2 = nil if q1 and q2 then if q1['P580'] and q1['P580'][1] and q1['P580'][1].datavalue then d1 = p.extractDateFromClaim(q1['P580'][1]) end if q2['P580'] and q2['P580'][1] and q2['P580'][1].datavalue then d2 = p.extractDateFromClaim(q2['P580'][1]) end if d1 and d2 then return DateUtils.compare(d1, d2) > 0 elseif d1 then return true elseif d2 then return false end elseif q1 then return true elseif q2 then return false end else if p1 then return true end if p2 then return false end end return false end p.findBestClaimsForProperty = function(entity, propertyId) if propertyId == nil then return nil end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if type(entity) == 'table' then return entity:getBestStatements(propertyId) end if type(entity) == 'number' then entity = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entity), 'Q'}) end if entity == nil then return nil end return mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entity, propertyId) end p.findClaimsForProperty = function(entity, propertyId) if propertyId == nil then return nil end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if type(entity) == 'table' and entity.claims then return entity.claims[propertyId] end if type(entity) == 'number' then entity = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entity), 'Q'}) end if entity == nil then return nil end return mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entity, propertyId) end p.findClaimsForPropertyByType = function(entity, propertyId, typeIds) local ret = {} if propertyId == nil then return nil end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end local claims = {} if type(entity) == 'table' and entity.claims then claims = entity.claims[propertyId] else if type(entity) == 'number' then entity = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entity), 'Q'}) end if entity == nil then return nil end claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entity, propertyId) end for k, v in pairs(claims) do local snak = v.mainsnak local end_date = p.findQualifierValueListForClaim(v, "P582") if #end_date == 0 and isValueSnak(snak) and snak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid" then value = snak.datavalue.value.id if p.isA(value, typeIds) then table.insert(ret, v) end end end return ret end p.getClaimsForPropertyByType = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local propertyID, entityID, typeId local raw = false local ret = {} propertyID, entityID = propAndEntity(args[1] or '', args[2] or '') typeId = {args[3]} if args['raw'] then raw = true end local entity = nil if entityID ~= "" then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(entityID) end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() end if entity == nil then return "" end local claims = p.findClaimsForPropertyByType(entity, propertyID, typeId) if not claims then return "" end for _,eachClaim in ipairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(eachClaim) then if raw then table.insert(ret, printRawValue(eachClaim.mainsnak)) else table.insert(ret, snakToString(eachClaim.mainsnak)) end end end return table.concat(ret, ", ") end p.findSortedClaimsForProperty = function(entity, propertyId) local rawClaims = p.findClaimsForProperty(entity, propertyId) if rawClaims == nil then return {} end table.sort(rawClaims, timestampComparator) return rawClaims end p.findQualifierValueListForClaim = function(claim, qualifierId) if claim == nil or claim.qualifiers == nil or qualifierId == nil then return {} end local quals = {} local wikidataQualifiers = claim.qualifiers[qualifierId] if wikidataQualifiers then for qualK, qualV in pairs(wikidataQualifiers) do if isValueSnak(qualV) then table.insert(quals, snakToString(qualV)) end end end return quals end p.getQualifierValue = function(frame) local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") local qualifierID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2] or "") local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity() if entity and entity.claims ~= nil and entity.claims[propertyID] ~= nil then local out = {} for k, v in pairs(entity.claims[propertyID]) do if v.qualifiers and v.qualifiers[qualifierID] then for k2, v2 in pairs(v.qualifiers[qualifierID]) do if isValueSnak(v2) == 'value' then table.insert(out, snakToString(v2)) end end end end return table.concat(out, ", ") else return "" end end -- This is used to get a value like 'male' (for property p21) which won't be linked and numbers without the thousand separators p.getRawValue = function(frame) local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") local input_parm = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2] or "") local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() local claims = nil if entity and entity.claims then claims = entity.claims[propertyID] end if claims then local result = entity:formatPropertyValues(propertyID, mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks).value -- if number type: remove thousand separators if (hasValueSnak(claims[1]) and claims[1].mainsnak.datavalue.type == "quantity") then result = mw.ustring.gsub(result, "(%d),(%d)", "%1%2") end return result else return "" end end p.getRawQualifierValue = function(frame) local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") local qualifierID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2] or "") local input_parm = mw.text.trim(frame.args[3] or "") if input_parm == "FETCH_WIKIDATA" then local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity() if entity.claims[propertyID] ~= nil then local out = {} for k, v in pairs(entity.claims[propertyID]) do for k2, v2 in pairs(v.qualifiers[qualifierID]) do if isValueSnak(v2) then if v2.datavalue.value["numeric-id"] then out[#out + 1] = mw.wikibase.label("Q" .. v2.datavalue.value["numeric-id"]) else out[#out + 1] = v2.datavalue.value end end end end local ret = table.concat(out, ", ") return string.upper(string.sub(ret, 1, 1)) .. string.sub(ret, 2) else return "" end else return input_parm end end p.extractDateFromClaim = function(claimOrSnak) local claim if claimOrSnak.mainsnak then claim = claimOrSnak.mainsnak else claim = claimOrSnak end if claim.datatype == 'time' and isValueSnak(claim) then local d = {} local iSOTimeSign = mw.ustring.sub(claim.datavalue.value.time, 1, 1) d.precision = tonumber(claim.datavalue.value.precision) d.calendarmodel = claim.datavalue.value.calendarmodel wdDate = DateUtils.parseWikidataDate(claim.datavalue.value.time, d.precision) if wdDate ~= nil then d.month = wdDate.month d.day = wdDate.day else d.month = 1 d.day = 1 end if d.precision <= 9 then d.year = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(claim.datavalue.value.time, "%d+")) if iSOTimeSign == '-' then d.year = -d.year end elseif wdDate ~= nil then d.year = wdDate.year else d.year = 1 end d.claim = claimOrSnak return d end return nil end p.findDateValues = function(propertyId, entityId) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId then local bestclaims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, propertyId) local bestdates = {} if bestclaims then for k, v in pairs(bestclaims) do if hasValueSnak(v) and v.mainsnak.datatype == 'time' then local d = p.extractDateFromClaim(v) table.insert(bestdates, d) elseif hasValueSnak(v) then local d = {} d.claim = v table.insert(bestdates, d) end end end return bestdates end end -- This is used to get a date value for date_of_birth (p569), etc. which won't be linked -- consolidate by testing if entity.claims[propertyID].mainsnak.datavalue.type is "time" -- Dates are stored as 28 characters if the year >99 -- e.g. +00000002014-01-01T00:00:00Z for 2014 -- Dates are stored as 26 characters if the year =<99 -- e.g. +000000050-01-01T00:00:00Z for 50 CE p.getDateValue = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { frameOnly = true }) local propertyId = args[1] local entityId = args[2] or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId then local claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) local out = {} if claims then for _,eachClaim in pairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(eachClaim) then local extractedDate = p.extractDateFromClaim(eachClaim) table.insert(out, GregorianDate.displayDualDateIfInInterval(extractedDate, true)) end end end return table.concat(out, ", ") else return "" end end p.getQualifierDateValue = function(frame) local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") local qualifierID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2] or "") local input_parm = mw.text.trim(frame.args[3] or "") local date_format = mw.text.trim(frame.args[4] or "dmy") if input_parm == "FETCH_WIKIDATA" then local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity() if entity.claims[propertyID] ~= nil then local out = {} local dt = {} for k, v in pairs(entity.claims[propertyID]) do for k2, v2 in pairs(v.qualifiers[qualifierID]) do if isValueSnak(v2) then local d = v2.datavalue.value.time if #d > 26 then dt.year = string.sub(d, 9, 12) dt.month = string.sub(d, 14, 15) dt.day = string.sub(d, 17, 18) else dt.year = string.sub(d, 9, 10) dt.month = string.sub(d, 12, 13) dt.day = string.sub(d, 15, 16) end if date_format == "mdy" then out[#out + 1] = os.date("%B %e, %Y", os.time(dt)) elseif date_format == "my" then out[#out + 1] = os.date("%B %Y", os.time(dt)) elseif date_format == "y" then out[#out + 1] = os.date("%Y", os.time(dt)) else out[#out + 1] = os.date("%e %B %Y", os.time(dt)) end end end end return table.concat(out, ", ") else return "" end else return input_parm end end -- returns the value of the specified qualifier for the specified preferred value of the property of the specified entity (or the current entity) p.findQualifierForPreferredPropertyValue = function(entityId, propertyId, qualifierId, separator) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId == nil then return nil end local claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) local out = {} if claims and claims[1] then for claimK, claimV in pairs(claims) do if claimV.rank == 'preferred' then local qual = claimV.qualifiers[qualifierId] if qual and qual.mainsnak then table.insert(out, snakToString(qual)) end end end end return table.concat(out, separator) end p.getQualifierForPreferredPropertyValue = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local entityId = args['entityId'] or args[1] local propertyId = args['propertyId'] or args[2] local qualifierId = args['qualifierId'] or args[3] local separator = args['separator'] or args[4] or ', ' return p.findQualifierForPreferredPropertyValue(entityId, propertyId, qualifierId, separator) end -- This is used to get the TA98 (Terminologia Anatomica first edition 1998) values like 'A01.1.00.005' (property P1323) -- which are then linked to http://www.unifr.ch/ifaa/Public/EntryPage/TA98%20Tree/Entity%20TA98%20EN/01.1.00.005%20Entity%20TA98%20EN.htm -- uses the newer mw.wikibase calls instead of directly using the snaks -- formatPropertyValues returns a table with the P1323 values concatenated with ", " so we have to split them out into a table in order to construct the return string p.getTAValue = function(frame) local ent = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() local props = ent:formatPropertyValues('P1323') local out = {} local t = {} for k, v in pairs(props) do if k == 'value' then t = mw.text.split( v, ", ") for k2, v2 in pairs(t) do out[#out + 1] = "[http://www.unifr.ch/ifaa/Public/EntryPage/TA98%20Tree/Entity%20TA98%20EN/" .. string.sub(v2, 2) .. "%20Entity%20TA98%20EN.htm " .. v2 .. "]" end end end ret = table.concat(out, "<br> ") if #ret == 0 then ret = "Invalid TA" end return ret end -- returns the page id (Q...) of the current page or nothing of the page is not connected to Wikidata p.pageId = p.getEntityId -- the "qualifiers" and "snaks" field have a respective "qualifiers-order" and "snaks-order" field -- use these as the second parameter and this function instead of the built-in "pairs" function -- to iterate over all qualifiers and snaks in the intended order. local function orderedpairs(array, order) if not order then return pairs(array) end -- return iterator function local i = 0 return function() i = i + 1 if order[i] then return order[i], array[order[i]] end end end -- precision: 0 - billion years, 1 - hundred million years, ..., 6 - millennia, 7 - century, 8 - decade, 9 - year, 10 - month, 11 - day, 12 - hour, 13 - minute, 14 - second local function normalizeDate(date) date = mw.text.trim(date, "+") -- extract year local yearstr = mw.ustring.match(date, "^\-?%d+") local year = tonumber(yearstr) -- remove leading zeros of year return year .. mw.ustring.sub(date, #yearstr + 1), year end function formatDate(indate, precision, timezone) precision = precision or 11 date, year = normalizeDate(indate) if year == 0 and precision <= 9 then return "" end -- precision is 10000 years or more if precision <= 5 then local factor = 10 ^ ((5 - precision) + 4) local y2 = math.ceil(math.abs(year) / factor) local relative = mw.ustring.gsub(i18n.datetime[precision], "$1", tostring(y2)) if year < 0 then relative = mw.ustring.gsub(i18n.datetime.beforenow, "$1", relative) else relative = mw.ustring.gsub(i18n.datetime.afternow, "$1", relative) end return relative end -- precision is decades, centuries and millennia local era if precision == 6 then era = mw.ustring.gsub(i18n.datetime[6], "$1", tostring(math.floor((math.abs(year) - 1) / 1000) + 1)) end if era then if year < 0 then era = mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.gsub(i18n.datetime.bc, '"', ""), "$1", era) elseif year > 0 then era = mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.gsub(i18n.datetime.ad, '"', ""), "$1", era) end return era end if precision >= 7 then return DateUtils.formatDate(DateUtils.parseWikidataDate(indate, precision)) end end local function printDatavalueEntity(data, parameter) -- data fields: entity-type [string], numeric-id [int, Wikidata id] local id = "Q" .. data["numeric-id"] if parameter then if parameter == "link" then return "[[" .. (mw.wikibase.sitelink(id) or (":d:" .. id)) .. "|" .. (mw.wikibase.label(id) or id) .. "]]" else return data[parameter] end else if data["entity-type"] == "item" then return mw.wikibase.label("Q" .. data["numeric-id"]) or id else printError("unknown-entity-type") end end end local function printDatavalueTime(data, parameter) -- data fields: time [ISO 8601 time], timezone [int in minutes], before [int], after [int], precision [int], calendarmodel [wikidata URI] -- precision: 0 - billion years, 1 - hundred million years, ..., 6 - millennia, 7 - century, 8 - decade, 9 - year, 10 - month, 11 - day, 12 - hour, 13 - minute, 14 - second -- calendarmodel: e.g. http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q1985727 for the proleptic Gregorian calendar or http://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q11184 for the Julian calendar] if parameter then if parameter == "calendarmodel" then data.calendarmodel = mw.ustring.match(data.calendarmodel, "Q%d+") -- extract entity id from the calendar model URI elseif parameter == "time" then data.time = normalizeDate(data.time) end return data[parameter] else return formatDate(data.time, data.precision, data.timezone) end end function findClaims(entity, property) if not property or not entity or not entity.claims then return end if mw.ustring.match(property, "^P%d+$") then -- if the property is given by an id (P..) access the claim list by this id return entity.claims[property] else property = mw.wikibase.resolvePropertyId(property) if not property then return end return entity.claims[property] end end function getSnakValue(snak, parameter) -- snaks have three types: "novalue" for null/nil, "somevalue" for not null/not nil, or "value" for actual data if snak.snaktype == "novalue" then return i18n["novalue"] elseif snak.snaktype == "somevalue" then return i18n["somevalue"] elseif snak.snaktype ~= "value" then return nil, printError("unknown-snak-type") end -- call the respective snak parser if snak.datavalue.type == "string" then return snak.datavalue.value elseif snak.datavalue.type == "globecoordinate" then return printDatavalueCoordinate(snak.datavalue.value, parameter) elseif snak.datavalue.type == "quantity" then return printDatavalueQuantity(snak.datavalue.value, parameter) elseif snak.datavalue.type == "time" then return printDatavalueTime(snak.datavalue.value, parameter) elseif snak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid" then return printDatavalueEntity(snak.datavalue.value, parameter) elseif snak.datavalue.type == "monolingualtext" then return printDatavalueMonolingualText(snak.datavalue.value, parameter) else return nil, printError("unknown-datavalue-type") end end function getQualifierSnak(claim, qualifierId) -- a "snak" is Wikidata terminology for a typed key/value pair -- a claim consists of a main snak holding the main information of this claim, -- as well as a list of attribute snaks and a list of references snaks if qualifierId then -- search the attribute snak with the given qualifier as key if claim.qualifiers then local qualifier = claim.qualifiers[qualifierId] if qualifier then return qualifier[1] end end return nil, printError("qualifier-not-found") else -- otherwise return the main snak return claim.mainsnak end end function getValueOfClaim(claim, qualifierId, parameter) local error local snak snak, error = getQualifierSnak(claim, qualifierId) if snak then return getSnakValue(snak, parameter) else return nil, error end end function p.claim(frame) local property = frame.args[1] or "" local id = frame.args["id"] -- "id" must be nil, as access to other Wikidata objects is disabled in Mediawiki configuration local qualifierId = frame.args["qualifier"] local parameter = frame.args["parameter"] local list = frame.args["list"] local references = frame.args["references"] local showerrors = frame.args["showerrors"] local default = frame.args["default"] if default then showerrors = nil end -- get wikidata entity local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(id) if not entity then if showerrors then return printError("entity-not-found") else return default end end -- fetch the first claim of satisfying the given property local claims = findClaims(entity, property) if not claims or not claims[1] then if showerrors then return printError("property-not-found") else return default end end -- get initial sort indices local sortindices = {} for idx in pairs(claims) do sortindices[#sortindices + 1] = idx end -- sort by claim rank local comparator = function(a, b) local rankmap = { deprecated = 2, normal = 1, preferred = 0 } local ranka = rankmap[claims[a].rank or "normal"] .. string.format("%08d", a) local rankb = rankmap[claims[b].rank or "normal"] .. string.format("%08d", b) return ranka < rankb end table.sort(sortindices, comparator) local result local error if list then local value -- iterate over all elements and return their value (if existing) result = {} for idx in pairs(claims) do local claim = claims[sortindices[idx]] value, error = getValueOfClaim(claim, qualifierId, parameter) if not value and showerrors then value = error end if value and references then value = value .. p.outputReferences(claim) end result[#result + 1] = value end result = table.concat(result, list) else -- return first element local claim = claims[sortindices[1]] result, error = getValueOfClaim(claim, qualifierId, parameter) if result and references then result = result .. p.outputReferences(claim) end end if result then return result else if showerrors then return error else return default end end end p.getPreferredValue = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local propertyID = args[1] or args['propertyId'] or args['pid'] local entityID = args[2] or args['entityId'] or args['qid'] or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityID == nil or propertyID == nil then return nil end local claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityID, propertyID) if claims then -- if wiki-linked value output as link if possible if hasValueSnak(claims[1]) then local out = {} for k, v in pairs(claims) do if (v.rank == 'preferred') then local snakText = snakToString(v.mainsnak) .. p.outputReferences(v) if snakText ~= "" then out[#out + 1] = snakText end end end return table.concat(out, ", ") end else return "" end return "" end -- look into entity object function p.ViewSomething(frame) local data = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() if not data then return nil end local f = frame.args[1] and frame or frame:getParent() local i = 1 while true do local index = f.args[i] if not index then return tostring(data) end data = data[index] or data[tonumber(index)] if not data then return end i = i + 1 end end function p.Dump(frame) local data = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() if not data then return i18n.warnDump end local f = frame.args[1] and frame or frame:getParent() local i = 1 while true do local index = f.args[i] if not index then return "<pre>"..mw.dumpObject(data).."</pre>".. i18n.warnDump end data = data[index] or data[tonumber(index)] if not data then return i18n.warnDump end i = i + 1 end end -- Returnează o singură valoare din cele cu rangul cel mai înalt cu referințele corespunzătoare pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din alte module function p.findOneValue(propertyID, entity) local entityId = nil if type(entity) == 'table' then entityId = entity.id elseif type(entity) == 'number' then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entity), 'Q'}) elseif type(entity) == 'string' then entityId = entity end entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not entityId then return nil end local claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, propertyID) if claims and 0 < #claims then for _,eachClaim in ipairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(eachClaim) then return snakToString(eachClaim.mainsnak) .. p.outputReferences(eachClaim) end end end return nil end -- Returnează o singură valoare din cele cu rangul cel mai înalt pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din alte module function p.findOneValueNoRef(propertyID, entity) local claims = nil if type(entity) == 'table' then claims = entity:getBestStatements(propertyID) else if type(entity) == 'number' then entity = 'Q' .. tostring(entity) end entity = entity or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not entity then return nil end claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entity, propertyID) end if claims and 0 < #claims then for _,eachClaim in ipairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(eachClaim) then return snakToString(eachClaim.mainsnak) end end end return nil end -- Returnează o singură valoare din cele cu rangul cel mai înalt pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din formate p.getOneValueNoRef = function(frame) local propertyID, entityID propertyID, entityID = propAndEntity(frame.args[1], frame.args[2]) local entity = nil if entityID ~= "" then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(entityID) end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() end if entity == nil then return nil end return p.findOneValueNoRef(propertyID, entity) end -- Returnează o singură valoare din cele cu rangul cel mai înalt și cu referințele corespunzătoare pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din formate p.getOneValue = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local propertyID, entityID propertyID, entityID = propAndEntity(args[1], args[2]) local entity = nil if entityID ~= "" then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(entityID) end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() end if entity == nil then return nil end return p.findOneValue(propertyID, entity) end local function findLatestQualifierValueForOnePropertyOfAnEntity(entity, propertyId, qualifierId) if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() end if entity == nil then return '' end local claims = entity:getBestStatements(propertyId) if claims then if claims[1] then if claims[1].qualifiers then if claims[1].qualifiers[qualifierId] then local allQualifiers = {} for qk, qv in pairs(claims[1].qualifiers[qualifierId]) do table.insert(allQualifiers, qv) end local qIndex = 1 local maxQTime = nil while maxQTime == nil and qIndex <= #allQualifiers do if allQualifiers[qIndex].datatype == 'time' then maxQTime = allQualifiers[qIndex] end qIndex = qIndex + 1 end if maxQTime ~= nil then for i=qIndex,#allQualifiers do local msCrtQTime = tonumber(mw.language.new(lang.code):formatDate('U', allQualifiers[i].datavalue.value.time, nil)) local msMaxQTime = tonumber(mw.language.new(lang.code):formatDate('U', maxQTime.datavalue.value.time, nil)) if msCrtQTime > msMaxQTime then maxQTime = allQualifiers[i] end end if isValueSnak(maxQTime) then return formatDate(maxQTime.datavalue.value.time, maxQTime.datavalue.value.precision, maxQTime.datavalue.value.timezone) end end return "" else return "" end else return "" end else return "" end else return "" end end -- Returnează valoarea cea mai recentă a qualifierului specificat pentru proprietea specificată a entității curente -- De apelat din alte module p.getLatestQualifierDateValueForOneProperty = function(frame) local propertyId = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") local qualifierId = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2] or "") local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() return findLatestQualifierValueForOnePropertyOfAnEntity(entity, propertyId, qualifierId) end -- Returnează valoarea cea mai recentă a qualifierului specificat pentru proprietea specificată a entității curente -- De apelat din formate p.findLatestQualifierDateValueForOneProperty = function(propertyId, qualifierId) local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() return entity ~= nil and findLatestQualifierValueForOnePropertyOfAnEntity(entity, propertyId, qualifierId) or '' end -- Returnează un text ce conține referința pentru o proprietate; de apelat din formate p.getReferenceForOneProperty = function(frame) local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() local propertyId = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1]) local claims = entity:getBestStatements(propertyId) return p.outputReferences(claims[1]) end -- Returnează o listă cu obiecte value asociate unei proprietăți a unei entități -- Creată pentru a obține lista de coordonate a unui oraș în formă pură (listă cu obiectele value asociate) -- Funcționează pentru: coordonate -- TODO - de extins la mai multe tipuri de date, de exemplu texte multilingve, date calendaristice, itemuri wikibase p.findDataValueObjects = function(entityId, propertyId) if propertyId == nil then return {} end entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId == nil then return {} end local ret = {} local claims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId) if claims == nil then return ret end for claimIdx = 1, #claims do local snak = claims[claimIdx].mainsnak if isValueSnak(snak) then if snak.datatype == 'globe-coordinate' then table.insert(ret, snak.datavalue.value) end end end return ret end p.findRoLabel = function(entityId) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId then return mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, lang.code) end return nil end p.getRoLabel = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.findRoLabel(args[1]) end -- Returnează labelul unei entități în limba specificată; dacă nu se găsește, atunci se încearcă în limba wikiului și apoi în limba engleză p.findLabel = function(entityId, languageCode, default) local entity, ret if entityId == nil then entityId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not entityId then return default or '' end end if type(entityId) == 'number' then entityId = 'Q' .. tostring(entityId) end if type(entityId) == 'string' then if languageCode then ret = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, languageCode) end if not ret then ret = mw.wikibase.getLabel(entityId) end return ret or default or mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, 'en') or entityId end if type(entityId) == 'table' then local entity = entityId if not languageCode or languageCode == '' then languageCode = lang.code end ret = entity:getLabel(languageCode) or entity:getLabel(lang.code) or default or entity:getLabel('en') return ret end return default or '' end p.getLabel = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly=true}) local entityId = args[1] local languageCode = args[2] or lang.code local default = args['default'] return p.findLabel(entityId, languageCode, default) end function formatCoordinates(entityId) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entityId == nil then return '' end local coordClaims = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, 'P625') local formattedCoordsList = {} if coordClaims and coordClaims[1] then for coordIdx=1,#coordClaims do if coordClaims[coordIdx].mainsnak.datatype == 'globe-coordinate' then local latDir = coordClaims[coordIdx].mainsnak.datavalue.value.latitude < 0 and 'S' or 'N' local lonDir = coordClaims[coordIdx].mainsnak.datavalue.value.longitude < 0 and 'V' or 'E' local coordsText = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title='Coord', args={tostring(math.abs(coordClaims[coordIdx].mainsnak.datavalue.value.latitude)), latDir, tostring(math.abs(coordClaims[coordIdx].mainsnak.datavalue.value.longitude)), lonDir}} table.insert(formattedCoordsList, coordsText) end end end return table.concat(formattedCoordsList, ', ') end p.getFormattedCoordinates = function(frame) local origArgs = getArgs(frame) return formatCoordinates(origArgs[1] or origArgs['entityId']) end -- Returnează o numărul de valori cu cel mai mare rang pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din alte module function p.countBestValues(propertyID, entity) if type(entity) == 'table' then entity = entity.id elseif type(entity) == 'number' then entity = 'Q' .. tostring(entity) elseif entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entity == nil then return 0 end end local claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entity, propertyID) local outList = {} if not claims then return 0 end return #claims end -- Returnează o singură valoare din cele cu rangul cel mai înalt cu referințele corespunzătoare pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din alte module function p.findBestValues(propertyID, entity) if type(entity) == 'table' then entity = entity.id elseif type(entity) == 'number' then entity = 'Q' .. tostring(entity) end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if entity == nil then return {} end end if not StringUtils._emptyToNil({propertyID}) then return nil end local claims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entity, propertyID) local outList = {} if claims then for claimIdx, actualClaim in pairs(claims) do if hasValueSnak(actualClaim) then table.insert(outList, snakToString(actualClaim.mainsnak) .. p.outputReferences(actualClaim)) end end end return outList end p._getBestValuesWithSeparator = function(entity, propertyID, sep) if propertyID == nil then return '' end local valueList = p.findBestValues(propertyID, entity) return valueList and table.concat(valueList, sep) end -- Returnează o listă a valorilor cu rangul cel mai înalt și cu referințele corespunzătoare pentru o proprietate specificată -- De apelat din formate p.getBestValuesWithSeparator = function(frame) local sep = frame.args[1] if sep == nil or sep == '' then sep = ', ' end local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[2] or "") local entityID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[3] or "") local entity = nil if entityID ~= "" then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(entityID) end if entity == nil then entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject() end return p._getBestValuesWithSeparator(entity, propertyID, sep) end function p.findLanguageText(propertyId, langcode, entityId) -- return label of a Wikidata entity in the given language or the default language of this Wikipedia site entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not entityId then return nil end local returnValue = nil langcode = langcode or 'ro' for eachClaimIdx, eachClaim in pairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId)) do if hasValueSnak(eachClaim) and eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue then if eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'monolingualtext' then if eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == langcode then returnValue = eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text end elseif eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'string' then returnValue = eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value elseif eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' then returnValue = p.findLabel(eachClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, langcode) end end end return returnValue end function p.getLanguageText(frame) return p.findLanguageText(frame.args[1], frame.args[2] or 'ro', frame.args[3]) or '' end function p.findBestValuesForLocalLanguage(propertyId, entityId) entityId = entityId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not entityId then return nil end local bestValues = {} local bestRank = nil for eachClaimIdx, eachClaim in pairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId)) do if (hasValueSnak(eachClaim) and eachClaim.qualifiers and eachClaim.qualifiers['P407'] and 0 < #(eachClaim.qualifiers['P407'])) then if hasBetterRank(eachClaim, bestRank) then for _,eachLangQual in ipairs(eachClaim.qualifiers['P655']) do if isValueSnak(eachLangQual) and eachLangQual.datavalue.value.id == 'Q7913' then bestRank = eachLangQual.rank if not bestRank or mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks['RANK_' .. mw.ustring.upper(eachClaim.rank)] > mw.wikibase.entity.claimRanks['RANK_' .. mw.ustring.upper(bestRank)] then bestValues = {} end table.insert(bestValues, snakToString(eachClaim.mainsnak)) end end end end end return bestValues end function p.getBestValuesForLocalLanguageWithSeparator(frame) return table.concat(p.findBestValuesForLocalLanguage(frame.args[2], frame.args[3]) or {}, frame.args[1]) end p.findShortestAlias = function(entityId) return p.findLinkToItem(entityId, false, false, true) end p.findImageAndCaption = function(entityId) local wikidataImages = p.findBestClaimsForProperty(entityId, 'P2716') if not wikidataImages or #wikidataImages == 0 then wikidataImages = p.findBestClaimsForProperty(entityId, 'P18') end local imageName, imageCaption if wikidataImages and #wikidataImages > 0 then local wikidataImage = wikidataImages[1] if hasValueSnak(wikidataImage) and wikidataImage.mainsnak.datavalue then imageName = wikidataImage.mainsnak.datavalue.value local roDescr = '' if wikidataImage.qualifiers and wikidataImage.qualifiers['P2096'] then for _,eachImageDescrLangString in pairs(wikidataImage.qualifiers['P2096']) do if isValueSnak(eachImageDescrLangString) and eachImageDescrLangString.datavalue and eachImageDescrLangString.datavalue.value.language == 'ro' then roDescr = eachImageDescrLangString.datavalue.value.text or roDescr end end end imageCaption = roDescr end end return imageName, imageCaption end p.findLinkToWikidataItem = function(itemId, prefix) libraryUtil.checkType('findLinkToWikidataItem', 2, prefix, 'string', false) local qId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({itemId, prefix}) local itemLabel = p.findLabel(qId) return '[[:d:' .. (prefix == 'P' and 'Property:' or '') .. qId .. '|' .. (itemLabel or '') .. ' ' .. tostring(mw.html.create('small'):wikitext('(' .. qId .. ')')) .. ']]' end p.getLinkToWikidataItem = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local prefix = args['prefix'] or 'Q' if not args[1] then return "''id de " .. (prefix == 'P' and 'proprietate' or 'item') .. " Wikidata nespecificat''" end return p.findLinkToWikidataItem(args[1], prefix) end p.formatExternalLink = function(pId, qId, text) local formatterUrl = p.findOneValueNoRef('P1630', pId) or '$1' local urlComponent = text or p.findOneValueNoRef(pId, qId) if not urlComponent then return nil end local formattedLink = mw.ustring.gsub(formatterUrl, '%$1', text or urlComponent) return formattedLink end p.getFormattedExternalLink = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local pId = args['pid'] or args[1] local qId = args['qid'] or args[2] local text = args['text'] return p.formatExternalLink(pId, qId, text) end p.isFemale = function(qId) local entityId = qId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not entityId then return false end local genders = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, 'P21') local feminineIds = { 6581072, 1052281, 43445 } if genders then for genderIdx,eachGender in ipairs(genders) do if hasValueSnak(eachGender) then for _,eachFemId in ipairs(feminineIds) do if eachFemId == eachGender.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] then return true end end end end end return false end p.findClaimForTimestamp = function(entityId, propertyId, timestamp, lang) local propClaims = p.findSortedClaimsForProperty(entityId, propertyId) local bestClaim = nil if propClaims then for _,eachPropClaim in ipairs(propClaims) do if hasValueSnak(eachPropClaim) and isClaimTrue(eachPropClaim) then if eachPropClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.type ~= 'monolingualtext' or StringUtils._substringBefore({eachPropClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language, '-'}) == StringUtils._substringBefore({lang or 'ro', '-'}) then local before = nil local after = nil if eachPropClaim.qualifiers then if eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P580'] and eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P580'][1] and isValueSnak(eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P580'][1]) then after = GregorianDate.convertToGregorianIfInInterval(DateUtils.extractDateFromWikidataSnak(eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P580'][1])) end if eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P582'] and eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P582'][1] and isValueSnak(eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P582'][1]) then before = GregorianDate.convertToGregorianIfInInterval(DateUtils.extractDateFromWikidataSnak(eachPropClaim.qualifiers['P582'][1])) end end if timestamp then --if before and DateUtils.compare(timestamp, before) > 0 then --the claim list is sorted by before -- break --else if after == nil and before and DateUtils.compare(timestamp, before) < 0 then return eachPropClaim elseif after and before and DateUtils.compare(timestamp, before) < 0 and DateUtils.compare(timestamp, after) > 0 then return eachPropClaim elseif after and before == nil and DateUtils.compare(timestamp, after) > 0 then return eachPropClaim end --end end if not before then if not bestClaim and hasBetterRank(eachPropClaim, 'normal') or (bestClaim and hasBetterRank(eachPropClaim, bestClaim.rank)) then bestClaim = eachPropClaim end end end end end end if bestClaim then return bestClaim else return nil end end p.formatOnlineLink = function(linkProp, entityId) local linkId = p.findOneValueNoRef(linkProp, entityId) if linkId then local linkFormatter = p.findOneValueNoRef('P1630', linkProp) or '$1' if linkFormatter then linkId = mw.ustring.gsub(linkId, '%%', '%%%%') local link = mw.ustring.gsub(linkFormatter, '$1', linkId) return link end end return nil end p.getFormattedOnlineLink = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.formatOnlineLink(args[1], args[2] or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()) end p.findOnlineLinks = function(onlinelinksprops, entityId, extraProps) local onlinelinks = {} local onlinelinksprops = onlinelinksprops and #onlinelinksprops > 0 and onlinelinksprops or {'P856', 'P1581', 'P2013', 'P2002', 'P2847', 'P345', 'P3265', 'P3579', 'P3435', 'P2003', 'P2471', 'P2397', 'P953', 'P1065', 'P4173', 'P4431', 'P1968', 'P6634', 'P4264', 'P2572', 'P7085', 'P3789'} if extraProps and type(extraProps) == 'table' then onlinelinksprops = Set.valueUnion(onlinelinksprops, extraProps) end for _,eachOnlineLinkProp in ipairs(onlinelinksprops) do local link = p.formatOnlineLink(eachOnlineLinkProp) if link then local linkentities = p.getBestEntityIdsList(eachOnlineLinkProp, 'P1629') if linkentities and #linkentities > 0 then local linklabel = p.findLabel(StringUtils._prependIfMissing({linkentities[1], 'Q'})) table.insert(onlinelinks, '[' .. link .. ' ' .. linklabel .. ']') end end end return onlinelinks end p.getOnlineLinks = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local _,entityId = propAndEntity(StringUtils._prependIfMissing({args['qid'], 'Q'})) local extraPropsStr = args['extras'] local extraProps = nil if extraPropsStr then extraProps = mw.text.split(extraPropsStr, ',', true) end local onlinelinksprops = {} local passedProps = TableTools.compressSparseArray(args) for __,eachProp in ipairs(passedProps) do if mw.ustring.match(eachProp, 'P%d+') == eachProp then table.insert(onlinelinksprops, eachProp) end end return table.concat(p.findOnlineLinks(onlinelinksprops, entityId, extraProps), tostring(mw.html.create('br'))) end p.findLanguageIndexedLabelsFromProperty = function(entityId, propertyId) local entity = nil if entityId then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) else entityId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end local titles = {} for _,eachTitleClaim in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, propertyId)) do if hasValueSnak(eachTitleClaim) then titles[eachTitleClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language] = eachTitleClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text end end return titles end p.findTitleOfWork = function(entityId) local entity = nil if entityId then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) else entityId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end --- this comes first just for performance reasons if entityId then local localLabel, localLang = mw.wikibase.getLabelWithLang(entityId) if localLabel and localLang == 'ro' then return localLabel end else return nil end local langs = {} for _,eachProperty in ipairs({'P364', 'P407'}) do for __,eachLangClaim in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(entityId, eachProperty)) do if hasValueSnak(eachLangClaim) then local langEntityId = eachLangClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id if LangUtils[langEntityId] then table.insert(langs, { qid = langEntityId, code = LangUtils[langEntityId] }) elseif langEntityId then for ___,eachLangCodeClaim in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(langEntityId, 'P424')) do if hasValueSnak(eachLangCodeClaim) and isClaimTrue(eachLangCodeClaim) then local sanitizedLangCode = StringUtils._substringBefore({eachLangCodeClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value, '-'}) sanitizedLangCode = StringUtils._substringBefore({sanitizedLangCode, '_'}) table.insert(langs, { qid = langEntityId, code = sanitizedLangCode} ) end end end end end end table.insert(langs, {qid = 'Q1860', code = 'en'}) local titles = p.findLanguageIndexedLabelsFromProperty(entityId, 'P1476') if titles['ro'] then return titles['ro'] end local nonLatinLangs = {} for _,eachlanguage in ipairs(langs) do local langText = nil if isWritingSystemLatn(eachlanguage.qid) then langText = wrapInLangSpan(titles[eachlanguage.code] or mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, eachlanguage.code), eachlanguage.code) elseif Transliteration.isTransliterationSupported(eachlanguage.code) then langText = wrapInLangSpan(Transliteration.transliterate(titles[eachlanguage.code] or mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, eachlanguage.code), eachlanguage.code), eachlanguage.code) else table.insert(nonLatinLangs, eachlanguage.code) end if langText then return langText end end for _,langCode in ipairs(nonLatinLangs) do langText = wrapInLangSpan(titles[langCode] or mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(entityId, langCode), langCode) if langText then return langText end end return entityId end p.findTitlesOfWorksFromProperty = function(propertyId, entityId, limit) if limit == nil then limit = 10 end if entityId then entityId = StringUtils._prependIfMissing({tostring(entityId), 'Q'}) else entityId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not entityId then return nil end local ret = {} local bestWorksClaims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(entityId, propertyId) for workIdx = 1,math.min(limit, #bestWorksClaims) do local eachWorkClaim = bestWorksClaims[workIdx] if hasValueSnak(eachWorkClaim) then local workId = eachWorkClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id table.insert(ret, computeLinkToItem(workId, true, nil, function() return p.findTitleOfWork(workId) end)) end end return ret end p.getTitleOfWorkFromPropertyWithSeparator = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local sep = args[1] local propertyId, entityId = propAndEntity(args[2], args[3]) local limitStr = args['limit'] local limit = tonumber(limitStr or '10') local retListRaw = p.findTitlesOfWorksFromProperty(propertyId, entityId, limit) or {} local retList = {} for _,eachRetVal in ipairs(retListRaw) do table.insert(retList, "''" .. eachRetVal .. "''") end return table.concat(retList, sep) end p.loadOneValueInChain = function(chain) local crtChainElementId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() local crtChainClaim = nil local crtChainSnak = nil local coordComponent = nil local raw = false local label = false local ref = false for _,eachChainRing in ipairs(chain) do if mw.ustring.match(eachChainRing, 'Q%d+') == eachChainRing then crtChainElementId = eachChainRing elseif mw.ustring.match(eachChainRing, '_P%d+') and crtChainSnak then local qualPropertyId = mw.ustring.sub(eachChainRing, 2, mw.ustring.len(eachChainRing)) if crtChainClaim.qualifiers and crtChainClaim.qualifiers[qualPropertyId] and #(crtChainClaim.qualifiers[qualPropertyId]) > 0 then local qualIdx = 1 local propertyQuals = crtChainClaim.qualifiers[qualPropertyId] while qualIdx <= #propertyQuals and not isValueSnak(propertyQuals[qualIdx]) do qualIdx = qualIdx + 1 end if qualIdx <= #propertyQuals and isValueSnak(propertyQuals[qualIdx]) then local firstValueSnakIdx = qualIdx if propertyQuals[qualIdx].datavalue.type == 'monolingualtext' then while qualIdx <= #propertyQuals and (not isValueSnak(propertyQuals[qualIdx]) or propertyQuals[qualIdx].datavalue.value.language ~= 'ro') do qualIdx = qualIdx + 1 end end crtChainSnak = qualIdx <= #propertyQuals and isValueSnak(propertyQuals[qualIdx]) and propertyQuals[qualIdx] or propertyQuals[firstValueSnakIdx] else return nil end else return nil end elseif mw.ustring.match(eachChainRing, 'P%d+') == eachChainRing then if isValueSnak(crtChainSnak) and crtChainSnak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' then crtChainElementId = crtChainSnak.datavalue.value.id crtChainClaim = nil crtChainSnak = nil end if crtChainElementId and not crtChainSnak then local propertyClaims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(crtChainElementId, eachChainRing) if #propertyClaims < 1 then return nil end local claimIdx = 1 if propertyClaims[claimIdx].mainsnak.datavalue and propertyClaims[claimIdx].mainsnak.datavalue.type == 'monolingualtext' then while claimIdx <= #propertyClaims and (not hasValueSnak(propertyClaims[claimIdx]) or propertyClaims[claimIdx].mainsnak.datavalue.value.language ~= 'ro') do claimIdx = claimIdx + 1 end else while claimIdx <= #propertyClaims and not hasValueSnak(propertyClaims[claimIdx]) do claimIdx = claimIdx + 1 end end if claimIdx <= #propertyClaims and hasValueSnak(propertyClaims[claimIdx]) then crtChainClaim = propertyClaims[claimIdx] crtChainSnak = crtChainClaim.mainsnak else return nil end end elseif eachChainRing == 'lat' or eachChainRing == 'long' then coordComponent = eachChainRing .. 'itude' elseif eachChainRing == 'raw' then raw = true elseif eachChainRing == 'label' then if crtChainSnak then crtChainElementId = crtChainSnak.datavalue.value.id end crtChainClaim = nil crtChainSnak = nil label = true elseif eachChainRing == 'ref' then ref = true end end if ref and crtChainClaim then return p.outputReferences(crtChainClaim) end if crtChainSnak then if coordComponent and crtChainSnak.datavalue.value[coordComponent] then return crtChainSnak.datavalue.value[coordComponent] end return raw and printRawValue(crtChainSnak) or snakToString(crtChainSnak) end if crtChainElementId then if raw then return crtChainElementId elseif label then return p.findLabel(crtChainElementId) else return p.findLinkToItem(crtChainElementId) end end return nil end p.getOneValueInChain = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.loadOneValueInChain(args) end local function isA(entityId, typeIds) local entityTypes = p.findClaimsForProperty(entityId, 'P31') entityId = type(entityId) == 'number' and ('Q' .. tostring(entityId)) or entityId if entityTypes then for _,eachEntityType in ipairs(entityTypes) do if isClaimTrue(eachEntityType) and hasValueSnak(eachEntityType) then if TableTools.contains(typeIds, eachEntityType.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id) then return true end local recurseSuccess, recursivelyFoundType = pcall(mw.wikibase.getReferencedEntityId, eachEntityType.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, 'P279', typeIds) if recurseSuccess and recursivelyFoundType then return true end if not recurseSuccess then --manually recurse one level local superTypeClaims = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(eachEntityType.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, 'P279') if superTypeClaims then for __,eachSuperTypeClaim in ipairs(superTypeClaims) do if hasValueSnak(eachSuperTypeClaim) and TableTools.contains(typeIds, eachSuperTypeClaim.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id) then return true end end end end end end end return false end p.isA = isA p.findAnniversary = function(propertyId, entityId, step) local _date = p.findDateValues(propertyId, entityId) if _date and _date[1] then -- no year 0 if _date[1].year < 0 then _date[1].year = _date[1].year + 1 end if (os.date("*t").year - _date[1].year) % step == 0 then return (os.date("*t").year - _date[1].year) end else return 0 end end p.getAnniversary = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.findAnniversary(args[1], args[2], args[3]) end p.findLocationChain = function(entity) local q = entity or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not q then return nil end local countryQId = p.loadOneValueInChain({q, 'P17', 'raw'}) local adminUnitQId = p.loadOneValueInChain({q, 'P131', 'raw'}) if not adminUnitQId or adminUnitQId == countryQId then return p.findLinkToItem(countryQId, true, false, false) end return p.findLinkToItem(adminUnitQId, true, false, false) .. ', ' .. p.findLocationChain(adminUnitQId) end p.getLocationChain = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.findLocationChain(args.q) end p.findAddress = function(qId) local q = qId or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not q then return nil,nil end p159claims = p.findBestClaimsForProperty(q, 'P159') addrs = {} if p159claims then for _,eachP159claim in ipairs(p159claims) do if hasValueSnak(eachP159claim) then local addrParts = { p.printSnak(eachP159claim.mainsnak) } if eachP159claim.qualifiers then for __,qual in ipairs({'P6375', 'P669', 'P670', 'P281', 'P17'}) do if eachP159claim.qualifiers[qual] then for ___,eachP159ClaimQual in ipairs(eachP159claim.qualifiers[qual]) do if isValueSnak(eachP159ClaimQual) then table.insert(addrParts, p.printSnak(eachP159ClaimQual)) end end end end end table.insert(addrs, table.concat(addrParts, ', ')) end end end if #addrs > 0 then return table.concat(addrs, tostring(mw.html.create('br'))), 'P159' end p6375 = p.findOneValue('P6375', q) if p6375 then return p6375, 'P6375' end p669claims = p.findBestClaimsForProperty(q, 'P669') local addrs = {} if p669claims then for _,eachP669Claim in ipairs(p669claims) do if hasValueSnak(eachP669Claim) then local thisAddr = p.printSnak(eachP669Claim.mainsnak) if eachP669Claim.qualifiers and eachP669Claim.qualifiers['P670'] then local streetNumbers = {} for __,eachP669ClaimP670Qual in ipairs(eachP669Claim.qualifiers['P670']) do if isValueSnak(eachP669ClaimP670Qual) then table.insert(streetNumbers, eachP669ClaimP670Qual.datavalue.value) end end if #streetNumbers > 0 then thisAddr = thisAddr .. ' nr. ' .. table.concat(streetNumbers, ', ') end end table.insert(addrs, thisAddr) end end end if #addrs > 0 then table.insert(addrs, 1, p.findLocationChain(q)) return table.concat(addrs, '; ') end local p2795text = p.loadOneValueInChain({'P2795'}) if p2795text then return p2795text end return nil end p.getAddress = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local addr, srcProp = p.findAddress(args[1]) return addr end p.hasValueSnak = hasValueSnak return p 36rypc83lyrmk7h8xo7k2qwm8yzww0o 828 73998 205511 2022-08-01T21:13:52Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: -- This module takes positional parameters as input and concatenates them with -- an optional separator. The final separator (the "conjunction") can be -- specified independently, enabling natural-language lists like -- "foo, bar, baz and qux". local compressSparseArray = require('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray local p = {} function p._main(args) local separator = args.separator -- Decode (convert to Unicode) HTML escape sequences, such as "&#32;" for space. a... Scribunto text/plain -- This module takes positional parameters as input and concatenates them with -- an optional separator. The final separator (the "conjunction") can be -- specified independently, enabling natural-language lists like -- "foo, bar, baz and qux". local compressSparseArray = require('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray local p = {} function p._main(args) local separator = args.separator -- Decode (convert to Unicode) HTML escape sequences, such as "&#32;" for space. and mw.text.decode(args.separator) or '' local conjunction = args.conjunction and mw.text.decode(args.conjunction) or separator -- Discard named parameters. local values = compressSparseArray(args) return mw.text.listToText(values, separator, conjunction) end local function makeInvokeFunction(separator, conjunction) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) args.separator = separator or args.separator args.conjunction = conjunction or args.conjunction return p._main(args) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunction() p.br = makeInvokeFunction('<br />') p.comma = makeInvokeFunction(mw.message.new('comma-separator'):plain()) return p llc3d3c78nhgnxk4nekr2o428a8k5qt 828 73999 205512 2022-08-01T21:14:28Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: local p = {} local maxDaysInMonth = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31} local roman = require('Modul:Roman') local getArgs = require('Modul:Arguments').getArgs local defaultPostfixYear = { bc = 'î.Hr.', ad = 'd.Hr.' } local linkingPostfixYear = { bc = 'î.Hr.', ad = 'd.Hr.' } local months = mw.loadData('Modul:DateUtils/data').months local suffixFormatYear = function(y, postFixYear) local postFixYear = postFixYear or defaultPostfixYear return (y < 0 and (' ' .... Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local maxDaysInMonth = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31} local roman = require('Modul:Roman') local getArgs = require('Modul:Arguments').getArgs local defaultPostfixYear = { bc = 'î.Hr.', ad = 'd.Hr.' } local linkingPostfixYear = { bc = 'î.Hr.', ad = 'd.Hr.' } local months = mw.loadData('Modul:DateUtils/data').months local suffixFormatYear = function(y, postFixYear) local postFixYear = postFixYear or defaultPostfixYear return (y < 0 and (' ' .. postFixYear.bc) or (y < 1000 and (' ' .. postFixYear.ad) or '')) end p.formatYear = function(y, link) local out = '' local yearLink = tostring(math.abs(y)) .. (y < 0 and suffixFormatYear(y, linkingPostfixYear) or '') local yearLabel = tostring(math.abs(y)) .. suffixFormatYear(y, defaultPostfixYear) if link then out = out .. '[[' if yearLabel == yearLink then out = out .. yearLink else out = out .. yearLink .. '|' .. yearLabel end out = out .. ']]' else out = yearLabel end return out end p.surroundWithTimeTag = function(out, tagDate) local timeTag = mw.html.create('time') if tagDate.year > 0 then local datetimeFormat = 'Y-m-d' if tagDate.precision == 10 then datetimeFormat = 'Y-m' tagDate.day = 1 end local intermediateFormatDate = os.date('%d %B %Y', os.time(tagDate)) timeTag:attr('datetime', mw.language.getContentLanguage():formatDate(datetimeFormat, intermediateFormatDate)) end timeTag:wikitext(out) return tostring(timeTag) end p.formatDate = function(indate, link, notimetag, dateFormat) if not indate then return nil end if indate.precision == 6 then local out = 'mileniul ' if indate.year >= 2000 or indate.year <= -2000 then out = out .. 'al ' end out = out .. roman.main({tostring(1 + math.floor((math.abs(indate.year) - 1) / 1000))}) if indate.year >= 2000 or indate.year <= -2000 then out = out .. '-lea' end out = out .. suffixFormatYear(indate.year) return out end if indate.precision == 7 then local out = 'secolul ' if indate.year >= 200 or indate.year <= -200 then out = out .. 'al ' end out = out .. roman.main({tostring(1 + math.floor((math.abs(indate.year) - 1) / 100))}) if indate.year >= 200 or indate.year <= -200 then out = out .. '-lea' end out = out .. suffixFormatYear(indate.year) return out end if indate.precision == 8 then return 'anii ' .. tostring(math.floor(math.abs(indate.year) / 10) * 10) .. suffixFormatYear(indate.year) end if indate.precision == 9 then if notimetag then return p.formatYear(indate.year, link) end local timeTag = mw.html.create('time') if indate.year > 0 then timeTag:attr('datetime', tostring(indate.year)) end timeTag:wikitext(p.formatYear(indate.year, link)) return tostring(timeTag) end if indate.precision and indate.precision > 9 then local d1 = {} d1.day = indate.day if not d1.day or d1.day == 0 then d1.day = 1 end d1.month = indate.month if not d1.month or d1.month == 0 then d1.month = 1 end d1.year = math.abs(indate.year) local out = '' local intermediateFormatDate = os.date('%d %B %Y', os.time(d1)) if dateFormat then out = out .. mw.language.getContentLanguage():formatDate(dateFormat, intermediateFormatDate) else out = out .. mw.language.getContentLanguage():formatDate((indate.precision >= 11) and (link and '[[j F]]' or 'j F') or (link and '[[F]]' or 'F'), intermediateFormatDate) out = out .. ' ' .. p.formatYear(indate.year, link) end if notimetag or indate.precision < 11 then return out end return p.surroundWithTimeTag(out, indate) end end p.formatDateFromFrame = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local dateObj = {} if args[1] then dateObj = p.parseDate(args[1]) end if args[2] then dateObj.month = tonumber(months[args[2]] or args[2]) if args[3] then dateObj.day = tonumber(args[3]) end end dateObj.calendar = 'gregorian' if not dateObj.precision then dateObj.precision = 9 end if args[2] ~= nil then dateObj.precision = 10 if args[3] ~= nil then dateObj.precision = 11 end end return p.formatDate(dateObj, args['link'] ~= nil) end p.isDateGregorian = function(indate) return indate.calendarmodel == 'http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q1985727' or indate.calendarmodel == 'http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q12138' or indate.calendar == 'gregorian' end p.isDateJulian = function(indate) return indate.calendarmodel == 'http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q1985786' or indate.calendarmodel == 'http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q11184' or indate.calendar == 'julian' end p.isLeapYearGregorian = function(year) if (year % 4 ~= 0) then return false elseif (year % 100 ~= 0) then return true elseif (year % 400 ~= 0) then return false end return true end p.isDateInLeapYear = function(indate) if p.isDateJulian(indate) then return 0 == indate.year % 4 end return p.isLeapYearGregorian(indate.year) end p.addDaysToDate = function(indate, days) local outdate = mw.clone(indate) outdate.day = outdate.day + days local lastDayOfMonth = maxDaysInMonth[math.fmod(outdate.month-1, 12)+1] while outdate.day > lastDayOfMonth do mw.logObject(outdate, "outdate") lastDayOfMonth = maxDaysInMonth[math.fmod(outdate.month-1, 12)+1] if outdate.month == 2 and p.isDateInLeapYear(outdate) then lastDayOfMonth = 29 end outdate.month = outdate.month + 1 outdate.day = outdate.day - lastDayOfMonth end while outdate.month > 12 do outdate.year = outdate.year + 1 outdate.month = outdate.month - 12 end return outdate end p.parseCentury = function(datetext) if datetext and mw.ustring.len(datetext) < 9 then return nil end local centuryPrefixExpected = mw.ustring.sub(mw.ustring.lower(datetext), 1, 7) if centuryPrefixExpected == 'secolul' then local alLeaMatcherFunction = mw.ustring.gmatch(mw.ustring.lower(datetext), '%s+al%s+([xivlcm]+)%-lea') local centNum = nil local centStr = nil if alLeaMatcherFunction then centStr = alLeaMatcherFunction() end if not centStr then local nonAlLEaMatcherFunction = mw.ustring.gmatch(mw.ustring.lower(datetext), '%s+([xivlcm]+)%s*') if nonAlLEaMatcherFunction then centStr = nonAlLEaMatcherFunction() end end if not centStr then return nil end local romanTestIdx = 1 while romanTestIdx < 30 do if mw.ustring.lower(roman.main({tostring(romanTestIdx)})) == mw.ustring.lower(centStr) then centNum = romanTestIdx break end romanTestIdx = romanTestIdx + 1 end if not centNum then return nil end local bcPatterns = {} table.insert(bcPatterns, 'î%.e%.n%.?') table.insert(bcPatterns, 'î%.%s*Hr%.') for _,eachBCPattern in ipairs(bcPatterns) do local eraMatchFunction = mw.ustring.gmatch(datetext, eachBCPattern) if eraMatchFunction then local eraMatch = eraMatchFunction() if eraMatch and eraMatch ~= '' then if centNum > 0 then centNum = -centNum end end end end return centNum end return nil end p.parseYear = function(datetxt) if (not mw.ustring.gmatch(datetxt, '^[%d%sîd%.HrenADBC]+$')) then return nil end local yearPattern = '%d+' local bcPatterns = {'î%.e%.n%.?', 'î%.%s*Hr%.', 'BC'} local yearMatchFunction = mw.ustring.gmatch(datetxt, yearPattern) if not yearMatchFunction then return nil end local d = {} local yearMatch = yearMatchFunction() if not yearMatch or yearMatch == '' then return nil end d.year = tonumber(yearMatch) d.precision = 9 for _,eachBCPattern in ipairs(bcPatterns) do local eraMatchFunction = mw.ustring.gmatch(datetxt, eachBCPattern) if eraMatchFunction then local eraMatch = eraMatchFunction() if eraMatch and eraMatch ~= '' then if d.year > 0 then d.year = -d.year end end end end return d end p.parseDate = function(datetxt) if not datetxt then return nil end local parsers = {} local stdDateParser = { pattern = '((%d%d%d%d)-(%d%d?)-(%d%d?))', patternIsMatched = function(matchArray) return tonumber(matchArray[2]) < 13 and tonumber(matchArray[3]) < 32 end, extractDateFromText = function(matchArray) local d = {} d.day = tonumber(matchArray[3]) d.month = tonumber(matchArray[2]) d.year = tonumber(matchArray[1]) d.precision = 11 return d end } table.insert(parsers, stdDateParser) local noHyphensStdDateParser = { pattern = '((%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d))', patternIsMatched = stdDateParser.patternIsMatched, extractDateFromText = stdDateParser.extractDateFromText } table.insert(parsers, noHyphensStdDateParser) local roDateParser = { pattern = '((%d+)%s+(%a+)%s+(%d+))', patternIsMatched = function(matchArray) return matchArray[1] and mw.ustring.len(mw.text.trim(matchArray[1])) > 0 and matchArray[2] and months[matchArray[2]] ~= nil end, extractDateFromText = function(matchArray) local d = {} d.day = tonumber(matchArray[1]) d.month = tonumber(months[matchArray[2]]) d.year = tonumber(matchArray[3]) d.precision = 11 return d end } table.insert(parsers, roDateParser) local slashedDateParser = { pattern = '((%d%d)/(%d%d)/(%d%d%d%d))', patternIsMatched = function(matchArray) return matchArray[1] and tonumber(matchArray[1]) < 32 and matchArray[2] and tonumber(matchArray[2]) < 13 end, extractDateFromText = function(matchArray) local d = {} d.day = tonumber(matchArray[1]) d.month = tonumber(matchArray[2]) d.year = tonumber(matchArray[3]) d.precision = 11 return d end } table.insert(parsers, slashedDateParser) local enDateParser = { pattern = '((%a+)%s+(%d+),%s+(%d+))', patternIsMatched = function(matchArray) return matchArray[2] and mw.ustring.len(mw.text.trim(matchArray[2])) > 0 and matchArray[1] and months[matchArray[1]] ~= nil end, extractDateFromText = function(matchArray) local d = {} d.day = tonumber(matchArray[2]) d.month = tonumber(months[matchArray[1]]) d.year = tonumber(matchArray[3]) d.precision = 11 return d end } table.insert(parsers, enDateParser) local monthOnlyParser = { pattern = '((%a+)%s+(%d+))', patternIsMatched = function(matchArray) return matchArray[1] and months[matchArray[1]] ~= nil end, extractDateFromText = function(matchArray) local d = {} d.month = tonumber(months[matchArray[1]]) d.year = tonumber(matchArray[2]) d.precision = 10 return d end } table.insert(parsers, monthOnlyParser) local monthOnlyNumericParser = { pattern = '((%d+)-(%d+))', patternIsMatched = function(matchArray) return matchArray[1] and matchArray[2] end, extractDateFromText = function(matchArray) local d = {} d.month = tonumber(matchArray[2]) d.year = tonumber(matchArray[1]) d.precision = 10 return d end } table.insert(parsers, monthOnlyNumericParser) for _,eachParser in ipairs(parsers) do local eachMatchSet = {mw.ustring.gmatch(datetxt, eachParser.pattern)()} if eachMatchSet[1] == datetxt then table.remove(eachMatchSet, 1) if eachParser.patternIsMatched(eachMatchSet) then local d = eachParser.extractDateFromText(eachMatchSet) if d ~= nil then return d end end end end local yr = p.parseYear(datetxt) if yr ~= nil then return yr end local cent = p.parseCentury(datetxt) if cent ~= nil then local d = {} d.year = tonumber(cent * 100) d.precision = 7 return d end return nil end p.parseWikidataDate = function(datetxt, precision) if not datetxt then return nil end if precision == nil then precision = 11 end local iSOTimeSign = mw.ustring.sub(datetxt, 1, 1) local datePattern = '(%d+)-(%d+)-(%d+)' local matchesIterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(mw.ustring.sub(datetxt, 2), datePattern) local yearSign = 1 --local timePattern = '(%d+):(%d+):(%d+)' --local matchestimeIterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(datetxt, timePattern) local yearStr, monthStr, dayStr = matchesIterator() if dayStr and tonumber(dayStr) == 0 then dayStr = "01" end if monthStr and tonumber(monthStr) == 0 then monthStr = "01" end if iSOTimeSign == "-" then yearSign = -1 end if precision >= 11 and dayStr and monthStr and yearStr then local d = {} d.day = tonumber(dayStr) d.month = tonumber(monthStr) d.year = tonumber(yearStr) * yearSign d.precision = precision return d end if precision == 10 and monthStr and yearStr then local d = {} d.day = 1 --this is a "valid 0" d.month = tonumber(monthStr) d.year = tonumber(yearStr) * yearSign d.precision = precision return d end if precision <= 9 and yearStr then local d = {} d.day = 1 --this is a "valid 0" d.month = 1 --this is a "valid 0" d.year = tonumber(yearStr) * yearSign d.precision = precision return d end return nil end p.compare = function(d1, d2) if not d1.year and d2.year then return 1 end if not d2.year and d1.year then return -1 end if not d1.month and d2.month then if d1.year == d2.year then return 1 else return d1.year - d2.year end end if not d2.month and d1.month then if d1.year == d2.year then return -1 else return d1.year - d2.year end end if not d1.day and d2.day then if d1.year == d2.year then if d1.month == d2.month then return 1 else return d1.month - d2.month end else return d1.year - d2.year end end if not d2.day and d1.day then if d1.year == d2.year then if d1.month == d2.month then return -1 else return d1.month - d2.month end else return d1.year - d2.year end end if d1.year == d2.year then if d1.month == d2.month then if d1.day == d2.day then return 0 else return (d1.day - d2.day) / math.abs(d1.day - d2.day) end else return (d1.month - d2.month) / math.abs(d1.month - d2.month) end else return (d1.year - d2.year) / math.abs(d1.year - d2.year) end end p.extractDateFromWikidataSnak = function(snak) if snak.snaktype ~= 'value' or not snak.datavalue then return nil end local timestamp = snak.datavalue.value.time local precision = snak.datavalue.value.precision return p.parseWikidataDate(timestamp, precision) end p.toISO8601 = function(s) if not s then return nil end local d = type(s) == 'string' and p.parseDate(s) or s return mw.language.getContentLanguage():formatDate('Y-m-d', os.date('%d %B %Y', os.time(d))) end p.addDaysToDateFromFrame = function(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local days = args.delta and tonumber(args.delta) or 1 local today if args.referenceDate then today = p.parseDate(args.referenceDate) else today = os.date("*t") today.precision = 11 end local tomorrow = p.addDaysToDate(today, days) return p.formatDate(tomorrow, false, args.notimetag ~= nil, args.dateFormat) end function p.daysBetween(d1, d2) if d1.precision < 10 then d1.month = 1 end if d1.precision < 11 then d1.day = 1 end if d2.precision < 10 then d2.month = 12 end if d2.precision < 11 then d2.day = maxDaysInMonth[d1.month] end local time1 = os.time(d1) local time2 = os.time(d2) local secsdiff = os.difftime(time2, time1) return secsdiff / 3600 / 24 end return p c5f9thyx9ll4myr59ndd4txavmi7ew5 828 74000 205513 2022-08-01T21:15:13Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: -- This module implements {{Roman}}. local p = {} -- This function implements the {{overline}} template. local function overline(s) return mw.ustring.format( '<span style="text-decoration:overline;">%s</span>', s ) end -- Gets the Roman numerals for a given numeral table. Returns both the string of -- numerals and the value of the number after it is finished being processed. local function getLetters(num, t) local ret = {} for _, v in ipairs(t) do local... Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{Roman}}. local p = {} -- This function implements the {{overline}} template. local function overline(s) return mw.ustring.format( '<span style="text-decoration:overline;">%s</span>', s ) end -- Gets the Roman numerals for a given numeral table. Returns both the string of -- numerals and the value of the number after it is finished being processed. local function getLetters(num, t) local ret = {} for _, v in ipairs(t) do local val, letter = unpack(v) while num >= val do num = num - val table.insert(ret, letter) end end return table.concat(ret), num end -- The main control flow of the module. function p._main(args) -- Get input and exit displaying nothing if the input is empty. if args[1] == nil then return end local num = tonumber(args[1]) if not num or num < 0 or num == math.huge then error('Invalid number ' .. args[1], 2) elseif num == 0 then return 'N' end -- Return a message for numbers too big to be expressed in Roman numerals. if num >= 5000000 then return args[2] or 'N/A' end local ret = '' -- Find the Roman numerals for the large part of numbers. -- 23 April 2016 - tweaked to >= 4000 to accept big Roman 'IV' -- The if statement is not strictly necessary, but makes the algorithm -- more efficient for smaller numbers. if num >= 4000 then local bigRomans = { { 1000000, 'M' }, { 900000, 'CM' }, { 500000, 'D' }, { 400000, 'CD' }, { 100000, 'C' }, { 90000, 'XC' }, { 50000, 'L' }, { 40000, 'XL' }, { 10000, 'X' }, { 9000, 'IX' }, { 5000, 'V' }, { 4000, 'IV' }, } local bigLetters bigLetters, num = getLetters(num, bigRomans) ret = overline(bigLetters) end -- Find the Roman numerals for numbers less than the big Roman threshold. local smallRomans = { { 1000, 'M' }, { 900, 'CM' }, { 500, 'D' }, { 400, 'CD' }, { 100, 'C' }, { 90, 'XC' }, { 50, 'L' }, { 40, 'XL' }, { 10, 'X' }, { 9, 'IX' }, { 5, 'V' }, { 4, 'IV' }, { 1, 'I' } } local smallLetters = getLetters( num, smallRomans ) ret = ret .. smallLetters if args.fraction == 'yes' then -- Find the Roman numerals for the fractional parts of numbers. -- If num is not a whole number, add half of 1/1728 (the smallest unit) to equate to rounding. -- Ensure we're not less than the smallest unit or larger than 1 - smallest unit -- to avoid getting two "half" symbols or no symbols at all num = num - math.floor(num) if num ~= 0 then num = math.max(1.1/1728, math.min(1727.1/1728, num + 1/3456)) end local fractionalRomans = { { 1/2, 'S' }, { 5/12, "''':'''•''':'''" }, { 1/3, "'''::'''" }, { 1/4, "''':'''•" }, { 1/6, "''':'''" }, { 1/12, '•' }, { 1/24, 'Є' }, { 1/36, 'ƧƧ' }, { 1/48, 'Ɔ' }, { 1/72, 'Ƨ' }, { 1/144, 'ƻ' }, { 1/288, '℈' }, { 1/1728, '»' }, } local fractionalLetters = getLetters(num, fractionalRomans) ret = ret .. fractionalLetters end return ret end function p.main(frame) -- If called via #invoke, use the args passed into the invoking -- template, or the args passed to #invoke if any exist. Otherwise -- assume args are being passed directly in from the debug console -- or from another Lua module. local origArgs if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then origArgs = frame:getParent().args for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do origArgs = frame.args break end else origArgs = frame end -- Trim whitespace and remove blank arguments. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do if type( v ) == 'string' then v = mw.text.trim(v) end if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end -- exit if not given anything if args == nil or args == {} then return end -- Given mathematical expression, simplify to a number if type(args[1]) == 'string' then args[1] = mw.ext.ParserFunctions.expr(args[1]) end return p._main(args) end return p d35tyboz65qhlxyfrpwnxustbycgd99 828 74001 205514 2022-08-01T21:15:58Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: local months = { ['ianuarie'] = 1, ['februarie'] = 2, ['martie'] = 3, ['aprilie'] = 4, ['mai'] = 5, ['iunie'] = 6, ['iulie'] = 7, ['august'] = 8, ['septembrie'] = 9, ['octombrie'] = 10, ['noiembrie'] = 11, ['decembrie'] = 12, ['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12, ['janvier'] = 1, ['février'] = 2, ['mars'] = 3, [... Scribunto text/plain local months = { ['ianuarie'] = 1, ['februarie'] = 2, ['martie'] = 3, ['aprilie'] = 4, ['mai'] = 5, ['iunie'] = 6, ['iulie'] = 7, ['august'] = 8, ['septembrie'] = 9, ['octombrie'] = 10, ['noiembrie'] = 11, ['decembrie'] = 12, ['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12, ['janvier'] = 1, ['février'] = 2, ['mars'] = 3, ['avril'] = 4, ['juin'] = 6, ['juillet'] = 7, ['août'] = 8, ['septembre'] = 9, ['octobre'] = 10, ['novembre'] = 11, ['décembre'] = 12, } return { months = months } 1dqa6aelb3vta4asefn9chxt54358rx 828 74002 205515 2022-08-01T21:16:30Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: local p = {} local DateUtils = require('Modul:DateUtils') local getArgs = require('Modul:Arguments').getArgs local data = mw.loadData('Modul:GregorianDate/data') local compareDates = function(date1, date2) if date1.year < date2.year then return 1 end if date2.year < date1.year then return -1 end if date1.month < date2.month then return 1 end if date2.month < date1.month then return -1 end if date1.day < date2.day then return 1 end if date2.day < date1.day then retur... Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local DateUtils = require('Modul:DateUtils') local getArgs = require('Modul:Arguments').getArgs local data = mw.loadData('Modul:GregorianDate/data') local compareDates = function(date1, date2) if date1.year < date2.year then return 1 end if date2.year < date1.year then return -1 end if date1.month < date2.month then return 1 end if date2.month < date1.month then return -1 end if date1.day < date2.day then return 1 end if date2.day < date1.day then return -1 end return 0 end local initialOffset = -3 local limitDates = data.limitDates local julianDateOfGregorianStart = data.julianDateOfGregorianStart p.julianToGregorian = function(indate) if indate.calendarmodel ~= 'http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q1985786' and indate.calendarmodel ~= 'http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q11184' and indate.calendar ~= 'julian' then return indate end local offset = initialOffset local limitDateIdx = 1 while limitDateIdx < data.limitDatesSize and compareDates(limitDates[limitDateIdx], indate) >= 0 do limitDateIdx = limitDateIdx + 1 offset = offset + 1 end local outputDate = DateUtils.addDaysToDate(indate, offset) outputDate.calendar = 'gregorian' outputDate.calendarmodel = 'http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q1985727' return outputDate end local function extractDateFromFrame(frame) local outdate = {} local frameargs = getArgs(frame) outdate.year = tonumber(frameargs[1] or frameargs['year'] or 1) outdate.month = tonumber(frameargs[2] or frameargs['month'] or 1) outdate.day = tonumber(frameargs[3] or frameargs['day'] or 1) outdate.precision = 8 if frameargs[1] or frameargs['year'] then if frameargs[2] or frameargs['month'] then if frameargs[3] or frameargs['day'] then outdate.precision = outdate.precision + 1 end outdate.precision = outdate.precision + 1 end outdate.precision = outdate.precision + 1 end outdate.calendar = mw.ustring.lower(mw.text.trim(frameargs['calendar'] or 'gregorian')) return outdate end p.julianToGregorianFromFrame = function(frame) local indate = extractDateFromFrame(frame) indate.calendar = 'julian' return DateUtils.formatDate(p.julianToGregorian(indate)) end p.convertToGregorianIfInInterval = function(indate) local outdate = indate if compareDates(julianDateOfGregorianStart, indate) >= 0 then outdate = p.julianToGregorian(indate) end return outdate end p.displayDualDateIfInInterval = function(indate, link, dateFormat) local outdate = p.convertToGregorianIfInInterval(indate) local gregoriandate = compareDates(julianDateOfGregorianStart, indate) < 0 and p.julianToGregorian(indate) or outdate local linkstat = { old = false, new = false } if (type(link) == 'boolean') and link or link == 'both' or link == 'ambele' then linkstat.old = true linkstat.new = true elseif link == 'old' then linkstat.old = true elseif link == 'new' then linkstat.new = true end local fullDate if outdate.year ~= indate.year then fullDate = DateUtils.formatDate(indate, linkstat.old, true, dateFormat) .. '/' .. DateUtils.formatDate(outdate, linkstat.new, true, dateFormat) elseif outdate.month ~= indate.month then fullDate = DateUtils.formatDate(indate, linkstat.old, true, dateFormat or linkstat.old and '[[j F]]' or 'j F') .. '/' .. DateUtils.formatDate(outdate, linkstat.new, true, dateFormat) elseif outdate.day ~= indate.day then fullDate = DateUtils.formatDate(indate, linkstat.old, true, dateFormat or linkstat.old and '[[j F|j]]' or 'j') .. '/' .. DateUtils.formatDate(outdate, linkstat.new, true, dateFormat) else fullDate = DateUtils.formatDate(outdate, linkstat.new or linkstat.old, true, dateFormat) end return indate.precision >= 11 and DateUtils.surroundWithTimeTag(fullDate, gregoriandate) or fullDate end p.displayDualDateIfInIntervalFromFrame = function(frame) local indate = extractDateFromFrame(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) indate.calendar = indate.calendar or (frame.args['julian'] and 'julian' or 'gregorian') local link = args['link'] local argslink = args['link'] if argslink == 'yes' or argslink == 'y' or argslink == 'da' or argslink == 'true' or argslink == 'd' then link = 'both' end local dateFormat = args['format'] or args['date_format'] or args['dateFormat'] return p.displayDualDateIfInInterval(indate, link, dateFormat) end return p hqa8y2pw3boy9u3yse6ks0eko1a78j0 828 74003 205516 2022-08-01T21:18:13Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: local limitDates = { {year = 4, month = 3, day = 3, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 100, month = 3, day = 2, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 200, month = 3, day = 1, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 300, month = 2, day = 29, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 500, month = 2, day = 28, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 600, month = 2, day = 27, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 700, month = 2, day = 26, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 900, month = 2, day = 25, calendar = 'julian' },... Scribunto text/plain local limitDates = { {year = 4, month = 3, day = 3, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 100, month = 3, day = 2, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 200, month = 3, day = 1, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 300, month = 2, day = 29, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 500, month = 2, day = 28, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 600, month = 2, day = 27, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 700, month = 2, day = 26, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 900, month = 2, day = 25, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 1000, month = 2, day = 24, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 1100, month = 2, day = 23, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 1300, month = 2, day = 22, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 1400, month = 2, day = 21, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 1500, month = 2, day = 20, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 1700, month = 2, day = 19, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 1800, month = 2, day = 18, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 1900, month = 2, day = 17, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 2100, month = 2, day = 16, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 2200, month = 2, day = 15, calendar = 'julian' }, {year = 2300, month = 2, day = 14, calendar = 'julian' } } return { limitDates = limitDates, limitDatesSize = 19, julianDateOfGregorianStart = {year = 1582, month = 10, day = 5} } 6b0fg12fpv7bgmmkuutopa6c97430kr 828 74004 205517 2022-08-01T21:19:07Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: local cs1 ={}; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation date_name_xlate local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink; local z ={}... Scribunto text/plain local cs1 ={}; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation date_name_xlate local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink; local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) if not added_prop_cats [key] then added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source) if not added_vanc_errs then added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end -- Do most common case first if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld return true; elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address return true; else return false; end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter end end if is_set (orig) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list) local error_message = ''; for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator end error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter end end if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) local error_str = ""; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not is_set( label ) then label = URL; if is_set( source ) then error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); else error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); end end if not check_url( URL ) then error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble end if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal { '<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup URL, -- the url ' ', -- the required space label, '<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon '</span>', -- close signal spacing span ']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span }); else base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup end return table.concat({ base_url, error_str }); end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap=''; local cap2=''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); end cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); end if 2 == wl_type then str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter= TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; ]] local function format_script_value (script_value) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not is_set (lang) then return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ro" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) else add_prop_cat ('script') end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end end script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script) if is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error if is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not is_set( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text else return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local chapter_error = ''; if not is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped if is_set (transchapter) then transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); if is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = transchapter; -- chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); end end if is_set (chapterurl) then chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate end return chapter .. chapter_error; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates. Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local i=1; local stripmarker, apostrophe; capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters return; end while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition) stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; else err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end i=i+1; -- bump our index end end --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate( name, cite_class ) local name = tostring( name ); local state; if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_basic_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name]; end if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_numbered_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap=''; local cap2=''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if is_set(title_type) then if "none" == title_type then title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash ]] local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then return str; end return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) --[[ Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions. This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. ]] local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? trim = false; end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup else value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; --add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it if is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error ('suffix'); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character'); return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table end i = i+1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) ]] local function list_people(control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format local maximum = control.maximum local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; local text = {} if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors for i,person in ipairs(people) do if is_set(person.last) then local mask = person.mask local one local sep_one = sep; if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; elseif (mask ~= nil) then local n = tonumber(mask) if (n ~= nil) then one = string.rep("&mdash;",n) else one = mask; sep_one = " "; end else one = person.last local first = person.first if is_set(first) then if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page end end table.insert( text, one ) table.insert( text, sep_one ) end end local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if count > 0 then if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text end text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function anchor_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat) if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al. if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al. name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'? name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end end end return name, etal; -- end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) local _, pattern; local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name) '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive -- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name '^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.' '^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets } if is_set (name) then for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and if name:match (pattern) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template break; end end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name (author or editor) maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local count, _; if is_set (name) then _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) if is_set (last) then if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end if is_set (first) then if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end return last, first; -- done end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary while true do last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string. mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name. Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. ]] local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized end local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported return name; -- so return the name but not the code end return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code end end return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code end --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local code; -- the two- or three-character language code local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag? lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code? end if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code end if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code code = lang:lower(); -- save it else name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) end if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn' if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template end end else add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list if 2 >= code then name = table.concat (language_list, ' și ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names elseif 2 < code then language_list[code] = 'și ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators end if this_wiki_name == name then return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings ]] local function set_cs1_style (ps) if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period end return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings ]] local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil end if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv end return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish rendered style. ]] local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); else -- not a citation template so CS1 sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); end return sep, ps, ref -- return them all end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. ]] local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass end if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then ps = ''; -- set to empty string end return sep, ps, ref end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the pdf icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if is_set (format) then format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not is_set (url) then format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal) if is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); end else -- not a valid keyword or number table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens local name = name_table[i]; i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens break; -- and done reassembling so end i=i+1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i+1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error ('punctuation'); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials end else first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); end end link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst=true; end if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns true; else, emits an error message and returns false. ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible) if not is_set (value) then return true; -- an empty parameter is ok elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then return true; else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message return false end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then return ''; end if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); elseif is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end local vol = ''; if is_set (volume) then if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); else vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); end end if is_set (issue) then return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin); if is_set (page) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif is_set(pages) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified archive url: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = 'save command'; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = 'liveweb'; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = 'timestamp'; if '*' ~= flag then url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) end elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = 'path'; elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; else return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and if is_set (mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate else return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe'); end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. -- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. local Mode = A['Mode']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then Mode = ''; end local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local Others = A['Others']; local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= local Editors; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged end end local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs local Translators; -- assembled translators name list t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local interviewers_list = {}; local Interviewers = A['Interviewers'] if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged else interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local Contribution = A['Contribution']; if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local Year = A['Year']; local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; local Date = A['Date']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; ------------------------------------------------- Get title data local Title = A['Title']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local Conference = A['Conference']; local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Chapter = A['Chapter']; local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; local Docket = A['Docket']; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveURL; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local URL = A['URL'] local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local Series = A['Series']; local Volume; local Issue; local Page; local Pages; local At; if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then Volume = A['Volume']; end -- conference & map books do not support issue if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then Issue = A['Issue']; end local Position = ''; if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] ); At = A['At']; end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] local Place = A['Place']; local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then RegistrationRequired=nil; end local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then SubscriptionRequired=nil; end local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then UrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription= end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration= end local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access ChapterUrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } ); end local Via = A['Via']; local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local Agency = A['Agency']; local Language = A['Language']; local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local ID = A['ID']; local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string end local ISBNLink = A['ISBNLink']; if is_set (ISBNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISBNLink, 'isbn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISBNLink = false; else ISBNLink = true; end local ISSNLink = A['ISSNLink']; if is_set (ISSNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISSNLink, 'issn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISSNLink = false; else ISSNLink = true; end local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_list = extract_ids( args ); local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list ); local Quote = A['Quote']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string end local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string end --local variables that are not cs1 parameters local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string end local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma local PostScript; local Ref; sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local NoPP = A['NoPP'] if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then NoPP = true; else NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later end if is_set(Page) then if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then Pages = ''; -- unset the others At = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. elseif is_set(Pages) then if is_set(At) then At = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. end -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title |trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not is_set(Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end else -- |title not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- Special case for cite techreport. if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); end end end -- special case for cite mailing list if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then Periodical = A ['MailingList']; elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if is_set(BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; URLorigin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then Chapter = A['Map']; ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if is_set( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if is_set( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local AirDate = A['AirDate']; local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date Date = AirDate; end if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data. do if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end end end -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower() .. ' de ' .. Degree; end end if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. if not is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed end end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken, ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message end error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch'; elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= add_maint_cat ('date_year'); end end if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only local modified = false; -- flag modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then -- modified = true; -- end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; Date = date_parameters_list['date']; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date']; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; end else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end end -- end of do -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); end end if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string add_maint_cat ('untitled'); end check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL ['title']=Title, [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical, [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName }); -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = COinS({ ['Periodical'] = Periodical, ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (PublisherName) then PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil )); end end -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); if is_set (Editors) then if editor_etal then Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation else EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation end else Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do translators control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do contributors control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do authors control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); if is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not is_set(URL) then if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; end end local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= if 'no' ~= DeadURL then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format end elseif is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls end end end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') else is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title. Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title); end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end local TransError = ""; if is_set(TransTitle) then if is_set(Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); end end if is_set(Title) then if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; else Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; end else Title = TransTitle .. TransError; end if is_set(Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end if is_set (Conference) then if is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end if not is_set(Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if is_set(Minutes) then if is_set (Time) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if is_set(Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not is_set(TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Section = A['Section']; local Sections = A['Sections']; local Inset = A['Inset']; if is_set( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if is_set( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif is_set( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end if is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc else Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if is_set (Translators) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others; end if is_set (Interviewers) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others; end TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data if is_set(Via) then Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); end --[[ Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition. ]] if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message else SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y end if is_set(AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class, ISBNLink = ISBNLink, ISSNLink = ISSNLink} ); if is_set(URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess ); end if is_set(Quote) then if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off end Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end local Archived if is_set(ArchiveURL) then if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); end if "no" == DeadURL then local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); if not is_set(OriginalURL) then Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); end elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped' local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Arhivat din original în ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y' Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled end else local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); end elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = "" end local Lay = ''; if is_set(LayURL) then if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if is_set(LaySource) then LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end if is_set(Transcript) then if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end local Publisher; if is_set(PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if is_set(PublisherName) then if is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) else Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) end end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = " (Discurs)"; -- annotate the citation if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; if is_set(Date) then if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if is_set(Authors) then if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set(Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end else if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif is_set(Editors) then if is_set(Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element local options = {}; if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then options.class = config.CitationClass; options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= else options.class = "citation"; end if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate local id = Ref if ('harv' == Ref ) then local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist = e; end if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor else id = ''; -- unset end end options.id = id; end if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains z.error_categories = {}; text = set_error('empty_citation'); z.message_tail = {}; end local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set else table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases end table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then table.insert (render, ' '); for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do if is_set(v[1]) then if i == #z.message_tail then table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] )); else table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] )); end end end end if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">'); for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, v); table.insert (render, ' ('); table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Categorie:' .. v, 'link')); table.insert (render, ') '); end table.insert (render, '</span>'); end no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower(); if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end end return table.concat (render); end --[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------ This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] function cs1.citation(frame) local pframe = frame:getParent() local sandboxed = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) return cs1.citationFromArgs(pframe and pframe.args or {}, frame and frame.args or {}, sandboxed) end function cs1.citationFromArgs(parentArgs, citationArgs, sandboxed) local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles; if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; else -- otherwise cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); utilities.initZ() validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate; is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities in_array = utilities.in_array; substitute = utilities.substitute; error_comment = utilities.error_comment; set_error = utilities.set_error; select_one = utilities.select_one; add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink; make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink; z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; COinS = metadata.COinS; local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text, error_state; local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( citationArgs ) do config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} end local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns for k, v in pairs( parentArgs ) do if v ~= '' then if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then error_text = ""; if type( k ) ~= 'string' then -- Exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); end elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message end end if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); else error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end if error_text ~= '' then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = v; elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then args[k] = v; end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); end end return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})}); end return cs1; 26pciyw1oweingngylgkdjxum3bk50d 205537 205517 2022-08-01T21:38:18Z (G)jabz 12383 Scribunto text/plain local cs1 ={}; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation date_name_xlate local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink; local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) if not added_prop_cats [key] then added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source) if not added_vanc_errs then added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end -- Do most common case first if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld return true; elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address return true; else return false; end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter end end if is_set (orig) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list) local error_message = ''; for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator end error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter end end if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) local error_str = ""; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not is_set( label ) then label = URL; if is_set( source ) then error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); else error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); end end if not check_url( URL ) then error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble end if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal { '<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup URL, -- the url ' ', -- the required space label, '<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon '</span>', -- close signal spacing span ']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span }); else base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup end return table.concat({ base_url, error_str }); end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap=''; local cap2=''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); end cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); end if 2 == wl_type then str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter= TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; ]] local function format_script_value (script_value) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not is_set (lang) then return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ro" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) else add_prop_cat ('script') end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end end script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script) if is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error if is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not is_set( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text else return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local chapter_error = ''; if not is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped if is_set (transchapter) then transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); if is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = transchapter; -- chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); end end if is_set (chapterurl) then chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate end return chapter .. chapter_error; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates. Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local i=1; local stripmarker, apostrophe; capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters return; end while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition) stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; else err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end i=i+1; -- bump our index end end --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate( name, cite_class ) local name = tostring( name ); local state; if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_basic_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name]; end if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_numbered_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap=''; local cap2=''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if is_set(title_type) then if "none" == title_type then title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash ]] local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then return str; end return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) --[[ Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions. This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. ]] local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? trim = false; end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup else value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; --add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it if is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error ('suffix'); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character'); return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table end i = i+1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) ]] local function list_people(control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format local maximum = control.maximum local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; local text = {} if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors for i,person in ipairs(people) do if is_set(person.last) then local mask = person.mask local one local sep_one = sep; if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; elseif (mask ~= nil) then local n = tonumber(mask) if (n ~= nil) then one = string.rep("&mdash;",n) else one = mask; sep_one = " "; end else one = person.last local first = person.first if is_set(first) then if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page end end table.insert( text, one ) table.insert( text, sep_one ) end end local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if count > 0 then if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text end text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function anchor_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat) if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al. if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al. name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'? name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end end end return name, etal; -- end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) local _, pattern; local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name) '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive -- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name '^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.' '^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets } if is_set (name) then for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and if name:match (pattern) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template break; end end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name (author or editor) maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local count, _; if is_set (name) then _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) if is_set (last) then if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end if is_set (first) then if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end return last, first; -- done end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary while true do last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string. mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name. Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. ]] local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized end local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported return name; -- so return the name but not the code end return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code end end return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code end --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local code; -- the two- or three-character language code local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag? lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code? end if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code end if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code code = lang:lower(); -- save it else name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) end if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn' if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template end end else add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list if 2 >= code then name = table.concat (language_list, ' și ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names elseif 2 < code then language_list[code] = 'și ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators end if this_wiki_name == name then return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings ]] local function set_cs1_style (ps) if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period end return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings ]] local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil end if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv end return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish rendered style. ]] local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); else -- not a citation template so CS1 sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); end return sep, ps, ref -- return them all end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. ]] local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass end if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then ps = ''; -- set to empty string end return sep, ps, ref end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the pdf icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if is_set (format) then format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not is_set (url) then format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal) if is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); end else -- not a valid keyword or number table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens local name = name_table[i]; i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens break; -- and done reassembling so end i=i+1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i+1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error ('punctuation'); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials end else first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); end end link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst=true; end if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns true; else, emits an error message and returns false. ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible) if not is_set (value) then return true; -- an empty parameter is ok elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then return true; else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message return false end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then return ''; end if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); elseif is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end local vol = ''; if is_set (volume) then if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); else vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); end end if is_set (issue) then return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin); if is_set (page) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif is_set(pages) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified archive url: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = 'save command'; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = 'liveweb'; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = 'timestamp'; if '*' ~= flag then url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) end elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = 'path'; elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; else return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and if is_set (mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate else return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe'); end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. -- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. local Mode = A['Mode']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then Mode = ''; end local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local Others = A['Others']; local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= local Editors; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged end end local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs local Translators; -- assembled translators name list t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local interviewers_list = {}; local Interviewers = A['Interviewers'] if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged else interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local Contribution = A['Contribution']; if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local Year = A['Year']; local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; local Date = A['Date']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; ------------------------------------------------- Get title data local Title = A['Title']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local Conference = A['Conference']; local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Chapter = A['Chapter']; local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; local Docket = A['Docket']; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveURL; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local URL = A['URL'] local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local Series = A['Series']; local Volume; local Issue; local Page; local Pages; local At; if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then Volume = A['Volume']; end -- conference & map books do not support issue if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then Issue = A['Issue']; end local Position = ''; if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] ); At = A['At']; end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] local Place = A['Place']; local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then RegistrationRequired=nil; end local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then SubscriptionRequired=nil; end local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then UrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription= end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration= end local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access ChapterUrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } ); end local Via = A['Via']; local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local Agency = A['Agency']; local Language = A['Language']; local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local ID = A['ID']; local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string end local ISBNLink = A['ISBNLink']; if is_set (ISBNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISBNLink, 'isbn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISBNLink = false; else ISBNLink = true; end local ISSNLink = A['ISSNLink']; if is_set (ISSNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISSNLink, 'issn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISSNLink = false; else ISSNLink = true; end local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_list = extract_ids( args ); local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list ); local Quote = A['Quote']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string end local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string end --local variables that are not cs1 parameters local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string end local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma local PostScript; local Ref; sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local NoPP = A['NoPP'] if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then NoPP = true; else NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later end if is_set(Page) then if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then Pages = ''; -- unset the others At = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. elseif is_set(Pages) then if is_set(At) then At = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. end -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title |trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not is_set(Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end else -- |title not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- Special case for cite techreport. if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); end end end -- special case for cite mailing list if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then Periodical = A ['MailingList']; elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if is_set(BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; URLorigin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then Chapter = A['Map']; ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if is_set( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if is_set( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local AirDate = A['AirDate']; local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date Date = AirDate; end if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data. do if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end end end -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower() .. ' de ' .. Degree; end end if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. if not is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed end end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken, ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message end error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch'; elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= add_maint_cat ('date_year'); end end if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only local modified = false; -- flag modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then -- modified = true; -- end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; Date = date_parameters_list['date']; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date']; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; end else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end end -- end of do -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); end end if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string add_maint_cat ('untitled'); end check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL ['title']=Title, [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical, [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName }); -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = COinS({ ['Periodical'] = Periodical, ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (PublisherName) then PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil )); end end -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); if is_set (Editors) then if editor_etal then Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation else EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation end else Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do translators control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do contributors control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do authors control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); if is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not is_set(URL) then if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; end end local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= if 'no' ~= DeadURL then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format end elseif is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls end end end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') else is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title. Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title); end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end local TransError = ""; if is_set(TransTitle) then if is_set(Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); end end if is_set(Title) then if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; else Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; end else Title = TransTitle .. TransError; end if is_set(Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end if is_set (Conference) then if is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end if not is_set(Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if is_set(Minutes) then if is_set (Time) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if is_set(Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not is_set(TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Section = A['Section']; local Sections = A['Sections']; local Inset = A['Inset']; if is_set( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if is_set( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif is_set( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end if is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc else Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if is_set (Translators) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others; end if is_set (Interviewers) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others; end TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data if is_set(Via) then Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); end --[[ Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition. ]] if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message else SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y end if is_set(AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class, ISBNLink = ISBNLink, ISSNLink = ISSNLink} ); if is_set(URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess ); end if is_set(Quote) then if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off end Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end local Archived if is_set(ArchiveURL) then if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); end if "no" == DeadURL then local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); if not is_set(OriginalURL) then Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); end elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped' local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Arhivat din original în ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y' Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled end else local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); end elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = "" end local Lay = ''; if is_set(LayURL) then if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if is_set(LaySource) then LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end if is_set(Transcript) then if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end local Publisher; if is_set(PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if is_set(PublisherName) then if is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) else Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) end end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = " (Discurs)"; -- annotate the citation if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; if is_set(Date) then if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if is_set(Authors) then if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set(Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end else if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif is_set(Editors) then if is_set(Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element local options = {}; if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then options.class = config.CitationClass; options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= else options.class = "citation"; end if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate local id = Ref if ('harv' == Ref ) then local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist = e; end if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor else id = ''; -- unset end end options.id = id; end if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains z.error_categories = {}; text = set_error('empty_citation'); z.message_tail = {}; end local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set else table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases end table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then table.insert (render, ' '); for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do if is_set(v[1]) then if i == #z.message_tail then table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] )); else table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] )); end end end end if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">'); for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, v); table.insert (render, ' ('); table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Categorie:' .. v, 'link')); table.insert (render, ') '); end table.insert (render, '</span>'); end no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower(); if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end end return table.concat (render); end --[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------ This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] function cs1.citation(frame) local pframe = frame:getParent() local sandboxed = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) return cs1.citationFromArgs(pframe and pframe.args or {}, frame and frame.args or {}, sandboxed) end function cs1.citationFromArgs(parentArgs, citationArgs, sandboxed) local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles; if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; else -- otherwise cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate; is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities in_array = utilities.in_array; substitute = utilities.substitute; error_comment = utilities.error_comment; set_error = utilities.set_error; select_one = utilities.select_one; add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink; make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink; z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; COinS = metadata.COinS; local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text, error_state; local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( citationArgs ) do config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} end local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns for k, v in pairs( parentArgs ) do if v ~= '' then if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then error_text = ""; if type( k ) ~= 'string' then -- Exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); end elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message end end if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); else error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end if error_text ~= '' then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = v; elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then args[k] = v; end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); end end return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})}); end return cs1; svevoet6qh9w0oqhu194dhp86rxq26n 205541 205537 2022-08-01T21:41:24Z (G)jabz 12383 Scribunto text/plain local cs1 ={}; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation date_name_xlate local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink; local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) if not added_prop_cats [key] then added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source) if not added_vanc_errs then added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end -- Do most common case first if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld return true; elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address return true; else return false; end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter end end if is_set (orig) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list) local error_message = ''; for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator end error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter end end if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) local error_str = ""; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not is_set( label ) then label = URL; if is_set( source ) then error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); else error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); end end if not check_url( URL ) then error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble end if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal { '<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup URL, -- the url ' ', -- the required space label, '<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon '</span>', -- close signal spacing span ']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span }); else base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup end return table.concat({ base_url, error_str }); end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap=''; local cap2=''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); end cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); end if 2 == wl_type then str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter= TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; ]] local function format_script_value (script_value) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not is_set (lang) then return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ro" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) else add_prop_cat ('script') end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end end script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script) if is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error if is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not is_set( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text else return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local chapter_error = ''; if not is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped if is_set (transchapter) then transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); if is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = transchapter; -- chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); end end if is_set (chapterurl) then chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate end return chapter .. chapter_error; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates. Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local i=1; local stripmarker, apostrophe; capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters return; end while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition) stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; else err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end i=i+1; -- bump our index end end --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate( name, cite_class ) local name = tostring( name ); local state; if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_basic_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name]; end if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_numbered_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap=''; local cap2=''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if is_set(title_type) then if "none" == title_type then title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash ]] local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then return str; end return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) --[[ Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions. This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. ]] local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? trim = false; end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup else value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; --add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it if is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error ('suffix'); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character'); return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table end i = i+1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) ]] local function list_people(control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format local maximum = control.maximum local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; local text = {} if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors for i,person in ipairs(people) do if is_set(person.last) then local mask = person.mask local one local sep_one = sep; if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; elseif (mask ~= nil) then local n = tonumber(mask) if (n ~= nil) then one = string.rep("&mdash;",n) else one = mask; sep_one = " "; end else one = person.last local first = person.first if is_set(first) then if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page end end table.insert( text, one ) table.insert( text, sep_one ) end end local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if count > 0 then if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text end text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function anchor_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat) if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al. if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al. name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'? name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end end end return name, etal; -- end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) local _, pattern; local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name) '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive -- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name '^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.' '^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets } if is_set (name) then for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and if name:match (pattern) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template break; end end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name (author or editor) maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local count, _; if is_set (name) then _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) if is_set (last) then if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end if is_set (first) then if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end return last, first; -- done end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary while true do last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string. mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name. Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. ]] local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized end local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported return name; -- so return the name but not the code end return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code end end return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code end --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local code; -- the two- or three-character language code local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag? lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code? end if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code end if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code code = lang:lower(); -- save it else name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) end if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn' if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template end end else add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list if 2 >= code then name = table.concat (language_list, ' și ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names elseif 2 < code then language_list[code] = 'și ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators end if this_wiki_name == name then return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings ]] local function set_cs1_style (ps) if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period end return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings ]] local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil end if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv end return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish rendered style. ]] local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); else -- not a citation template so CS1 sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); end return sep, ps, ref -- return them all end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. ]] local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass end if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then ps = ''; -- set to empty string end return sep, ps, ref end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the pdf icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if is_set (format) then format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not is_set (url) then format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal) if is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); end else -- not a valid keyword or number table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens local name = name_table[i]; i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens break; -- and done reassembling so end i=i+1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i+1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error ('punctuation'); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials end else first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); end end link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst=true; end if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns true; else, emits an error message and returns false. ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible) if not is_set (value) then return true; -- an empty parameter is ok elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then return true; else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message return false end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then return ''; end if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); elseif is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end local vol = ''; if is_set (volume) then if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); else vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); end end if is_set (issue) then return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin); if is_set (page) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif is_set(pages) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified archive url: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = 'save command'; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = 'liveweb'; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = 'timestamp'; if '*' ~= flag then url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) end elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = 'path'; elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; else return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and if is_set (mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate else return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe'); end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. -- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. local Mode = A['Mode']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then Mode = ''; end local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local Others = A['Others']; local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= local Editors; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged end end local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs local Translators; -- assembled translators name list t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local interviewers_list = {}; local Interviewers = A['Interviewers'] if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged else interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local Contribution = A['Contribution']; if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local Year = A['Year']; local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; local Date = A['Date']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; ------------------------------------------------- Get title data local Title = A['Title']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local Conference = A['Conference']; local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Chapter = A['Chapter']; local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; local Docket = A['Docket']; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveURL; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local URL = A['URL'] local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local Series = A['Series']; local Volume; local Issue; local Page; local Pages; local At; if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then Volume = A['Volume']; end -- conference & map books do not support issue if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then Issue = A['Issue']; end local Position = ''; if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] ); At = A['At']; end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] local Place = A['Place']; local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then RegistrationRequired=nil; end local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then SubscriptionRequired=nil; end local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then UrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription= end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration= end local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access ChapterUrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } ); end local Via = A['Via']; local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local Agency = A['Agency']; local Language = A['Language']; local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local ID = A['ID']; local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string end local ISBNLink = A['ISBNLink']; if is_set (ISBNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISBNLink, 'isbn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISBNLink = false; else ISBNLink = true; end local ISSNLink = A['ISSNLink']; if is_set (ISSNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISSNLink, 'issn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISSNLink = false; else ISSNLink = true; end local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list ); local Quote = A['Quote']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string end local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string end --local variables that are not cs1 parameters local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string end local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma local PostScript; local Ref; sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local NoPP = A['NoPP'] if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then NoPP = true; else NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later end if is_set(Page) then if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then Pages = ''; -- unset the others At = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. elseif is_set(Pages) then if is_set(At) then At = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. end -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title |trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not is_set(Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end else -- |title not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- Special case for cite techreport. if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); end end end -- special case for cite mailing list if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then Periodical = A ['MailingList']; elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if is_set(BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; URLorigin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then Chapter = A['Map']; ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if is_set( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if is_set( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local AirDate = A['AirDate']; local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date Date = AirDate; end if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data. do if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end end end -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower() .. ' de ' .. Degree; end end if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. if not is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed end end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken, ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message end error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch'; elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= add_maint_cat ('date_year'); end end if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only local modified = false; -- flag modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then -- modified = true; -- end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; Date = date_parameters_list['date']; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date']; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; end else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end end -- end of do -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); end end if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string add_maint_cat ('untitled'); end check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL ['title']=Title, [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical, [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName }); -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = COinS({ ['Periodical'] = Periodical, ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (PublisherName) then PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil )); end end -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); if is_set (Editors) then if editor_etal then Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation else EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation end else Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do translators control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do contributors control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do authors control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); if is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not is_set(URL) then if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; end end local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= if 'no' ~= DeadURL then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format end elseif is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls end end end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') else is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title. Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title); end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end local TransError = ""; if is_set(TransTitle) then if is_set(Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); end end if is_set(Title) then if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; else Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; end else Title = TransTitle .. TransError; end if is_set(Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end if is_set (Conference) then if is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end if not is_set(Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if is_set(Minutes) then if is_set (Time) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if is_set(Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not is_set(TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Section = A['Section']; local Sections = A['Sections']; local Inset = A['Inset']; if is_set( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if is_set( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif is_set( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end if is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc else Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if is_set (Translators) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others; end if is_set (Interviewers) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others; end TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data if is_set(Via) then Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); end --[[ Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition. ]] if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message else SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y end if is_set(AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class, ISBNLink = ISBNLink, ISSNLink = ISSNLink} ); if is_set(URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess ); end if is_set(Quote) then if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off end Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end local Archived if is_set(ArchiveURL) then if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); end if "no" == DeadURL then local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); if not is_set(OriginalURL) then Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); end elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped' local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Arhivat din original în ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y' Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled end else local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); end elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = "" end local Lay = ''; if is_set(LayURL) then if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if is_set(LaySource) then LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end if is_set(Transcript) then if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end local Publisher; if is_set(PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if is_set(PublisherName) then if is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) else Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) end end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = " (Discurs)"; -- annotate the citation if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; if is_set(Date) then if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if is_set(Authors) then if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set(Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end else if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif is_set(Editors) then if is_set(Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element local options = {}; if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then options.class = config.CitationClass; options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= else options.class = "citation"; end if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate local id = Ref if ('harv' == Ref ) then local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist = e; end if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor else id = ''; -- unset end end options.id = id; end if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains z.error_categories = {}; text = set_error('empty_citation'); z.message_tail = {}; end local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set else table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases end table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then table.insert (render, ' '); for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do if is_set(v[1]) then if i == #z.message_tail then table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] )); else table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] )); end end end end if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">'); for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, v); table.insert (render, ' ('); table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Categorie:' .. v, 'link')); table.insert (render, ') '); end table.insert (render, '</span>'); end no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower(); if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end end return table.concat (render); end --[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------ This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] function cs1.citation(frame) local pframe = frame:getParent() local sandboxed = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) return cs1.citationFromArgs(pframe and pframe.args or {}, frame and frame.args or {}, sandboxed) end function cs1.citationFromArgs(parentArgs, citationArgs, sandboxed) local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles; if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; else -- otherwise cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate; is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities in_array = utilities.in_array; substitute = utilities.substitute; error_comment = utilities.error_comment; set_error = utilities.set_error; select_one = utilities.select_one; add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink; make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink; z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; COinS = metadata.COinS; local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text, error_state; local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( citationArgs ) do config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} end local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns for k, v in pairs( parentArgs ) do if v ~= '' then if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then error_text = ""; if type( k ) ~= 'string' then -- Exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); end elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message end end if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); else error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end if error_text ~= '' then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = v; elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then args[k] = v; end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); end end return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})}); end return cs1; gpwq96le7n6nq26rjgmwz00mzlritw6 205542 205541 2022-08-01T21:42:01Z (G)jabz 12383 Scribunto text/plain local cs1 ={}; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation date_name_xlate local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink; local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) if not added_prop_cats [key] then added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source) if not added_vanc_errs then added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end -- Do most common case first if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld return true; elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address return true; else return false; end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter end end if is_set (orig) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list) local error_message = ''; for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator end error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter end end if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) local error_str = ""; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not is_set( label ) then label = URL; if is_set( source ) then error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); else error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); end end if not check_url( URL ) then error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble end if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal { '<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup URL, -- the url ' ', -- the required space label, '<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon '</span>', -- close signal spacing span ']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span }); else base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup end return table.concat({ base_url, error_str }); end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap=''; local cap2=''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); end cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); end if 2 == wl_type then str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter= TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; ]] local function format_script_value (script_value) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not is_set (lang) then return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ro" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) else add_prop_cat ('script') end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end end script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script) if is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error if is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not is_set( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text else return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local chapter_error = ''; if not is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped if is_set (transchapter) then transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); if is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = transchapter; -- chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); end end if is_set (chapterurl) then chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate end return chapter .. chapter_error; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates. Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local i=1; local stripmarker, apostrophe; capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters return; end while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition) stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; else err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end i=i+1; -- bump our index end end --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate( name, cite_class ) local name = tostring( name ); local state; if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_basic_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name]; end if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_numbered_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap=''; local cap2=''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if is_set(title_type) then if "none" == title_type then title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash ]] local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then return str; end return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) --[[ Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions. This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. ]] local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? trim = false; end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup else value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; --add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it if is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error ('suffix'); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character'); return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table end i = i+1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) ]] local function list_people(control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format local maximum = control.maximum local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; local text = {} if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors for i,person in ipairs(people) do if is_set(person.last) then local mask = person.mask local one local sep_one = sep; if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; elseif (mask ~= nil) then local n = tonumber(mask) if (n ~= nil) then one = string.rep("&mdash;",n) else one = mask; sep_one = " "; end else one = person.last local first = person.first if is_set(first) then if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page end end table.insert( text, one ) table.insert( text, sep_one ) end end local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if count > 0 then if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text end text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function anchor_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat) if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al. if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al. name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'? name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end end end return name, etal; -- end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) local _, pattern; local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name) '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive -- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name '^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.' '^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets } if is_set (name) then for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and if name:match (pattern) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template break; end end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name (author or editor) maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local count, _; if is_set (name) then _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) if is_set (last) then if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end if is_set (first) then if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end return last, first; -- done end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary while true do last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string. mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name. Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. ]] local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized end local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported return name; -- so return the name but not the code end return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code end end return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code end --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local code; -- the two- or three-character language code local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag? lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code? end if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code end if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code code = lang:lower(); -- save it else name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) end if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn' if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template end end else add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list if 2 >= code then name = table.concat (language_list, ' și ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names elseif 2 < code then language_list[code] = 'și ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators end if this_wiki_name == name then return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings ]] local function set_cs1_style (ps) if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period end return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings ]] local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil end if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv end return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish rendered style. ]] local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); else -- not a citation template so CS1 sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); end return sep, ps, ref -- return them all end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. ]] local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass end if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then ps = ''; -- set to empty string end return sep, ps, ref end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the pdf icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if is_set (format) then format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not is_set (url) then format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal) if is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); end else -- not a valid keyword or number table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens local name = name_table[i]; i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens break; -- and done reassembling so end i=i+1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i+1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error ('punctuation'); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials end else first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); end end link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst=true; end if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns true; else, emits an error message and returns false. ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible) if not is_set (value) then return true; -- an empty parameter is ok elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then return true; else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message return false end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then return ''; end if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); elseif is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end local vol = ''; if is_set (volume) then if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); else vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); end end if is_set (issue) then return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin); if is_set (page) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif is_set(pages) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified archive url: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = 'save command'; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = 'liveweb'; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = 'timestamp'; if '*' ~= flag then url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) end elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = 'path'; elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; else return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and if is_set (mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate else return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe'); end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. -- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. local Mode = A['Mode']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then Mode = ''; end local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local Others = A['Others']; local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= local Editors; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged end end local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs local Translators; -- assembled translators name list t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local interviewers_list = {}; local Interviewers = A['Interviewers'] if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged else interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local Contribution = A['Contribution']; if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local Year = A['Year']; local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; local Date = A['Date']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; ------------------------------------------------- Get title data local Title = A['Title']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local Conference = A['Conference']; local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Chapter = A['Chapter']; local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; local Docket = A['Docket']; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveURL; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local URL = A['URL'] local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local Series = A['Series']; local Volume; local Issue; local Page; local Pages; local At; if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then Volume = A['Volume']; end -- conference & map books do not support issue if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then Issue = A['Issue']; end local Position = ''; if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] ); At = A['At']; end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] local Place = A['Place']; local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then RegistrationRequired=nil; end local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then SubscriptionRequired=nil; end local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then UrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription= end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration= end local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access ChapterUrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } ); end local Via = A['Via']; local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local Agency = A['Agency']; local Language = A['Language']; local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local ID = A['ID']; local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string end local ISBNLink = A['ISBNLink']; if is_set (ISBNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISBNLink, 'isbn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISBNLink = false; else ISBNLink = true; end local ISSNLink = A['ISSNLink']; if is_set (ISSNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISSNLink, 'issn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISSNLink = false; else ISSNLink = true; end local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local Quote = A['Quote']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string end local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string end --local variables that are not cs1 parameters local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string end local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma local PostScript; local Ref; sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local NoPP = A['NoPP'] if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then NoPP = true; else NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later end if is_set(Page) then if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then Pages = ''; -- unset the others At = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. elseif is_set(Pages) then if is_set(At) then At = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. end -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title |trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not is_set(Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end else -- |title not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- Special case for cite techreport. if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); end end end -- special case for cite mailing list if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then Periodical = A ['MailingList']; elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if is_set(BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; URLorigin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then Chapter = A['Map']; ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if is_set( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if is_set( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local AirDate = A['AirDate']; local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date Date = AirDate; end if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data. do if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end end end -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower() .. ' de ' .. Degree; end end if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. if not is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed end end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken, ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message end error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch'; elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= add_maint_cat ('date_year'); end end if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only local modified = false; -- flag modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then -- modified = true; -- end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; Date = date_parameters_list['date']; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date']; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; end else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end end -- end of do -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); end end if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string add_maint_cat ('untitled'); end check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL ['title']=Title, [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical, [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName }); -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = COinS({ ['Periodical'] = Periodical, ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (PublisherName) then PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil )); end end -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); if is_set (Editors) then if editor_etal then Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation else EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation end else Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do translators control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do contributors control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do authors control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); if is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not is_set(URL) then if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; end end local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= if 'no' ~= DeadURL then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format end elseif is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls end end end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') else is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title. Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title); end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end local TransError = ""; if is_set(TransTitle) then if is_set(Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); end end if is_set(Title) then if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; else Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; end else Title = TransTitle .. TransError; end if is_set(Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end if is_set (Conference) then if is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end if not is_set(Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if is_set(Minutes) then if is_set (Time) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if is_set(Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not is_set(TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Section = A['Section']; local Sections = A['Sections']; local Inset = A['Inset']; if is_set( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if is_set( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif is_set( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end if is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc else Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if is_set (Translators) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others; end if is_set (Interviewers) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others; end TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data if is_set(Via) then Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); end --[[ Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition. ]] if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message else SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y end if is_set(AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class, ISBNLink = ISBNLink, ISSNLink = ISSNLink} ); if is_set(URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess ); end if is_set(Quote) then if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off end Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end local Archived if is_set(ArchiveURL) then if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); end if "no" == DeadURL then local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); if not is_set(OriginalURL) then Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); end elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped' local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Arhivat din original în ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y' Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled end else local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); end elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = "" end local Lay = ''; if is_set(LayURL) then if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if is_set(LaySource) then LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end if is_set(Transcript) then if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end local Publisher; if is_set(PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if is_set(PublisherName) then if is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) else Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) end end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = " (Discurs)"; -- annotate the citation if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; if is_set(Date) then if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if is_set(Authors) then if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set(Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end else if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif is_set(Editors) then if is_set(Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element local options = {}; if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then options.class = config.CitationClass; options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= else options.class = "citation"; end if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate local id = Ref if ('harv' == Ref ) then local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist = e; end if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor else id = ''; -- unset end end options.id = id; end if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains z.error_categories = {}; text = set_error('empty_citation'); z.message_tail = {}; end local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set else table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases end table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then table.insert (render, ' '); for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do if is_set(v[1]) then if i == #z.message_tail then table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] )); else table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] )); end end end end if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">'); for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, v); table.insert (render, ' ('); table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Categorie:' .. v, 'link')); table.insert (render, ') '); end table.insert (render, '</span>'); end no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower(); if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end end return table.concat (render); end --[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------ This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] function cs1.citation(frame) local pframe = frame:getParent() local sandboxed = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) return cs1.citationFromArgs(pframe and pframe.args or {}, frame and frame.args or {}, sandboxed) end function cs1.citationFromArgs(parentArgs, citationArgs, sandboxed) local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles; if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; else -- otherwise cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate; is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities in_array = utilities.in_array; substitute = utilities.substitute; error_comment = utilities.error_comment; set_error = utilities.set_error; select_one = utilities.select_one; add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink; make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink; z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; COinS = metadata.COinS; local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text, error_state; local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( citationArgs ) do config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} end local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns for k, v in pairs( parentArgs ) do if v ~= '' then if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then error_text = ""; if type( k ) ~= 'string' then -- Exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); end elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message end end if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); else error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end if error_text ~= '' then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = v; elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then args[k] = v; end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); end end return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})}); end return cs1; 6tg98awxeyctkpw63oosfb1qtsgm7q2 205544 205542 2022-08-01T21:43:28Z (G)jabz 12383 Scribunto text/plain local cs1 ={}; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation date_name_xlate local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink; local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) if not added_prop_cats [key] then added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source) if not added_vanc_errs then added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end -- Do most common case first if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld return true; elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address return true; else return false; end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter end end if is_set (orig) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list) local error_message = ''; for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator end error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter end end if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) local error_str = ""; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not is_set( label ) then label = URL; if is_set( source ) then error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); else error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); end end if not check_url( URL ) then error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble end if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal { '<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup URL, -- the url ' ', -- the required space label, '<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon '</span>', -- close signal spacing span ']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span }); else base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup end return table.concat({ base_url, error_str }); end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap=''; local cap2=''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); end cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); end if 2 == wl_type then str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter= TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; ]] local function format_script_value (script_value) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not is_set (lang) then return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ro" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) else add_prop_cat ('script') end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end end script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script) if is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error if is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not is_set( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text else return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local chapter_error = ''; if not is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped if is_set (transchapter) then transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); if is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = transchapter; -- chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); end end if is_set (chapterurl) then chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate end return chapter .. chapter_error; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates. Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local i=1; local stripmarker, apostrophe; capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters return; end while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition) stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; else err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end i=i+1; -- bump our index end end --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate( name, cite_class ) local name = tostring( name ); local state; if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_basic_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name]; end if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_numbered_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap=''; local cap2=''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if is_set(title_type) then if "none" == title_type then title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash ]] local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then return str; end return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) --[[ Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions. This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. ]] local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? trim = false; end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup else value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; --add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it if is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error ('suffix'); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character'); return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table end i = i+1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) ]] local function list_people(control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format local maximum = control.maximum local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; local text = {} if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors for i,person in ipairs(people) do if is_set(person.last) then local mask = person.mask local one local sep_one = sep; if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; elseif (mask ~= nil) then local n = tonumber(mask) if (n ~= nil) then one = string.rep("&mdash;",n) else one = mask; sep_one = " "; end else one = person.last local first = person.first if is_set(first) then if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page end end table.insert( text, one ) table.insert( text, sep_one ) end end local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if count > 0 then if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text end text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function anchor_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat) if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al. if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al. name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'? name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end end end return name, etal; -- end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) local _, pattern; local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name) '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive -- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name '^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.' '^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets } if is_set (name) then for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and if name:match (pattern) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template break; end end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name (author or editor) maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local count, _; if is_set (name) then _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) if is_set (last) then if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end if is_set (first) then if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end return last, first; -- done end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary while true do last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string. mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name. Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. ]] local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized end local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported return name; -- so return the name but not the code end return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code end end return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code end --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local code; -- the two- or three-character language code local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag? lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code? end if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code end if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code code = lang:lower(); -- save it else name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) end if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn' if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template end end else add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list if 2 >= code then name = table.concat (language_list, ' și ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names elseif 2 < code then language_list[code] = 'și ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators end if this_wiki_name == name then return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings ]] local function set_cs1_style (ps) if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period end return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings ]] local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil end if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv end return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish rendered style. ]] local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); else -- not a citation template so CS1 sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); end return sep, ps, ref -- return them all end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. ]] local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass end if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then ps = ''; -- set to empty string end return sep, ps, ref end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the pdf icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if is_set (format) then format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not is_set (url) then format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal) if is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); end else -- not a valid keyword or number table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens local name = name_table[i]; i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens break; -- and done reassembling so end i=i+1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i+1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error ('punctuation'); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials end else first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); end end link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst=true; end if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns true; else, emits an error message and returns false. ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible) if not is_set (value) then return true; -- an empty parameter is ok elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then return true; else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message return false end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then return ''; end if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); elseif is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end local vol = ''; if is_set (volume) then if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); else vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); end end if is_set (issue) then return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin); if is_set (page) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif is_set(pages) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified archive url: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = 'save command'; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = 'liveweb'; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = 'timestamp'; if '*' ~= flag then url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) end elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = 'path'; elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; else return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and if is_set (mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate else return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe'); end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. -- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. local Mode = A['Mode']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then Mode = ''; end local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local Others = A['Others']; local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= local Editors; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged end end local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs local Translators; -- assembled translators name list t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local interviewers_list = {}; local Interviewers = A['Interviewers'] if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged else interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local Contribution = A['Contribution']; if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local Year = A['Year']; local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; local Date = A['Date']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; ------------------------------------------------- Get title data local Title = A['Title']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local Conference = A['Conference']; local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Chapter = A['Chapter']; local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; local Docket = A['Docket']; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveURL; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local URL = A['URL'] local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local Series = A['Series']; local Volume; local Issue; local Page; local Pages; local At; if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then Volume = A['Volume']; end -- conference & map books do not support issue if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then Issue = A['Issue']; end local Position = ''; if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] ); At = A['At']; end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] local Place = A['Place']; local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then RegistrationRequired=nil; end local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then SubscriptionRequired=nil; end local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then UrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription= end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration= end local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access ChapterUrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } ); end local Via = A['Via']; local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local Agency = A['Agency']; local Language = A['Language']; local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local ID = A['ID']; local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string end local ISBNLink = A['ISBNLink']; if is_set (ISBNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISBNLink, 'isbn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISBNLink = false; else ISBNLink = true; end local ISSNLink = A['ISSNLink']; if is_set (ISSNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISSNLink, 'issn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISSNLink = false; else ISSNLink = true; end local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local Quote = A['Quote']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string end local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string end --local variables that are not cs1 parameters local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string end local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma local PostScript; local Ref; sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local NoPP = A['NoPP'] if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then NoPP = true; else NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later end if is_set(Page) then if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then Pages = ''; -- unset the others At = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. elseif is_set(Pages) then if is_set(At) then At = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. end -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title |trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not is_set(Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end else -- |title not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- Special case for cite techreport. if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); end end end -- special case for cite mailing list if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then Periodical = A ['MailingList']; elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if is_set(BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; URLorigin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then Chapter = A['Map']; ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if is_set( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if is_set( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local AirDate = A['AirDate']; local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date Date = AirDate; end if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data. do if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end end end -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower() .. ' de ' .. Degree; end end if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. if not is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed end end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken, ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message end error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch'; elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= add_maint_cat ('date_year'); end end if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only local modified = false; -- flag modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then -- modified = true; -- end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; Date = date_parameters_list['date']; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date']; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; end else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end end -- end of do -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); end end if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string add_maint_cat ('untitled'); end check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL ['title']=Title, [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical, [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName }); -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = COinS({ ['Periodical'] = Periodical, ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (PublisherName) then PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil )); end end -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); if is_set (Editors) then if editor_etal then Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation else EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation end else Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do translators control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do contributors control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do authors control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); if is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not is_set(URL) then if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; end end local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= if 'no' ~= DeadURL then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format end elseif is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls end end end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') else is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title. Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title); end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end local TransError = ""; if is_set(TransTitle) then if is_set(Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); end end if is_set(Title) then if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; else Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; end else Title = TransTitle .. TransError; end if is_set(Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end if is_set (Conference) then if is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end if not is_set(Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if is_set(Minutes) then if is_set (Time) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if is_set(Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not is_set(TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Section = A['Section']; local Sections = A['Sections']; local Inset = A['Inset']; if is_set( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if is_set( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif is_set( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end if is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc else Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if is_set (Translators) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others; end if is_set (Interviewers) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others; end TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data if is_set(Via) then Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); end --[[ Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition. ]] if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message else SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y end if is_set(AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if is_set(URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess ); end if is_set(Quote) then if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off end Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end local Archived if is_set(ArchiveURL) then if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); end if "no" == DeadURL then local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); if not is_set(OriginalURL) then Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); end elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped' local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Arhivat din original în ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y' Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled end else local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); end elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = "" end local Lay = ''; if is_set(LayURL) then if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if is_set(LaySource) then LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end if is_set(Transcript) then if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end local Publisher; if is_set(PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if is_set(PublisherName) then if is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) else Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) end end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = " (Discurs)"; -- annotate the citation if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; if is_set(Date) then if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if is_set(Authors) then if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set(Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end else if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif is_set(Editors) then if is_set(Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element local options = {}; if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then options.class = config.CitationClass; options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= else options.class = "citation"; end if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate local id = Ref if ('harv' == Ref ) then local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist = e; end if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor else id = ''; -- unset end end options.id = id; end if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains z.error_categories = {}; text = set_error('empty_citation'); z.message_tail = {}; end local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set else table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases end table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then table.insert (render, ' '); for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do if is_set(v[1]) then if i == #z.message_tail then table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] )); else table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] )); end end end end if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">'); for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, v); table.insert (render, ' ('); table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Categorie:' .. v, 'link')); table.insert (render, ') '); end table.insert (render, '</span>'); end no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower(); if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end end return table.concat (render); end --[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------ This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] function cs1.citation(frame) local pframe = frame:getParent() local sandboxed = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) return cs1.citationFromArgs(pframe and pframe.args or {}, frame and frame.args or {}, sandboxed) end function cs1.citationFromArgs(parentArgs, citationArgs, sandboxed) local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles; if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; else -- otherwise cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate; is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities in_array = utilities.in_array; substitute = utilities.substitute; error_comment = utilities.error_comment; set_error = utilities.set_error; select_one = utilities.select_one; add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink; make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink; z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; COinS = metadata.COinS; local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text, error_state; local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( citationArgs ) do config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} end local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns for k, v in pairs( parentArgs ) do if v ~= '' then if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then error_text = ""; if type( k ) ~= 'string' then -- Exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); end elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message end end if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); else error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end if error_text ~= '' then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = v; elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then args[k] = v; end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); end end return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})}); end return cs1; 60gndaaxrmq6yr40mdpnduihffvvymc 205545 205544 2022-08-01T21:44:36Z (G)jabz 12383 Scribunto text/plain local cs1 ={}; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation date_name_xlate local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink; local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) if not added_prop_cats [key] then added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source) if not added_vanc_errs then added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end -- Do most common case first if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld return true; elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address return true; else return false; end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter end end if is_set (orig) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list) local error_message = ''; for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator end error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter end end if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) local error_str = ""; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not is_set( label ) then label = URL; if is_set( source ) then error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); else error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); end end if not check_url( URL ) then error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble end if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal { '<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup URL, -- the url ' ', -- the required space label, '<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon '</span>', -- close signal spacing span ']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span }); else base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup end return table.concat({ base_url, error_str }); end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap=''; local cap2=''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); end cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); end if 2 == wl_type then str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter= TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; ]] local function format_script_value (script_value) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not is_set (lang) then return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ro" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) else add_prop_cat ('script') end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end end script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script) if is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error if is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not is_set( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text else return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local chapter_error = ''; if not is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped if is_set (transchapter) then transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); if is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = transchapter; -- chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); end end if is_set (chapterurl) then chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate end return chapter .. chapter_error; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates. Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local i=1; local stripmarker, apostrophe; capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters return; end while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition) stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; else err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end i=i+1; -- bump our index end end --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate( name, cite_class ) local name = tostring( name ); local state; if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_basic_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name]; end if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_numbered_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap=''; local cap2=''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if is_set(title_type) then if "none" == title_type then title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash ]] local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then return str; end return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) --[[ Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions. This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. ]] local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? trim = false; end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup else value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; --add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it if is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error ('suffix'); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character'); return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table end i = i+1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) ]] local function list_people(control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format local maximum = control.maximum local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; local text = {} if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors for i,person in ipairs(people) do if is_set(person.last) then local mask = person.mask local one local sep_one = sep; if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; elseif (mask ~= nil) then local n = tonumber(mask) if (n ~= nil) then one = string.rep("&mdash;",n) else one = mask; sep_one = " "; end else one = person.last local first = person.first if is_set(first) then if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page end end table.insert( text, one ) table.insert( text, sep_one ) end end local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if count > 0 then if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text end text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function anchor_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat) if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al. if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al. name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'? name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end end end return name, etal; -- end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) local _, pattern; local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name) '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive -- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name '^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.' '^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets } if is_set (name) then for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and if name:match (pattern) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template break; end end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name (author or editor) maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local count, _; if is_set (name) then _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) if is_set (last) then if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end if is_set (first) then if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end return last, first; -- done end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary while true do last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string. mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name. Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. ]] local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized end local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported return name; -- so return the name but not the code end return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code end end return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code end --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local code; -- the two- or three-character language code local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag? lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code? end if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code end if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code code = lang:lower(); -- save it else name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) end if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn' if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template end end else add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list if 2 >= code then name = table.concat (language_list, ' și ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names elseif 2 < code then language_list[code] = 'și ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators end if this_wiki_name == name then return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings ]] local function set_cs1_style (ps) if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period end return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings ]] local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil end if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv end return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish rendered style. ]] local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); else -- not a citation template so CS1 sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); end return sep, ps, ref -- return them all end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. ]] local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass end if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then ps = ''; -- set to empty string end return sep, ps, ref end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the pdf icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if is_set (format) then format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not is_set (url) then format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal) if is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); end else -- not a valid keyword or number table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens local name = name_table[i]; i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens break; -- and done reassembling so end i=i+1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i+1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error ('punctuation'); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials end else first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); end end link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst=true; end if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns true; else, emits an error message and returns false. ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible) if not is_set (value) then return true; -- an empty parameter is ok elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then return true; else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message return false end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then return ''; end if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); elseif is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end local vol = ''; if is_set (volume) then if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); else vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); end end if is_set (issue) then return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin); if is_set (page) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif is_set(pages) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified archive url: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = 'save command'; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = 'liveweb'; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = 'timestamp'; if '*' ~= flag then url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) end elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = 'path'; elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; else return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and if is_set (mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate else return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe'); end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. -- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. local Mode = A['Mode']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then Mode = ''; end local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local Others = A['Others']; local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= local Editors; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged end end local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs local Translators; -- assembled translators name list t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local interviewers_list = {}; local Interviewers = A['Interviewers'] if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged else interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local Contribution = A['Contribution']; if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local Year = A['Year']; local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; local Date = A['Date']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; ------------------------------------------------- Get title data local Title = A['Title']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local Conference = A['Conference']; local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Chapter = A['Chapter']; local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; local Docket = A['Docket']; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveURL; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local URL = A['URL'] local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local Series = A['Series']; local Volume; local Issue; local Page; local Pages; local At; if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then Volume = A['Volume']; end -- conference & map books do not support issue if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then Issue = A['Issue']; end local Position = ''; if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] ); At = A['At']; end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] local Place = A['Place']; local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then RegistrationRequired=nil; end local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then SubscriptionRequired=nil; end local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then UrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription= end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration= end local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access ChapterUrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } ); end local Via = A['Via']; local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local Agency = A['Agency']; local Language = A['Language']; local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local ID = A['ID']; local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string end local ISBNLink = A['ISBNLink']; if is_set (ISBNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISBNLink, 'isbn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISBNLink = false; else ISBNLink = true; end local ISSNLink = A['ISSNLink']; if is_set (ISSNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISSNLink, 'issn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISSNLink = false; else ISSNLink = true; end local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local Quote = A['Quote']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string end local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string end --local variables that are not cs1 parameters local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string end local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma local PostScript; local Ref; sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local NoPP = A['NoPP'] if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then NoPP = true; else NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later end if is_set(Page) then if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then Pages = ''; -- unset the others At = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. elseif is_set(Pages) then if is_set(At) then At = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. end -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title |trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not is_set(Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end else -- |title not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- Special case for cite techreport. if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); end end end -- special case for cite mailing list if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then Periodical = A ['MailingList']; elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if is_set(BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; URLorigin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then Chapter = A['Map']; ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if is_set( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if is_set( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local AirDate = A['AirDate']; local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date Date = AirDate; end if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data. do if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end end end -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower() .. ' de ' .. Degree; end end if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. if not is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed end end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken, ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message end error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch'; elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= add_maint_cat ('date_year'); end end if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only local modified = false; -- flag modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then -- modified = true; -- end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; Date = date_parameters_list['date']; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date']; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; end else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end end -- end of do -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); end end if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string add_maint_cat ('untitled'); end check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL ['title']=Title, [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical, [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName }); -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = COinS({ ['Periodical'] = Periodical, ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (PublisherName) then PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil )); end end -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); if is_set (Editors) then if editor_etal then Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation else EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation end else Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do translators control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do contributors control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do authors control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); if is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not is_set(URL) then if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; end end local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= if 'no' ~= DeadURL then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format end elseif is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls end end end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') else is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title. Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title); end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end local TransError = ""; if is_set(TransTitle) then if is_set(Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); end end if is_set(Title) then if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; else Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; end else Title = TransTitle .. TransError; end if is_set(Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end if is_set (Conference) then if is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end if not is_set(Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if is_set(Minutes) then if is_set (Time) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if is_set(Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not is_set(TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Section = A['Section']; local Sections = A['Sections']; local Inset = A['Inset']; if is_set( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if is_set( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif is_set( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end if is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc else Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if is_set (Translators) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others; end if is_set (Interviewers) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others; end TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data if is_set(Via) then Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); end --[[ Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition. ]] if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message else SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y end if is_set(AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if is_set(URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess ); end if is_set(Quote) then if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off end Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end local Archived if is_set(ArchiveURL) then if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); end if "no" == DeadURL then local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); if not is_set(OriginalURL) then Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); end elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped' local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Arhivat din original în ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y' Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled end else local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); end elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = "" end local Lay = ''; if is_set(LayURL) then if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if is_set(LaySource) then LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end if is_set(Transcript) then if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end local Publisher; if is_set(PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if is_set(PublisherName) then if is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) else Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) end end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = " (Discurs)"; -- annotate the citation if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; if is_set(Date) then if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if is_set(Authors) then if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set(Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end else if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif is_set(Editors) then if is_set(Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element local options = {}; if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then options.class = config.CitationClass; options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= else options.class = "citation"; end if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate local id = Ref if ('harv' == Ref ) then local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist = e; end if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor else id = ''; -- unset end end options.id = id; end if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains z.error_categories = {}; text = set_error('empty_citation'); z.message_tail = {}; end local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set else table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases end table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then table.insert (render, ' '); for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do if is_set(v[1]) then if i == #z.message_tail then table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] )); else table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] )); end end end end if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">'); for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, v); table.insert (render, ' ('); table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Categorie:' .. v, 'link')); table.insert (render, ') '); end table.insert (render, '</span>'); end no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower(); if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end end return table.concat (render); end --[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------ This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] function cs1.citation(frame) local pframe = frame:getParent() local sandboxed = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) return cs1.citationFromArgs(pframe and pframe.args or {}, frame and frame.args or {}, sandboxed) end function cs1.citationFromArgs(parentArgs, citationArgs, sandboxed) local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles; if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; else -- otherwise cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate; is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities in_array = utilities.in_array; substitute = utilities.substitute; error_comment = utilities.error_comment; set_error = utilities.set_error; select_one = utilities.select_one; add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink; make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink; z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; COinS = metadata.COinS; local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text, error_state; local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( citationArgs ) do config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} end local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns for k, v in pairs( parentArgs ) do if v ~= '' then if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then error_text = ""; if type( k ) ~= 'string' then -- Exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); end elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message end end if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); else error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end if error_text ~= '' then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = v; elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then args[k] = v; end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); end end return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})}); end return cs1; lotss5r2qyweb7fnwfd0em859snxjlg 205546 205545 2022-08-01T21:45:14Z (G)jabz 12383 Scribunto text/plain local cs1 ={}; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation date_name_xlate local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink; local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) if not added_prop_cats [key] then added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source) if not added_vanc_errs then added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end -- Do most common case first if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld return true; elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address return true; else return false; end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter end end if is_set (orig) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list) local error_message = ''; for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator end error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter end end if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) local error_str = ""; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not is_set( label ) then label = URL; if is_set( source ) then error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); else error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); end end if not check_url( URL ) then error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble end if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal { '<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup URL, -- the url ' ', -- the required space label, '<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon '</span>', -- close signal spacing span ']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span }); else base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup end return table.concat({ base_url, error_str }); end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap=''; local cap2=''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); end cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); end if 2 == wl_type then str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter= TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; ]] local function format_script_value (script_value) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not is_set (lang) then return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ro" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) else add_prop_cat ('script') end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end end script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script) if is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error if is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not is_set( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text else return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local chapter_error = ''; if not is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped if is_set (transchapter) then transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); if is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = transchapter; -- chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); end end if is_set (chapterurl) then chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate end return chapter .. chapter_error; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates. Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local i=1; local stripmarker, apostrophe; capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters return; end while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition) stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; else err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end i=i+1; -- bump our index end end --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate( name, cite_class ) local name = tostring( name ); local state; if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_basic_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name]; end if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_numbered_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap=''; local cap2=''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if is_set(title_type) then if "none" == title_type then title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash ]] local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then return str; end return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) --[[ Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions. This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. ]] local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? trim = false; end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup else value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; --add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it if is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error ('suffix'); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character'); return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table end i = i+1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) ]] local function list_people(control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format local maximum = control.maximum local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; local text = {} if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors for i,person in ipairs(people) do if is_set(person.last) then local mask = person.mask local one local sep_one = sep; if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; elseif (mask ~= nil) then local n = tonumber(mask) if (n ~= nil) then one = string.rep("&mdash;",n) else one = mask; sep_one = " "; end else one = person.last local first = person.first if is_set(first) then if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page end end table.insert( text, one ) table.insert( text, sep_one ) end end local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if count > 0 then if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text end text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function anchor_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat) if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al. if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al. name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'? name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end end end return name, etal; -- end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) local _, pattern; local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name) '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive -- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name '^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.' '^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets } if is_set (name) then for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and if name:match (pattern) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template break; end end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name (author or editor) maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local count, _; if is_set (name) then _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) if is_set (last) then if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end if is_set (first) then if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end return last, first; -- done end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary while true do last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string. mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name. Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. ]] local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized end local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported return name; -- so return the name but not the code end return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code end end return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code end --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local code; -- the two- or three-character language code local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag? lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code? end if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code end if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code code = lang:lower(); -- save it else name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) end if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn' if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template end end else add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list if 2 >= code then name = table.concat (language_list, ' și ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names elseif 2 < code then language_list[code] = 'și ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators end if this_wiki_name == name then return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings ]] local function set_cs1_style (ps) if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period end return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings ]] local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil end if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv end return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish rendered style. ]] local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); else -- not a citation template so CS1 sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); end return sep, ps, ref -- return them all end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. ]] local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass end if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then ps = ''; -- set to empty string end return sep, ps, ref end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the pdf icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if is_set (format) then format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not is_set (url) then format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal) if is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); end else -- not a valid keyword or number table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens local name = name_table[i]; i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens break; -- and done reassembling so end i=i+1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i+1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error ('punctuation'); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials end else first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); end end link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst=true; end if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns true; else, emits an error message and returns false. ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible) if not is_set (value) then return true; -- an empty parameter is ok elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then return true; else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message return false end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then return ''; end if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); elseif is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end local vol = ''; if is_set (volume) then if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); else vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); end end if is_set (issue) then return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin); if is_set (page) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif is_set(pages) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified archive url: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = 'save command'; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = 'liveweb'; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = 'timestamp'; if '*' ~= flag then url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) end elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = 'path'; elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; else return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and if is_set (mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate else return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe'); end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. -- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. local Mode = A['Mode']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then Mode = ''; end local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local Others = A['Others']; local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= local Editors; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged end end local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs local Translators; -- assembled translators name list t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local interviewers_list = {}; local Interviewers = A['Interviewers'] if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged else interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local Contribution = A['Contribution']; if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local Year = A['Year']; local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; local Date = A['Date']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; ------------------------------------------------- Get title data local Title = A['Title']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local Conference = A['Conference']; local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Chapter = A['Chapter']; local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; local Docket = A['Docket']; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveURL; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local URL = A['URL'] local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local Series = A['Series']; local Volume; local Issue; local Page; local Pages; local At; if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then Volume = A['Volume']; end -- conference & map books do not support issue if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then Issue = A['Issue']; end local Position = ''; if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] ); At = A['At']; end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] local Place = A['Place']; local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then RegistrationRequired=nil; end local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then SubscriptionRequired=nil; end local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then UrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription= end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration= end local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access ChapterUrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } ); end local Via = A['Via']; local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local Agency = A['Agency']; local Language = A['Language']; local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local ID = A['ID']; local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string end local ISBNLink = A['ISBNLink']; if is_set (ISBNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISBNLink, 'isbn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISBNLink = false; else ISBNLink = true; end local ISSNLink = A['ISSNLink']; if is_set (ISSNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISSNLink, 'issn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISSNLink = false; else ISSNLink = true; end local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local Quote = A['Quote']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string end local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string end --local variables that are not cs1 parameters local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string end local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma local PostScript; local Ref; sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local NoPP = A['NoPP'] if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then NoPP = true; else NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later end if is_set(Page) then if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then Pages = ''; -- unset the others At = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. elseif is_set(Pages) then if is_set(At) then At = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. end -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title |trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not is_set(Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end else -- |title not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- Special case for cite techreport. if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); end end end -- special case for cite mailing list if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then Periodical = A ['MailingList']; elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if is_set(BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; URLorigin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then Chapter = A['Map']; ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if is_set( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if is_set( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local AirDate = A['AirDate']; local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date Date = AirDate; end if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data. do if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end end end -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower() .. ' de ' .. Degree; end end if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. if not is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed end end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken, ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message end error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch'; elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= add_maint_cat ('date_year'); end end if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only local modified = false; -- flag modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then -- modified = true; -- end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; Date = date_parameters_list['date']; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date']; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; end else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end end -- end of do -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); end end if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string add_maint_cat ('untitled'); end check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL ['title']=Title, [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical, [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName }); -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = COinS({ ['Periodical'] = Periodical, ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (PublisherName) then PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil )); end end -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); if is_set (Editors) then if editor_etal then Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation else EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation end else Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do translators control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do contributors control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do authors control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); if is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not is_set(URL) then if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; end end local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= if 'no' ~= DeadURL then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format end elseif is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls end end end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') else is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title. Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title); end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end local TransError = ""; if is_set(TransTitle) then if is_set(Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); end end if is_set(Title) then if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; else Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; end else Title = TransTitle .. TransError; end if is_set(Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end if is_set (Conference) then if is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end if not is_set(Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if is_set(Minutes) then if is_set (Time) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if is_set(Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not is_set(TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Section = A['Section']; local Sections = A['Sections']; local Inset = A['Inset']; if is_set( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if is_set( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif is_set( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end if is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc else Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if is_set (Translators) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others; end if is_set (Interviewers) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others; end TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data if is_set(Via) then Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); end --[[ Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition. ]] if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message else SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y end if is_set(AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if is_set(URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess ); end if is_set(Quote) then if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off end Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end local Archived if is_set(ArchiveURL) then if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); end if "no" == DeadURL then local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); if not is_set(OriginalURL) then Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); end elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped' local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Arhivat din original în ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y' Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled end else local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); end elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = "" end local Lay = ''; if is_set(LayURL) then if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if is_set(LaySource) then LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end if is_set(Transcript) then if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end local Publisher; if is_set(PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if is_set(PublisherName) then if is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) else Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) end end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = " (Discurs)"; -- annotate the citation if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; if is_set(Date) then if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if is_set(Authors) then if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set(Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end else if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif is_set(Editors) then if is_set(Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element local options = {}; if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then options.class = config.CitationClass; options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= else options.class = "citation"; end if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate local id = Ref if ('harv' == Ref ) then local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist = e; end if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor else id = ''; -- unset end end options.id = id; end if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains z.error_categories = {}; text = set_error('empty_citation'); z.message_tail = {}; end local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set else table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases end table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">'); for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, v); table.insert (render, ' ('); table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Categorie:' .. v, 'link')); table.insert (render, ') '); end table.insert (render, '</span>'); end no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower(); if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end end return table.concat (render); end --[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------ This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] function cs1.citation(frame) local pframe = frame:getParent() local sandboxed = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) return cs1.citationFromArgs(pframe and pframe.args or {}, frame and frame.args or {}, sandboxed) end function cs1.citationFromArgs(parentArgs, citationArgs, sandboxed) local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles; if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; else -- otherwise cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate; is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities in_array = utilities.in_array; substitute = utilities.substitute; error_comment = utilities.error_comment; set_error = utilities.set_error; select_one = utilities.select_one; add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink; make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink; z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; COinS = metadata.COinS; local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text, error_state; local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( citationArgs ) do config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} end local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns for k, v in pairs( parentArgs ) do if v ~= '' then if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then error_text = ""; if type( k ) ~= 'string' then -- Exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); end elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message end end if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); else error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end if error_text ~= '' then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = v; elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then args[k] = v; end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); end end return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})}); end return cs1; 8sonsow1x2vdzd69gicfrzd67z0hrt0 205547 205546 2022-08-01T21:45:51Z (G)jabz 12383 Scribunto text/plain local cs1 ={}; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation date_name_xlate local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink; local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) if not added_prop_cats [key] then added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source) if not added_vanc_errs then added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end -- Do most common case first if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld return true; elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address return true; else return false; end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter end end if is_set (orig) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list) local error_message = ''; for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator end error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter end end if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) local error_str = ""; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not is_set( label ) then label = URL; if is_set( source ) then error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); else error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); end end if not check_url( URL ) then error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble end if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal { '<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup URL, -- the url ' ', -- the required space label, '<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon '</span>', -- close signal spacing span ']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span }); else base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup end return table.concat({ base_url, error_str }); end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap=''; local cap2=''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); end cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); end if 2 == wl_type then str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter= TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; ]] local function format_script_value (script_value) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not is_set (lang) then return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ro" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) else add_prop_cat ('script') end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end end script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script) if is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error if is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not is_set( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text else return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local chapter_error = ''; if not is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped if is_set (transchapter) then transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); if is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = transchapter; -- chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); end end if is_set (chapterurl) then chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate end return chapter .. chapter_error; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates. Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local i=1; local stripmarker, apostrophe; capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters return; end while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition) stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; else err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end i=i+1; -- bump our index end end --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate( name, cite_class ) local name = tostring( name ); local state; if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_basic_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name]; end if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_numbered_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap=''; local cap2=''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if is_set(title_type) then if "none" == title_type then title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash ]] local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then return str; end return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) --[[ Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions. This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. ]] local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? trim = false; end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup else value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; --add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it if is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error ('suffix'); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character'); return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table end i = i+1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) ]] local function list_people(control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format local maximum = control.maximum local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; local text = {} if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors for i,person in ipairs(people) do if is_set(person.last) then local mask = person.mask local one local sep_one = sep; if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; elseif (mask ~= nil) then local n = tonumber(mask) if (n ~= nil) then one = string.rep("&mdash;",n) else one = mask; sep_one = " "; end else one = person.last local first = person.first if is_set(first) then if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page end end table.insert( text, one ) table.insert( text, sep_one ) end end local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if count > 0 then if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text end text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function anchor_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat) if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al. if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al. name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'? name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end end end return name, etal; -- end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) local _, pattern; local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name) '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive -- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name '^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.' '^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets } if is_set (name) then for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and if name:match (pattern) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template break; end end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name (author or editor) maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local count, _; if is_set (name) then _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) if is_set (last) then if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end if is_set (first) then if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end return last, first; -- done end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary while true do last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string. mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name. Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. ]] local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized end local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported return name; -- so return the name but not the code end return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code end end return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code end --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local code; -- the two- or three-character language code local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag? lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code? end if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code end if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code code = lang:lower(); -- save it else name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) end if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn' if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template end end else add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list if 2 >= code then name = table.concat (language_list, ' și ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names elseif 2 < code then language_list[code] = 'și ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators end if this_wiki_name == name then return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings ]] local function set_cs1_style (ps) if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period end return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings ]] local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil end if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv end return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish rendered style. ]] local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); else -- not a citation template so CS1 sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); end return sep, ps, ref -- return them all end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. ]] local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass end if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then ps = ''; -- set to empty string end return sep, ps, ref end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the pdf icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if is_set (format) then format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not is_set (url) then format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal) if is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); end else -- not a valid keyword or number table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens local name = name_table[i]; i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens break; -- and done reassembling so end i=i+1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i+1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error ('punctuation'); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials end else first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); end end link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst=true; end if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns true; else, emits an error message and returns false. ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible) if not is_set (value) then return true; -- an empty parameter is ok elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then return true; else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message return false end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then return ''; end if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); elseif is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end local vol = ''; if is_set (volume) then if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); else vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); end end if is_set (issue) then return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin); if is_set (page) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif is_set(pages) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified archive url: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = 'save command'; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = 'liveweb'; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = 'timestamp'; if '*' ~= flag then url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) end elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = 'path'; elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; else return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and if is_set (mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate else return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe'); end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. -- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. local Mode = A['Mode']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then Mode = ''; end local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local Others = A['Others']; local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= local Editors; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged end end local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs local Translators; -- assembled translators name list t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local interviewers_list = {}; local Interviewers = A['Interviewers'] if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged else interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local Contribution = A['Contribution']; if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local Year = A['Year']; local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; local Date = A['Date']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; ------------------------------------------------- Get title data local Title = A['Title']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local Conference = A['Conference']; local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Chapter = A['Chapter']; local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; local Docket = A['Docket']; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveURL; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local URL = A['URL'] local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local Series = A['Series']; local Volume; local Issue; local Page; local Pages; local At; if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then Volume = A['Volume']; end -- conference & map books do not support issue if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then Issue = A['Issue']; end local Position = ''; if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] ); At = A['At']; end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] local Place = A['Place']; local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then RegistrationRequired=nil; end local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then SubscriptionRequired=nil; end local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then UrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription= end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration= end local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access ChapterUrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } ); end local Via = A['Via']; local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local Agency = A['Agency']; local Language = A['Language']; local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local ID = A['ID']; local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string end local ISBNLink = A['ISBNLink']; if is_set (ISBNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISBNLink, 'isbn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISBNLink = false; else ISBNLink = true; end local ISSNLink = A['ISSNLink']; if is_set (ISSNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISSNLink, 'issn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISSNLink = false; else ISSNLink = true; end local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local Quote = A['Quote']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string end local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string end --local variables that are not cs1 parameters local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string end local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma local PostScript; local Ref; sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local NoPP = A['NoPP'] if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then NoPP = true; else NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later end if is_set(Page) then if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then Pages = ''; -- unset the others At = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. elseif is_set(Pages) then if is_set(At) then At = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. end -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title |trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not is_set(Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end else -- |title not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- Special case for cite techreport. if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); end end end -- special case for cite mailing list if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then Periodical = A ['MailingList']; elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if is_set(BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; URLorigin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then Chapter = A['Map']; ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if is_set( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if is_set( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local AirDate = A['AirDate']; local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date Date = AirDate; end if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data. do if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end end end -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower() .. ' de ' .. Degree; end end if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. if not is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed end end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken, ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message end error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch'; elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= add_maint_cat ('date_year'); end end if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only local modified = false; -- flag modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then -- modified = true; -- end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; Date = date_parameters_list['date']; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date']; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; end else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end end -- end of do -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); end end if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string add_maint_cat ('untitled'); end check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL ['title']=Title, [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical, [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName }); -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = COinS({ ['Periodical'] = Periodical, ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (PublisherName) then PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil )); end end -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); if is_set (Editors) then if editor_etal then Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation else EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation end else Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do translators control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do contributors control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do authors control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); if is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not is_set(URL) then if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; end end local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= if 'no' ~= DeadURL then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format end elseif is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls end end end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') else is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title. Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title); end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end local TransError = ""; if is_set(TransTitle) then if is_set(Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); end end if is_set(Title) then if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; else Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; end else Title = TransTitle .. TransError; end if is_set(Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end if is_set (Conference) then if is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end if not is_set(Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if is_set(Minutes) then if is_set (Time) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if is_set(Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not is_set(TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Section = A['Section']; local Sections = A['Sections']; local Inset = A['Inset']; if is_set( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if is_set( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif is_set( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end if is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc else Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if is_set (Translators) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others; end if is_set (Interviewers) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others; end TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data if is_set(Via) then Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); end --[[ Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition. ]] if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message else SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y end if is_set(AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if is_set(URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess ); end if is_set(Quote) then if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off end Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end local Archived if is_set(ArchiveURL) then if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); end if "no" == DeadURL then local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); if not is_set(OriginalURL) then Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); end elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped' local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Arhivat din original în ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y' Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled end else local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); end elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = "" end local Lay = ''; if is_set(LayURL) then if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if is_set(LaySource) then LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end if is_set(Transcript) then if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end local Publisher; if is_set(PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if is_set(PublisherName) then if is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) else Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) end end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = " (Discurs)"; -- annotate the citation if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; if is_set(Date) then if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if is_set(Authors) then if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set(Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end else if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif is_set(Editors) then if is_set(Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element local options = {}; if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then options.class = config.CitationClass; options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= else options.class = "citation"; end if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate local id = Ref if ('harv' == Ref ) then local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist = e; end if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor else id = ''; -- unset end end options.id = id; end if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains z.error_categories = {}; text = set_error('empty_citation'); z.message_tail = {}; end local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set else table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases end table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower(); if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Categorie:' .. v)); end end return table.concat (render); end --[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------ This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] function cs1.citation(frame) local pframe = frame:getParent() local sandboxed = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) return cs1.citationFromArgs(pframe and pframe.args or {}, frame and frame.args or {}, sandboxed) end function cs1.citationFromArgs(parentArgs, citationArgs, sandboxed) local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles; if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; else -- otherwise cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate; is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities in_array = utilities.in_array; substitute = utilities.substitute; error_comment = utilities.error_comment; set_error = utilities.set_error; select_one = utilities.select_one; add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink; make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink; z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; COinS = metadata.COinS; local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text, error_state; local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( citationArgs ) do config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} end local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns for k, v in pairs( parentArgs ) do if v ~= '' then if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then error_text = ""; if type( k ) ~= 'string' then -- Exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); end elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message end end if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); else error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end if error_text ~= '' then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = v; elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then args[k] = v; end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); end end return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})}); end return cs1; 9sku1fzc7sa9m2h8gyfq9bnfnuxpidd 205548 205547 2022-08-01T21:46:30Z (G)jabz 12383 Scribunto text/plain local cs1 ={}; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation date_name_xlate local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink; local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) if not added_prop_cats [key] then added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source) if not added_vanc_errs then added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end -- Do most common case first if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld return true; elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address return true; else return false; end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter end end if is_set (orig) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list) local error_message = ''; for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator end error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter end end if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link( URL, label, source, access) local error_str = ""; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not is_set( label ) then label = URL; if is_set( source ) then error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); else error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); end end if not check_url( URL ) then error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble end if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal { '<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup URL, -- the url ' ', -- the required space label, '<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon '</span>', -- close signal spacing span ']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span }); else base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup end return table.concat({ base_url, error_str }); end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned. Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap=''; local cap2=''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); end cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if is_set (cap) then label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); end if 2 == wl_type then str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter= TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; ]] local function format_script_value (script_value) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not is_set (lang) then return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ro" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) else add_prop_cat ('script') end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end end script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script) if is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error if is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not is_set( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text else return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local chapter_error = ''; if not is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped if is_set (transchapter) then transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); if is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = transchapter; -- chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); end end if is_set (chapterurl) then chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate end return chapter .. chapter_error; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates. Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local i=1; local stripmarker, apostrophe; capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters return; end while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition) stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; else err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end i=i+1; -- bump our index end end --[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate( name, cite_class ) local name = tostring( name ); local state; if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_basic_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name]; end if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name]; end if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; -- TODO: temporary workaround, we need to support limited_numbered_arguments at some point if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap=''; local cap2=''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------------------------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if is_set(title_type) then if "none" == title_type then title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash ]] local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then return str; end return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------ Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) --[[ Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions. This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. ]] local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? trim = false; end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup else value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; --add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it if is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error ('suffix'); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character'); return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table end i = i+1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) ]] local function list_people(control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format local maximum = control.maximum local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; local text = {} if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors for i,person in ipairs(people) do if is_set(person.last) then local mask = person.mask local one local sep_one = sep; if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; elseif (mask ~= nil) then local n = tonumber(mask) if (n ~= nil) then one = string.rep("&mdash;",n) else one = mask; sep_one = " "; end else one = person.last local first = person.first if is_set(first) then if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page end end table.insert( text, one ) table.insert( text, sep_one ) end end local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if count > 0 then if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text end text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function anchor_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat) if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al. if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al. name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'? name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end end end return name, etal; -- end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name) local _, pattern; local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name) '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')' '[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive -- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name '^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.' '^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's' '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets } if is_set (name) then for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and if name:match (pattern) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template break; end end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name (author or editor) maintenance category. ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local count, _; if is_set (name) then _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template end end return name; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) if is_set (last) then if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end if is_set (first) then if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation end end return last, first; -- done end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary while true do last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------ Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code. Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string. mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name. Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1. ]] local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) if 'bangla' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'bn' at mw:Extension:CLDR return 'Bengali', 'bn'; -- make sure rendered version is properly capitalized end local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported return name; -- so return the name but not the code end return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code end end return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code end --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local code; -- the two- or three-character language code local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag? lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code? end if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code end if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code code = lang:lower(); -- save it else name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) end if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes if 'bn' == code then name = 'Bengali' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'bn' if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template end end else add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list if 2 >= code then name = table.concat (language_list, ' și ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names elseif 2 < code then language_list[code] = 'și ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators end if this_wiki_name == name then return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings ]] local function set_cs1_style (ps) if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period end return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------- Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings ]] local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil end if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv end return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >---------------------- When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish rendered style. ]] local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); else -- not a citation template so CS1 sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); end return sep, ps, ref -- return them all end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------ Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style. ]] local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass end if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then ps = ''; -- set to empty string end return sep, ps, ref end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the pdf icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if is_set (format) then format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not is_set (url) then format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal) if is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); end else -- not a valid keyword or number table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------ Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]'; if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens local name = name_table[i]; i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens break; -- and done reassembling so end i=i+1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i+1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error ('punctuation'); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits? last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials end else first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, ''); end end link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst=true; end if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns true; else, emits an error message and returns false. ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible) if not is_set (value) then return true; -- an empty parameter is ok elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then return true; else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message return false end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then return ''; end if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); elseif is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end local vol = ''; if is_set (volume) then if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); else vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); end end if is_set (issue) then return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin); if is_set (page) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif is_set(pages) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified archive url: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = 'save command'; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = 'liveweb'; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = 'timestamp'; if '*' ~= flag then url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) end elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = 'path'; elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; else return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and if is_set (mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate else return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe'); end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. -- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. local Mode = A['Mode']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then Mode = ''; end local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local Others = A['Others']; local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= local Editors; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged end end local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs local Translators; -- assembled translators name list t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local interviewers_list = {}; local Interviewers = A['Interviewers'] if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged else interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local Contribution = A['Contribution']; if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local Year = A['Year']; local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; local Date = A['Date']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; ------------------------------------------------- Get title data local Title = A['Title']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local Conference = A['Conference']; local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Chapter = A['Chapter']; local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; local Docket = A['Docket']; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveURL; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string end local URL = A['URL'] local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local Series = A['Series']; local Volume; local Issue; local Page; local Pages; local At; if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then Volume = A['Volume']; end -- conference & map books do not support issue if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then Issue = A['Issue']; end local Position = ''; if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] ); At = A['At']; end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] local Place = A['Place']; local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then RegistrationRequired=nil; end local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then SubscriptionRequired=nil; end local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then UrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription= end if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration= end local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access ChapterUrlAccess = nil; end if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } ); end local Via = A['Via']; local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local Agency = A['Agency']; local Language = A['Language']; local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local ID = A['ID']; local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string end local ISBNLink = A['ISBNLink']; if is_set (ISBNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISBNLink, 'isbn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISBNLink = false; else ISBNLink = true; end local ISSNLink = A['ISSNLink']; if is_set (ISSNLink) and is_valid_parameter_value (ISSNLink, 'issn-link', cfg.keywords ['no_false_n']) then ISSNLink = false; else ISSNLink = true; end local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local Quote = A['Quote']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string end local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string end --local variables that are not cs1 parameters local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string end local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma local PostScript; local Ref; sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local NoPP = A['NoPP'] if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then NoPP = true; else NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later end if is_set(Page) then if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then Pages = ''; -- unset the others At = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. elseif is_set(Pages) then if is_set(At) then At = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. end -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title |trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not is_set(Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end else -- |title not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- Special case for cite techreport. if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); end end end -- special case for cite mailing list if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then Periodical = A ['MailingList']; elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if is_set(BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; URLorigin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then Chapter = A['Map']; ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if is_set( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if is_set( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local AirDate = A['AirDate']; local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date Date = AirDate; end if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data. do if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message end if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end end end -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower() .. ' de ' .. Degree; end end if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. if not is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed end end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken, ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message end error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch'; elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= add_maint_cat ('date_year'); end end if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only local modified = false; -- flag modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list) then -- modified = true; -- end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; Date = date_parameters_list['date']; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date']; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; end else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end end -- end of do -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); end end if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string add_maint_cat ('untitled'); end check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL ['title']=Title, [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical, [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName }); -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = COinS({ ['Periodical'] = Periodical, ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (PublisherName) then PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil )); end end -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); if is_set (Editors) then if editor_etal then Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation else EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation end else Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do translators control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do contributors control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do authors control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal); last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); if is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not is_set(URL) then if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ''; end end local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= if 'no' ~= DeadURL then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format end elseif is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls end end end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') else is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title. Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title); end if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end local TransError = ""; if is_set(TransTitle) then if is_set(Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); end end if is_set(Title) then if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; else Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; end else Title = TransTitle .. TransError; end if is_set(Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end if is_set (Conference) then if is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil ); end if not is_set(Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if is_set(Minutes) then if is_set (Time) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' și ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if is_set(Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not is_set(TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Section = A['Section']; local Sections = A['Sections']; local Inset = A['Inset']; if is_set( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if is_set( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif is_set( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end if is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc else Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if is_set (Translators) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase) .. Others; end if is_set (Interviewers) then Others = sepc .. ' ' .. wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase) .. Others; end TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data if is_set(Via) then Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); end --[[ Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition. ]] if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message else SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y end if is_set(AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if is_set(URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess ); end if is_set(Quote) then if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off end Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end local Archived if is_set(ArchiveURL) then if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); end if "no" == DeadURL then local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); if not is_set(OriginalURL) then Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); end elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped' local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Arhivat din original în ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y' Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled end else local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); end elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = "" end local Lay = ''; if is_set(LayURL) then if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if is_set(LaySource) then LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end if is_set(Transcript) then if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil ); end local Publisher; if is_set(PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if is_set(PublisherName) then if is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) else Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) end end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = " (Discurs)"; -- annotate the citation if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; if is_set(Date) then if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if is_set(Authors) then if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set(Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end else if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif is_set(Editors) then if is_set(Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element local options = {}; if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then options.class = config.CitationClass; options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= else options.class = "citation"; end if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate local id = Ref if ('harv' == Ref ) then local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist = e; end if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor else id = ''; -- unset end end options.id = id; end if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains z.error_categories = {}; text = set_error('empty_citation'); z.message_tail = {}; end local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set else table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases end table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation return table.concat (render); end --[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------ This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] function cs1.citation(frame) local pframe = frame:getParent() local sandboxed = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) return cs1.citationFromArgs(pframe and pframe.args or {}, frame and frame.args or {}, sandboxed) end function cs1.citationFromArgs(parentArgs, citationArgs, sandboxed) local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles; if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css'; else -- otherwise cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate; is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities in_array = utilities.in_array; substitute = utilities.substitute; error_comment = utilities.error_comment; set_error = utilities.set_error; select_one = utilities.select_one; add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink; make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink; z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; COinS = metadata.COinS; local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text, error_state; local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( citationArgs ) do config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} end local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns for k, v in pairs( parentArgs ) do if v ~= '' then if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then error_text = ""; if type( k ) ~= 'string' then -- Exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); end elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if sandboxed then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message end end if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); else error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end if error_text ~= '' then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = v; elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then args[k] = v; end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); end end return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})}); end return cs1; egyveaepw1fp39j72gk0ejp24qrqqia 828 74005 205518 2022-08-01T21:19:45Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: -- This module contains various utility code for use with language-related modules local langCodes = { ["Q188"] = "de", ["Q1860"] = "en", ["Q7913"] = "ro", ["Q7737"] = "ru", } return langCodes Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains various utility code for use with language-related modules local langCodes = { ["Q188"] = "de", ["Q1860"] = "en", ["Q7913"] = "ro", ["Q7737"] = "ru", } return langCodes bjvd574nzqshmbf4sr9kx61dy0id2ak 828 74006 205519 2022-08-01T21:20:33Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local lang = mw.getLanguage("ro") local p = {} function p.build_first_plural(singular) plural = mw.loadData("Modul:Plural/data").plural if plural[singular] ~= nil then return plural[singular] else return string.format("%si", singular) end end function p.build_plural(count, singular, first_plural, second_plural) if count == 1 then form = singular elseif count == 0 or count ~= nil and (count%100 > 0 a... Scribunto text/plain local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local lang = mw.getLanguage("ro") local p = {} function p.build_first_plural(singular) plural = mw.loadData("Modul:Plural/data").plural if plural[singular] ~= nil then return plural[singular] else return string.format("%si", singular) end end function p.build_plural(count, singular, first_plural, second_plural) if count == 1 then form = singular elseif count == 0 or count ~= nil and (count%100 > 0 and count%100 < 20) then if first_plural == nil then form = p.build_first_plural(singular) else form = first_plural end else if second_plural == nil and first_plural == nil then form = "de " .. p.build_first_plural(singular) elseif first_plural ~= nil then form = "de " .. first_plural else form = second_plural end end return string.format("%s %s", lang:formatNum(count), form) end function p.get_plural(frame) -- if we don't have any args, try to get them from the template if frame.args[1] == nil then origArgs = getArgs(frame, { wrappers = { 'Format:Plural' } }) else origArgs = frame.args end local form = "" local count = lang:parseFormattedNumber(origArgs[1]) local singular = origArgs[2] local first_plural = nil local second_plural = nil if origArgs[3] ~= nil then first_plural = origArgs[3] end if origArgs[4] ~= nil then local first_plural = origArgs[4] end return p.build_plural(count, singular, first_plural, second_plural) end function p.get_first_plural(frame) if frame.args or frame.args[1] == nil then origArgs = getArgs(frame, { wrappers = { 'Format:Plural' } }) else origArgs = frame.args end return p.build_first_plural(origArgs[1]) end return p ahpku8559zh8bied1yvxve29rdegapo 828 74007 205520 2022-08-01T21:21:10Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: local p = {} local getArgs = require('Modul:Arguments').getArgs local transliterationMaps = mw.loadData('Modul:Transliteration/langdata') local function isTransliterationSupported(langCode) if transliterationMaps[langCode] then return true end return false end p.isTransliterationSupported = isTransliterationSupported local function postProcess(str) local chars = {} local idx = 1 while idx <= mw.ustring.len(str) do local crtChar = mw.ustring.sub(str, idx, idx) if c... Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local getArgs = require('Modul:Arguments').getArgs local transliterationMaps = mw.loadData('Modul:Transliteration/langdata') local function isTransliterationSupported(langCode) if transliterationMaps[langCode] then return true end return false end p.isTransliterationSupported = isTransliterationSupported local function postProcess(str) local chars = {} local idx = 1 while idx <= mw.ustring.len(str) do local crtChar = mw.ustring.sub(str, idx, idx) if crtChar == '\226\140\166' then idx = idx + 1 elseif crtChar == '\226\140\171' and #table > 1 then table.remove(chars, #chars) else table.insert(chars, crtChar) end idx = idx + 1 end return table.concat(chars) end local function applyConversionRule(conversionRule, crtChar, prevChar, nextChar) if not conversionRule then return nil end if type(conversionRule) == 'string' then return conversionRule end if type(conversionRule) == 'table' then return prevChar and conversionRule['bh'] and applyConversionRule(conversionRule['bh'][prevChar], crtChar, prevChar, nextChar) or nextChar and conversionRule['ah'] and applyConversionRule(conversionRule['ah'][nextChar], crtChar, prevChar, nextChar) or conversionRule['def'] end return nil end local function transliterate(text, langCode) if text == nil then return nil end local map = transliterationMaps[langCode] local lang = mw.language.new(langCode) if not map then error('Transliteration from language ' .. langCode .. ' not supported', 2) end local out = '' for strIdx = 1,mw.ustring.len(text) do local crtChar = mw.ustring.sub(text, strIdx, strIdx) local prevChar = strIdx > 1 and lang:lc(mw.ustring.sub(text, strIdx - 1, strIdx - 1)) or '' local nextChar = strIdx < mw.ustring.len(text) and lang:lc(mw.ustring.sub(text, strIdx + 1, strIdx + 1)) or '' local convertedChar = applyConversionRule(map[crtChar], crtChar, prevChar, nextChar) if not convertedChar then local lcCrtChar = lang:lc(crtChar) local ucConvertedChar = applyConversionRule(map[lcCrtChar], lcCrtChar, prevChar, nextChar) convertedChar = ucConvertedChar and lang:ucfirst(ucConvertedChar) end out = out .. (convertedChar or crtChar) end return postProcess(out) end p.transliterate = transliterate local function transliterateFromFrame(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local text = args.text or args[1] local lang = args.lang or args[2] return transliterate(text, lang) end p.transliterateFromFrame = transliterateFromFrame return p 72z6l1o2tejik4e51dkd1unoj4b6e4m 828 74008 205521 2022-08-01T21:21:45Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: local map = { ['sr'] = { ['а'] = 'a', ['б'] = 'b', ['в'] = 'v', ['г'] = 'g', ['д'] = 'd', ['ђ'] = 'đ', ['е'] = 'e', ['ж'] = 'ž', ['з'] = 'z', ['и'] = 'i', ['ј'] = 'j', ['к'] = 'k', ['л'] = 'l', ['љ'] = 'lj', ['м'] = 'm', ['н'] = 'n', ['њ'] = 'nj', ['о'] = 'o', ['п'] = 'p', ['р'] = 'r', ['с'] = 's', ['т'] = 't', ['ћ'] = 'ć', ['у'] = 'u', ['ф'] = 'f', ['х'] = 'h', ['ц'] = 'c', ['ч'] = 'č', ['џ'] = 'dž', ['ш'] = 'š' }, ['mk'] = {... Scribunto text/plain local map = { ['sr'] = { ['а'] = 'a', ['б'] = 'b', ['в'] = 'v', ['г'] = 'g', ['д'] = 'd', ['ђ'] = 'đ', ['е'] = 'e', ['ж'] = 'ž', ['з'] = 'z', ['и'] = 'i', ['ј'] = 'j', ['к'] = 'k', ['л'] = 'l', ['љ'] = 'lj', ['м'] = 'm', ['н'] = 'n', ['њ'] = 'nj', ['о'] = 'o', ['п'] = 'p', ['р'] = 'r', ['с'] = 's', ['т'] = 't', ['ћ'] = 'ć', ['у'] = 'u', ['ф'] = 'f', ['х'] = 'h', ['ц'] = 'c', ['ч'] = 'č', ['џ'] = 'dž', ['ш'] = 'š' }, ['mk'] = { ['а'] = 'a', ['б'] = 'b', ['в'] = 'v', ['г'] = 'g', ['д'] = 'd', ['ђ'] = 'đ', ['е'] = 'e', ['ж'] = 'ž', ['з'] = 'z', ['и'] = 'i', ['ј'] = 'j', ['к'] = 'k', ['л'] = 'l', ['љ'] = 'lj', ['м'] = 'm', ['н'] = 'n', ['њ'] = 'nj', ['о'] = 'o', ['п'] = 'p', ['р'] = 'r', ['с'] = 's', ['т'] = 't', ['ћ'] = 'ć', ['у'] = 'u', ['ф'] = 'f', ['х'] = 'h', ['ц'] = 'c', ['ч'] = 'č', ['џ'] = 'dž', ['ш'] = 'š', ['ѓ'] = 'ǵ', ['ѕ'] = 'dz', ['ќ'] = 'ḱ' }, ['uk'] = { ['а'] = 'a', ['б'] = 'b', ['в'] = 'v', ['д'] = 'd', ['г'] = 'h', ['е'] = 'e', ['ж'] = 'j', ['з'] = 'z', ['и'] = 'î', ['й'] = 'i', ['і'] = 'i', ['к'] = 'k', ['л'] = 'l', ['м'] = 'm', ['н'] = 'n', ['о'] = 'o', ['п'] = 'p', ['р'] = 'r', ['с'] = 's', ['т'] = 't', ['у'] = 'u', ['ф'] = 'f', ['х'] = 'h', ['ц'] = 'ț', ['ш'] = 'ș', ['ю'] = 'iu', ['ʼ'] = '', ['є'] = 'ie', ['ґ'] = { ['def'] = 'g', ['ah'] = { ['е'] = 'gh', ['і'] = 'gh', ['ї'] = 'gh', ['є'] = 'gh', ['я'] = 'gh' } }, ['ї'] = { ['def'] = 'ii', ['bh'] = { ['і'] = 'i' } }, ['ч'] = { ['def'] = 'ci', ['ah'] = { ['а'] = 'ce', ['е'] = 'c', ['і'] = 'c', ['ї'] = 'c', ['є'] = 'c', ['я'] = 'c', ['є'] = 'c' } }, ['щ'] = { ['def'] = 'șci', ['ah'] = { ['а'] = 'șce', ['е'] = 'șc', ['і'] = 'șc', ['ї'] = 'șc', ['є'] = 'șc', ['я'] = 'șc', ['є'] = 'șc' } }, ['я'] = { ['def'] = 'ea', ['bh'] = { [''] = 'ia', [' '] = 'ia', ['а'] = 'ia', ['е'] = 'ia', ['и'] = 'ia', ['й'] = 'ia', ['і'] = 'a', ['о'] = 'ia', ['у'] = 'ia', ['я'] = 'ia', ['є'] = 'ia', ['ь'] = 'ia' } }, ['ь'] = { ['def'] = '', ['ah'] = { ['е'] = 'i' } }, }, ['ru'] = { ['а'] = 'a', ['б'] = 'b', ['в'] = 'v', ['д'] = 'd', ['е'] = 'e', ['ё'] = 'io', ['ж'] = 'j', ['з'] = 'z', ['и'] = 'i', ['к'] = 'k', ['э'] = 'ie', ['ы'] = 'î', ['л'] = 'l', ['м'] = 'm', ['н'] = 'n', ['о'] = 'o', ['п'] = 'p', ['р'] = 'r', ['с'] = 's', ['т'] = 't', ['у'] = 'u', ['ф'] = 'f', ['х'] = 'h', ['ц'] = 'ț', ['ш'] = 'ș', ['ю'] = 'iu', ['ъ'] = '', ['є'] = 'ie', ['й'] = { ['def'] = 'i', ['ah'] = { [''] = { ['bh'] = { ['и'] = '' } }, [' '] = { ['bh'] = { ['и'] = '' } } } }, ['г'] = { ['def'] = 'g', ['ah'] = { ['е'] = 'gh', ['і'] = 'gh', ['ї'] = 'gh', ['є'] = 'gh', ['я'] = 'gh' } }, ['ч'] = { ['def'] = 'ci', ['ah'] = { ['а'] = 'ce', ['е'] = 'c', ['і'] = 'c', ['ї'] = 'c', ['є'] = 'c', ['я'] = 'c', ['є'] = 'c' } }, ['щ'] = { ['def'] = 'șci', ['ah'] = { ['а'] = 'șce', ['е'] = 'șc', ['і'] = 'șc', ['ї'] = 'șc', ['є'] = 'șc', ['я'] = 'șc', ['є'] = 'șc' } }, ['я'] = { ['def'] = 'ea', ['bh'] = { [''] = 'ia', [' '] = 'ia', ['а'] = 'ia', ['е'] = 'ia', ['и'] = 'a', ['й'] = 'ia', ['і'] = 'a', ['о'] = 'ia', ['у'] = 'ia', ['я'] = 'ia', ['є'] = 'ia', ['ь'] = 'ia' } }, ['ь'] = { ['def'] = '', ['ah'] = { ['е'] = 'i' } }, }, ['bg'] = { ['а'] = 'a', ['б'] = 'b', ['в'] = 'v', ['д'] = 'd', ['е'] = 'e', ['ж'] = 'j', ['з'] = 'z', ['и'] = 'i', ['э'] = 'ie', ['щ'] = 'șt', ['л'] = 'l', ['м'] = 'm', ['н'] = 'n', ['о'] = 'o', ['п'] = 'p', ['р'] = 'r', ['с'] = 's', ['т'] = 't', ['у'] = 'u', ['ф'] = 'f', ['х'] = 'h', ['ц'] = 'ț', ['ш'] = 'ș', ['ю'] = 'iu', ['ъ'] = 'ă', ['й'] = { ['def'] = 'i', ['ah'] = { [''] = { ['bh'] = { ['и'] = '' } }, [' '] = { ['bh'] = { ['и'] = '' } } } }, ['г'] = { ['def'] = 'g', ['ah'] = { ['е'] = 'gh', ['і'] = 'gh', ['ї'] = 'gh', ['є'] = 'gh', ['я'] = 'gh', ['ь'] = 'ghi' } }, ['к'] = { ['def'] = 'k', ['ah'] = { ['ь'] = 'chi' } }, ['ч'] = { ['def'] = 'ci', ['ah'] = { ['а'] = 'ce', ['е'] = 'c', ['і'] = 'c', ['ї'] = 'c', ['є'] = 'c', ['я'] = 'c', ['є'] = 'c' } }, ['я'] = { ['def'] = 'ea', ['bh'] = { [''] = 'ia', [' '] = 'ia', ['а'] = 'ia', ['е'] = 'ia', ['и'] = 'a', ['й'] = 'ia', ['о'] = 'ia', ['у'] = 'ia', ['я'] = 'ia', ['ъ'] = 'ia', ['ь'] = 'ia' } }, ['ь'] = { ['def'] = '', ['ah'] = { ['е'] = 'i' } }, }, ['el'] = { ['α'] = 'a', ['β'] = 'v', ['δ'] = 'd', ['ε'] = 'e', ['ζ'] = 'z', ['η'] = 'i', ['θ'] = 'th', ['ι'] = 'i', ['κ'] = 'k', ['λ'] = 'l', ['ν'] = 'n', ['ξ'] = 'x', ['ο'] = 'o', ['ρ'] = 'r', ['σ'] = 's', ['ς'] = 's', ['τ'] = 't', ['φ'] = 'f', ['χ'] = 'ch', ['ψ'] = 'ps', ['ω'] = 'o', ['ή'] = 'i', ['ά'] = 'a', ['ί'] = 'i', ['ύ'] = 'ý', ['έ'] = 'e', ['ώ'] = 'o', ['γ'] = { def = 'g', ah = { ['γ'] = 'n', ['ξ'] = 'n', ['χ'] = 'n'} }, ['υ'] = { def = 'y', bh = { ['ο'] = 'u', ['α'] = 'f', ['ε'] = 'f', ['η'] = 'f' } }, ['ύ'] = { def = 'ý', bh = { ['ο'] = 'ù', ['α'] = 'f', ['ε'] = 'f', ['η'] = 'f' } }, ['μ'] = { def = 'm', ah = { ['π'] = { def = 'm', bh = { [''] = 'B\226\140\166', [' '] = 'B\226\140\166' } } } }, ['π'] = { def = 'p', bh = { ['μ'] = { def = 'p', ah = { [''] = '\226\140\171b', [' '] = '\226\140\171b' } } } }, }, ['be'] = { ['а'] = 'a', ['б'] = 'b', ['в'] = 'v', ['д'] = 'd', ['г'] = 'h', ['ь'] = '\204\129', ['ж'] = 'ž', ['з'] = 'z', ['й'] = 'j', ['і'] = 'i', ['к'] = 'k', ['ы'] = 'y', ['л'] = 'l', ['м'] = 'm', ['н'] = 'n', ['о'] = 'o', ['п'] = 'p', ['р'] = 'r', ['с'] = 's', ['т'] = 't', ['у'] = 'u', ['ў'] = 'ŭ', ['ф'] = 'f', ['х'] = 'ch', ['ц'] = 'c', ['ш'] = 'š', ['ч'] = 'č' , ['э'] = 'e', ['ю'] = { def = 'iu', bh = { [''] = 'ju', [' '] = 'ju', ['э'] = 'ju', ['а'] = 'ju', ['й'] = 'ju', ['і'] = 'ju', ['о'] = 'ju', ['у'] = 'ju', ['ў'] = 'ju', ['ы'] = 'ju', ['ь'] = 'ju', ['ю'] = 'ju', ['я'] = 'ju', ['е'] = 'ju', ['ё'] = 'ju' } }, ['я'] = { def = 'ia', bh = { [''] = 'ja', [' '] = 'ja', ['э'] = 'ja', ['а'] = 'ja', ['й'] = 'ja', ['і'] = 'ja', ['о'] = 'ja', ['у'] = 'ja', ['ў'] = 'ja', ['ы'] = 'ja', ['ь'] = 'ja', ['ю'] = 'ja', ['я'] = 'ja', ['е'] = 'ja', ['ё'] = 'ja' } }, ['е'] = { def = 'ie', bh = { [''] = 'je', [' '] = 'je', ['э'] = 'je', ['а'] = 'je', ['й'] = 'je', ['і'] = 'je', ['о'] = 'je', ['у'] = 'je', ['ў'] = 'je', ['ы'] = 'je', ['ь'] = 'je', ['ю'] = 'je', ['я'] = 'je', ['е'] = 'je', ['ё'] = 'je' } }, ['ё'] = { def = 'io', bh = { [''] = 'jo', [' '] = 'jo', ['э'] = 'jo', ['а'] = 'jo', ['й'] = 'jo', ['і'] = 'jo', ['о'] = 'jo', ['у'] = 'jo', ['ў'] = 'jo', ['ы'] = 'jo', ['ь'] = 'jo', ['ю'] = 'jo', ['я'] = 'jo', ['е'] = 'jo', ['ё'] = 'jo' } }, }, ['kk'] = { ['а'] = 'a', ['ә'] = 'ä', ['б'] = 'b', ['д'] = 'd', ['е'] = 'e', ['ф'] = 'f', ['г'] = 'g', ['ғ'] = 'ğ', ['х'] = 'h', ['һ'] = 'h', ['і'] = 'ı', ['и'] = 'i', ['й'] = 'i', ['ж'] = 'j', ['к'] = 'k', ['л'] = 'l', ['м'] = 'm', ['н'] = 'n', ['ң'] = 'ŋ', ['о'] = 'o', ['ө'] = 'ö', ['п'] = 'p', ['қ'] = 'q', ['р'] = 'r', ['с'] = 's', ['ш'] = 'ş', ['т'] = 't', ['у'] = 'u', ['ұ'] = 'ū', ['ү'] = 'ü', ['в'] = 'v', ['ы'] = 'y', ['з'] = 'z' }, ['hy'] = { ['ա'] = 'a', ['բ'] = 'b', ['գ'] = 'g', ['դ'] = 'd', ['ե'] = 'e', ['է'] = 'ē', ['ը'] = 'ë', ['թ'] = 't’', ['ժ'] = 'ž', ['զ'] = 'z', ['ի'] = 'i', ['լ'] = 'l', ['խ'] = 'x', ['ծ'] = 'ç', ['կ'] = 'k', ['հ'] = 'h', ['ձ'] = 'j', ['ղ'] = 'ġ', ['մ'] = 'm', ['յ'] = 'y', ['ն'] = 'n', ['շ'] = 'š', ['ո'] = 'o', ['չ'] = 'č', ['պ'] = 'p', ['ջ'] = 'ǰ', ['ռ'] = 'ṙ', ['ս'] = 's', ['վ'] = 'v', ['տ'] = 't', ['ր'] = 'r', ['ց'] = 'c’', ['ւ'] = 'w', ['փ'] = 'p’', ['ք'] = 'k’', ['օ'] = 'ò', ['ֆ'] = 'f', ['և'] = 'ew', ['ճ'] = 'č\204\163', ['Ջ'] = 'J̌', }, ['ka'] = { ['ა'] = 'a', ['ბ'] = 'b', ['გ'] = 'g', ['დ'] = 'd', ['ე'] = 'e', ['ვ'] = 'v', ['ზ'] = 'z', ['ჱ'] = 'ē', ['თ'] = 't\204\149', ['ი'] = 'i', ['კ'] = 'k', ['ლ'] = 'l', ['მ'] = 'm', ['ნ'] = 'n', ['ჲ'] = 'y', ['ო'] = 'o', ['პ'] = 'p', ['ჟ'] = 'ž', ['რ'] = 'r', ['ს'] = 's', ['ტ'] = 't', ['ჳ'] = 'w', ['უ'] = 'u', ['ფ'] = 'p\204\149', ['ქ'] = 'k\204\149', ['ღ'] = 'ḡ', ['ყ'] = 'q', ['შ'] = 'š', ['ჩ'] = 'č\204\149', ['ც'] = 'c\204\149', ['ძ'] = 'j', ['წ'] = 'c', ['ჭ'] = 'č', ['ხ'] = 'x', ['ჴ'] = 'ẖ', ['ჯ'] = 'ǰ', ['ჰ'] = 'h', ['ჵ'] = 'ō' }, --[[ ['hi'] = { ['अ'] = 'a', ['\224\164\134'] = 'ā', ['इ'] = 'i', ['ई'] = 'ī', ['उ'] = 'u', ['ऊ'] = 'ū', ['ए'] = 'e', ['ऐ'] = 'ai', ['ओ'] = 'o', ['औ'] = 'au', ['ऋ'] = 'ṛ', ['ॠ'] = 'ṝ', ['ऌ'] = 'ḷ', ['ॡ'] = 'ḹ', ['अं'] = 'ṃ', ['अः'] = 'ḥ', ['अँ'] = '', ['ऽ'] = "'", ['क'] = 'k', ['ख'] = 'kh', ['ग'] = 'g', ['घ'] = 'gh', ['ङ'] = 'ṅ', ['च'] = 'c', ['छ'] = 'ch', ['ज'] = 'j', ['झ'] = 'jh', ['ञ'] = 'ñ', ['ट'] = 'ṭ', ['ठ'] = 'ṭh', ['ड'] = 'ḍ', ['ढ'] = 'ḍh', ['ण'] = 'ṇ', ['त'] = 't', ['थ'] = 'th', ['द'] = 'd', ['ध'] = 'dh', ['न'] = 'n', ['प'] = 'p', ['फ'] = 'ph', ['ब'] = 'b', ['भ'] = 'bh', ['म'] = 'm', ['य'] = 'y', ['र'] = 'r', ['ल'] = 'l', ['व'] = 'v', ['श'] = 'ś', ['ष'] = 'ṣ', ['स'] = 's', ['ह'] = 'h', ['क्ष'] = 'kṣ', ['त्र'] = 'tr', ['ज्ञ'] = 'jñ', ['श्र'] = 'śr', ['क़'] = 'q', ['ख़'] = 'k͟h', ['ग़'] = 'ġ', ['ज़'] = 'z', ['फ़'] = 'f', ['ड़'] = 'ṛ', ['ढ़'] = 'ṛh', } ]]-- } map['sr-Cyrl'] = map['sr'] return map 1g8xo7bqu0pz5j20cnm22cxx5vbbwd0 828 74009 205522 2022-08-01T21:22:26Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Set -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of set operations for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It currently has union, intersection and complement functions for both -- -- key/value pairs and for values only.... Scribunto text/plain --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Set -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of set operations for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It currently has union, intersection and complement functions for both -- -- key/value pairs and for values only. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] -- Get necessary libraries and functions local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local tableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- Helper functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] -- Makes a set from a table's values. Returns an array of all values with -- duplicates removed. local function makeValueSet(t) local isNan = tableTools.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for k, v in pairs(t) do if isNan(v) then -- NaNs are always unique, and they can't be table keys, so don't -- check for existence. ret[#ret + 1] = v elseif not exists[v] then exists[v] = true ret[#ret + 1] = v end end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- union -- -- This returns the union of the key/value pairs of n tables. If any of the tables -- contain different values for the same table key, the table value is converted -- to an array holding all of the different values. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.union(...) local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 2 then error("too few arguments to 'union' (minimum is 2, received " .. lim .. ')', 2) end local ret, trackArrays = {}, {} for i = 1, lim do local t = select(i, ...) checkType('union', i, t, 'table') for k, v in pairs(t) do local retKey = ret[k] if retKey == nil then ret[k] = v elseif retKey ~= v then if trackArrays[k] then local array = ret[k] local valExists for _, arrayVal in ipairs(array) do if arrayVal == v then valExists = true break end end if not valExists then array[#array + 1] = v ret[k] = array end else ret[k] = {ret[k], v} trackArrays[k] = true end end end end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- valueUnion -- -- This returns the union of the values of n tables, as an array. For example, for -- the tables {1, 3, 4, 5, foo = 7} and {2, bar = 3, 5, 6}, union will return -- {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.valueUnion(...) local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 2 then error("too few arguments to 'valueUnion' (minimum is 2, received " .. lim .. ')', 2) end local isNan = tableTools.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for i = 1, lim do local t = select(i, ...) checkType('valueUnion', i, t, 'table') for k, v in pairs(t) do if isNan(v) then ret[#ret + 1] = v elseif not exists[v] then ret[#ret + 1] = v exists[v] = true end end end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- intersection -- -- This returns the intersection of the key/value pairs of n tables. Both the key -- and the value must match to be included in the resulting table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.intersection(...) local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 2 then error("too few arguments to 'intersection' (minimum is 2, received " .. lim .. ')', 2) end local ret, track, pairCounts = {}, {}, {} for i = 1, lim do local t = select(i, ...) checkType('intersection', i, t, 'table') for k, v in pairs(t) do local trackVal = track[k] if trackVal == nil then track[k] = v pairCounts[k] = 1 elseif trackVal == v then pairCounts[k] = pairCounts[k] + 1 end end end for k, v in pairs(track) do if pairCounts[k] == lim then ret[k] = v end end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- valueIntersection -- -- This returns the intersection of the values of n tables, as an array. For -- example, for the tables {1, 3, 4, 5, foo = 7} and {2, bar = 3, 5, 6}, -- intersection will return {3, 5}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.valueIntersection(...) local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 2 then error("too few arguments to 'valueIntersection' (minimum is 2, received " .. lim .. ')', 2) end local isNan = tableTools.isNan local vals, ret = {}, {} local isSameTable = true -- Tracks table equality. local tableTemp -- Used to store the table from the previous loop so that we can check table equality. for i = 1, lim do local t = select(i, ...) checkType('valueIntersection', i, t, 'table') if tableTemp and t ~= tableTemp then isSameTable = false end tableTemp = t t = makeValueSet(t) -- Remove duplicates for k, v in pairs(t) do -- NaNs are never equal to any other value, so they can't be in the intersection. -- Which is lucky, as they also can't be table keys. if not isNan(v) then local valCount = vals[v] or 0 vals[v] = valCount + 1 end end end if isSameTable then -- If all the tables are equal, then the intersection is that table (including NaNs). -- All we need to do is convert it to an array and remove duplicate values. return makeValueSet(tableTemp) end for val, count in pairs(vals) do if count == lim then ret[#ret + 1] = val end end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- complement -- -- This returns the relative complement of t1, t2, ..., in tn. The complement -- is of key/value pairs. This is equivalent to all the key/value pairs that are in -- tn but are not in t1, t2, ... tn-1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.complement(...) local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 2 then error("too few arguments to 'complement' (minimum is 2, received " .. lim .. ')', 2) end --[[ -- Now we know that we have at least two sets. -- First, get all the key/value pairs in tn. We can't simply make ret equal to tn, -- as that will affect the value of tn for the whole module. --]] local tn = select(lim, ...) checkType('complement', lim, tn, 'table') local ret = tableTools.shallowClone(tn) -- Remove all the key/value pairs in t1, t2, ..., tn-1. for i = 1, lim - 1 do local t = select(i, ...) checkType('complement', i, t, 'table') for k, v in pairs(t) do if ret[k] == v then ret[k] = nil end end end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- valueComplement -- -- This returns an array containing the relative complement of t1, t2, ..., in tn. -- The complement is of values only. This is equivalent to all the values that are -- in tn but are not in t1, t2, ... tn-1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.valueComplement(...) local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 2 then error("too few arguments to 'valueComplement' (minimum is 2, received " .. lim .. ')', 2) end local isNan = tableTools.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for i = 1, lim - 1 do local t = select(i, ...) checkType('valueComplement', i, t, 'table') t = makeValueSet(t) -- Remove duplicates for k, v in pairs(t) do if not isNan(v) then -- NaNs cannot be table keys, and they are also unique so cannot be equal to anything in tn. exists[v] = true end end end local tn = select(lim, ...) checkType('valueComplement', lim, tn, 'table') tn = makeValueSet(tn) -- Remove duplicates for k, v in pairs(tn) do if isNan(v) or exists[v] == nil then ret[#ret + 1] = v end end return ret end function p.contains(set, element) checkType('insert', 1, set, 'table', false) for k,v in pairs(set) do if v == element then return true end end return false end function p.insert(set, element) checkType('insert', 1, set, 'table', false) if not p.contains(set, element) then table.insert(set, element) end end return p 6gmoyzv2ns6r0anbwm01ke08woqtztj 10 74010 205523 2022-08-01T21:23:09Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Wikidata|getOneValueInChain}}<noinclude> {{Documentație}} <templatedata> { "params": { "1": {}, "2": {}, "3": {} }, "description": "Produce o singură bucată de date de la Wikidata, obținută prin înlănțuire de mai multe elemente", "format": "inline" } </templatedata> </noinclude> wikitext text/x-wiki {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Wikidata|getOneValueInChain}}<noinclude> {{Documentație}} <templatedata> { "params": { "1": {}, "2": {}, "3": {} }, "description": "Produce o singură bucată de date de la Wikidata, obținută prin înlănțuire de mai multe elemente", "format": "inline" } </templatedata> </noinclude> jzzgfniepdvkc3ayd5292pz7qx9aanq 10 74011 205524 2022-08-01T21:23:53Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: <span style="display:none">{{{1}}}</span><noinclude>{{documentație}}</noinclude> wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="display:none">{{{1}}}</span><noinclude>{{documentație}}</noinclude> o5xrbfua0t1odo0253inyypj91momcb 828 74012 205526 2022-08-01T21:30:04Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: local citation_config = {}; -- override <code>...</code> styling to remove color, border, and padding. <code> cscs is specified here: -- https://git.wikimedia.org/blob/mediawiki%2Fcore.git/69cd73811f7aadd093050dbf20ed70ef0b42a713/skins%2Fcommon%2FcommonElements.css#L199 local code_style="color:inherit; border:inherit; padding:inherit;"; --[[--------------------------< U N C A T E G O R I Z E mD _ N A M E S P A C E S >------------------------------ List of namespaces tha... Scribunto text/plain local citation_config = {}; -- override <code>...</code> styling to remove color, border, and padding. <code> cscs is specified here: -- https://git.wikimedia.org/blob/mediawiki%2Fcore.git/69cd73811f7aadd093050dbf20ed70ef0b42a713/skins%2Fcommon%2FcommonElements.css#L199 local code_style="color:inherit; border:inherit; padding:inherit;"; --[[--------------------------< U N C A T E G O R I Z E mD _ N A M E S P A C E S >------------------------------ List of namespaces that should not be included in citation error categories. Same as setting notracking = true by default Note: Namespace names should use underscores instead of spaces. ]] local uncategorized_namespaces = { 'Utilizator', 'Discuție', 'Discuție_Utilizator', 'Discuție_Wikipedia', 'Discuție_Fișier', 'Discuție_Format', 'Discuție_Ajutor', 'Discuție_Categorie', 'Discuție_Portal', 'Book_talk', 'Draft', 'Draft_talk', 'Education_Program_talk', 'Discuție_Modul', 'Discuție_MediaWiki' }; local uncategorized_subpages = {'/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases'}; -- list of Lua patterns found in page names of pages we should not categorize --[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E S >-------------------------------------------------------------- Translation table The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation. This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this module. ]] local messages = { ['archived-dead'] = 'Arhivat din $1 la $2', ['archived-not-dead'] = '$1 din originalul de la $2', ['archived-missing'] = 'Arhivat din original$1 la $2', ['archived'] = 'Arhivat', ['by'] = 'De', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword ['cartography'] = 'Cartografie realizată de $1', ['editor'] = 'ed.', ['editors'] = 'ed.', ['edition'] = '(ed. $1)', ['episode'] = 'Episodul $1', ['et al'] = 'et al.', ['in'] = 'În', -- edited works ['inactive'] = 'inactiv', ['inset'] = 'medalion $1', ['interview'] = 'Interviu cu $1', ['lay summary'] = 'Sumar pentru neinițiați', ['newsgroup'] = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;$1', ['original'] = 'original', ['published'] = ' (publicat la $1)', ['retrieved'] = 'Accesat în $1', ['season'] = 'Sezonul $1', ['section'] = '§ $1', ['sections'] = '§§ $1', ['series'] = 'Seria $1', ['translated'] = 'Tradus de $1', ['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype ['written'] = 'Scris în $1', ['vol'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{} ['vol-no'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2 nr.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, issue ['issue'] = '$1 Nr.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{} ['j-issue'] = ' ($1)', ['nopp'] = '$1 $2'; -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc ['p-prefix'] = "$1 p.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['pp-prefix'] = "$1 pp.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages ['sheet'] = '$1 Fila&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['sheets'] = '$1 Filele&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-sheet'] = ': Fila&nbsp;$1', ['j-sheets'] = ': Filele&nbsp;$1', ['subscription'] = '<span style="font-size:90%; color:#555">(Necesită abonament (<span title="Site-ul necesită plată pentru accesarea acestei pagini." style="border-bottom:1px dotted;cursor:help">help</span>))</span>' .. '[[Category:Pagini cu legături spre conținut disponibil doar pe bază de abonament]]', ['registration']='<span style="font-size:90%; color:#555">(Necesită înregistrare (<span title="Site-ul necesită înregistrare pentru accesarea acestei pagini." style="border-bottom:1px dotted;cursor:help">help</span>))</span>' .. '[[Category:Pagini cu legături spre conținut disponibil doar pe bază de înregistrare]]', ['language'] = '(în $1)', ['via'] = " &ndash; via $1", ['event'] = 'Eveniment la', ['minutes'] = 'minute', ['parameter-separator'] = ', ', ['parameter-final-separator'] = ', și ', ['parameter-pair-separator'] = ' și ', -- Determines the location of the help page ['help page link'] = 'Ajutor:Erori CS1', ['help page label'] = 'ajutor', -- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad) ['undefined_error'] = 'Apelat cu o condiție nedefinită de eroare', ['unknown_manual_ID'] = 'Unrecognized manual ID mode', ['unknown_ID_mode'] = 'Unrecognized ID mode', ['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable', ['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare url found but origin indicator is nil or empty', } --[[--------------------------< P R E S E N T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------ Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has been moved into its own, more semantically correct place. ]] local presentation = { -- Error output -- .error class is specified at https://git.wikimedia.org/blob/mediawiki%2Fcore.git/9553bd02a5595da05c184f7521721fb1b79b3935/skins%2Fcommon%2Fshared.css#L538 -- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display ['hidden-error'] = '<span style="display:none;font-size:100%" class="error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['visible-error'] = '<span style="font-size:100%" class="error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['accessdate'] = '<span class="reference-accessdate">$1$2</span>', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal css ['bdi'] = '<bdi$1>$2</bdi>', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like ['cite'] = '<cite class="$1">$2</cite>'; -- |ref= not set so no id="..." attribute ['cite-id'] = '<cite id="$1" class="$2">$3</cite>'; -- for use when |ref= is set ['format'] = ' <span style="font-size:85%;">($1)</span>', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc -- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ... -- narrow no-break space &#8239; may work better than nowrap css. Or not? browser support? ['access-signal'] = '<span class="plainlinks">$1&#8239;$2</span>', -- external link with appropriate lock icon ['free'] = '[[File:Lock-green.svg|9px|link=|alt=Accesibil gratuit|Accesibil gratuit]]', ['registration'] = '[[File:Lock-blue-alt-2.svg|9px|link=|alt=Necesită înregistrare gratuită|Necesită înregistrare gratuită]]', ['înregistrare'] = '[[File:Lock-blue-alt-2.svg|9px|link=|alt=Necesită înregistrare gratuită|Necesită înregistrare gratuită]]', ['limited'] = '[[File:Lock-blue-alt-2.svg|9px|link=|alt=Acces gratuit pentru testarea serviciului, necesită altfel abonament|Acces gratuit pentru testarea serviciului, necesită altfel abonament]]', ['subscription'] = '[[File:Lock-red-alt.svg|9px|link=|alt=Necesită abonament cu plată|Necesită abonament cu plată]]', ['abonament'] = '[[File:Lock-red-alt.svg|9px|link=|alt=Necesită abonament cu plată|Necesită abonament cu plată]]', ['italic-title'] = "''$1''", ['kern-left'] = '<span style="padding-left:0.2em;">$1</span>$2', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark ['kern-right'] = '$1<span style="padding-right:0.2em;">$2</span>', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark -- these for simple wikilinked titles [["text]], [[text"]] and [["text"]] -- span wraps entire wikilink ['kern-wl-left'] = '<span style="padding-left:0.2em;">$1</span>', -- when title contains leading single or double quote mark ['kern-wl-right'] = '<span style="padding-right:0.2em;">$1</span>', -- when title contains trailing single or double quote mark ['kern-wl-both'] = '<span style="padding-left:0.2em;padding-right:0.2em;">$1</span>', -- when title contains leading and trailing single or double quote marks ['nowrap1'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span>', -- for nowrapping an item: <span ...>yyyy-mm-dd</span> ['nowrap2'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span> $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: <span ...>dd mmmm</span> yyyy (note white space) ['ocins'] = '<span title="$1" class="Z3988"><span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span></span>', -- Note: Using display: none on the COinS span breaks some clients ['parameter'] = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1=</code>', ['quoted-text'] = '<q>$1</q>', -- for wrapping |quote= content ['quoted-title'] = '„$1”', ['trans-italic-title'] = "&#91;''$1''&#93;", ['trans-quoted-title'] = "&#91;$1&#93;", ['vol-bold'] = '$1 <b>$2</b>', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{} } --[[--------------------------< A L I A S E S >---------------------------------------------------------------- Aliases table for commonly passed parameters ]] local aliases = { ['AccessDate'] = {'access-date', 'accessdate', 'accesat', 'datăaccesare', 'dată-accesare', 'data-accesării'}, ['Agency'] = 'agency', ['AirDate'] = {'air-date', 'airdate'}, ['ArchiveDate'] = {'archive-date', 'archivedate', 'arhivat'}, ['ArchiveFormat'] = 'archive-format', ['ArchiveURL'] = {'archive-url', 'archiveurl', 'urlarhivă'}, ['ASINTLD'] = {'ASIN-TLD', 'asin-tld'}, ['At'] = { 'at', 'la' }, ['Authors'] = {'authors', 'people', 'host', 'credits', 'autori' }, ['BookTitle'] = {'book-title', 'booktitle'}, ['Cartography'] = { 'cartography', 'cartografie' }, ['Chapter'] = {'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section', 'capitol', 'articol', 'secțiune', 'contribuție' }, ['ChapterFormat'] = {'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'section-format'}; ['ChapterURL'] = {'chapter-url', 'chapterurl', 'contribution-url', 'contributionurl', 'section-url', 'sectionurl', 'url-capitol'}, ['ChapterUrlAccess'] = 'chapter-url-access', ['Class'] = 'class', -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers ['Collaboration'] = 'collaboration', ['Conference'] = {'conference', 'event', 'conferință', 'eveniment' }, ['ConferenceFormat'] = {'conference-format', 'event-format'}, ['ConferenceURL'] = {'conference-url', 'conferenceurl', 'event-url', 'eventurl'}, ['Contribution'] = 'contribution', -- introduction, foreword, afterword, etc; required when |contributor= set ['Date'] = { 'date', 'data', 'dată' }, ['DeadURL'] = {'dead-url', 'deadurl'}, ['Degree'] = 'degree', ['DF'] = 'df', ['DisplayAuthors'] = {'display-authors', 'displayauthors'}, ['DisplayEditors'] = {'display-editors', 'displayeditors'}, ['Docket'] = 'docket', ['DoiBroken'] = {'doi-broken', 'doi-broken-date', 'doi-inactive-date', 'doi_brokendate', 'doi_inactivedate'}, ['Edition'] = { 'edition', 'ediție', 'ediția' }, ['Editors'] = { 'editors', 'editori' }, ['Embargo'] = 'embargo', ['Encyclopedia'] = {'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia'}, -- this one only used by citation ['Episode'] = { 'episode', 'episod' }, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['Format'] = 'format', ['ID'] = {'id', 'ID'}, ['IgnoreISBN'] = {'ignore-isbn-error', 'ignoreisbnerror'}, ['ISBNLink'] = 'isbn-link', ['ISSNLink'] = 'issn-link', ['Inset'] = 'inset', ['Issue'] = {'issue', 'number', 'număr' }, ['Interviewers'] = 'interviewers', ['Language'] = {'language', 'in', 'limbă', 'limba' }, ['LastAuthorAmp'] = {'last-author-amp', 'lastauthoramp'}, ['LayDate'] = {'lay-date', 'laydate'}, ['LayFormat'] = 'lay-format', ['LaySource'] = {'lay-source', 'laysource'}, ['LayURL'] = {'lay-url', 'lay-summary', 'layurl', 'laysummary'}, ['MailingList'] = {'mailinglist', 'mailing-list'}, -- cite mailing list only ['Map'] = { 'map', 'harta', 'hartă' }, -- cite map only ['MapFormat'] = 'map-format', -- cite map only ['MapURL'] = {'mapurl', 'map-url'}, -- cite map only ['MessageID'] = 'message-id', ['Minutes'] = {'minutes', 'minut', 'minute' }, ['Mode'] = 'mode', ['Month'] = {'month', 'lună' }, ['NameListFormat'] = 'name-list-format', ['Network'] = 'network', ['NoPP'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'}, ['NoTracking'] = {'template-doc-demo', 'template doc demo', 'no-cat', 'nocat', 'no-tracking', 'notracking'}, ['Number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport ['OrigYear'] = {'orig-year', 'origyear', 'anoriginal'}, ['Others'] = { 'others', 'alții' }, ['Page'] = {'p', 'page', 'pagină', 'pagina' }, ['Pages'] = {'pp', 'pages', 'pagini', 'paginile' }, ['Periodical'] = {'journal', 'newspaper', 'magazine', 'work', 'site', 'jurnal', 'website', 'periodical', 'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'dictionary', 'mailinglist', 'revistă', 'revista', 'ziar', 'lucrare'}, ['Place'] = {'place', 'location', 'loc'}, ['PostScript'] = 'postscript', ['PublicationDate'] = {'publicationdate', 'publication-date', 'data_publicării', 'data-publicării'}, ['PublicationPlace'] = {'publication-place', 'publicationplace', 'locul_publicării', 'locul-publicării' }, ['PublisherName'] = {'publisher', 'distributor', 'institution', 'newsgroup', 'instituție', 'publicat_de', 'publicat de', 'editură'}, ['Quote'] = {'quote', 'quotation', 'citat'}, ['Ref'] = 'ref', ['RegistrationRequired'] = 'registration', ['Scale'] = 'scale', ['ScriptChapter'] = 'script-chapter', ['ScriptTitle'] = 'script-title', ['Section'] = { 'section', 'secțiune' }, ['Season'] = { 'season', 'sezon' }, ['Sections'] = { 'sections', 'secțiuni'}, -- cite map only ['Series'] = {'series', 'version', 'serie'}, ['SeriesSeparator'] = 'series-separator', ['SeriesLink'] = {'series-link', 'serieslink'}, ['SeriesNumber'] = {'series-number', 'series-no', 'seriesnumber', 'seriesno'}, ['Sheet'] = 'sheet', -- cite map only ['Sheets'] = 'sheets', -- cite map only ['Station'] = 'station', ['SubscriptionRequired'] = 'subscription', ['Time'] = 'time', ['TimeCaption'] = {'time-caption', 'timecaption'}, ['Title'] = {'title', 'titlu', 'titolo', 'titre' }, ['TitleLink'] = {'title-link', 'episode-link', 'titlelink', 'episodelink'}, ['TitleNote'] = {'department', 'departament' }, ['TitleType'] = {'type', 'medium'}, ['TransChapter'] = {'trans-chapter', 'trans_chapter', 'capitol_trad'}, ['TransMap'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only ['Transcript'] = 'transcript', ['TranscriptFormat'] = 'transcript-format', ['TranscriptURL'] = {'transcript-url', 'transcripturl'}, ['TransTitle'] = {'trans-title', 'trans_title', 'titlu_trad', 'trad_titlu'}, ['URL'] = {'url', 'URL'}, ['UrlAccess'] = {'url-access'}, ['Vauthors'] = 'vauthors', ['Veditors'] = 'veditors', ['Via'] = 'via', ['Volume'] = {'volume', 'volum'}, ['Year'] = { 'year', 'an' }, ['AuthorList-First'] = {"first#", "given#", "author-first#", "author#-first", 'prenume#'}, ['AuthorList-Last'] = {"last#", "author#", "surname#", "author-last#", "author#-last", "subject#", 'nume#', 'autor#'}, ['AuthorList-Link'] = {"authorlink#", "author-link#", "author#-link", "subjectlink#", "author#link", "subject-link#", "subject#-link", "subject#link", "legătură-autor#"}, ['AuthorList-Mask'] = {"author-mask#", "authormask#", "author#mask", "author#-mask"}, ['ContributorList-First'] = {'contributor-first#', 'contributor#-first', 'contributor-given#', 'contributor#-given'}, ['ContributorList-Last'] = {'contributor#', 'contributor-last#', 'contributor#-last', 'contributor-surname#', 'contributor#-surname'}, ['ContributorList-Link'] = {'contributor-link#', 'contributor#-link'}, ['ContributorList-Mask'] = {'contributor-mask#', 'contributor#-mask'}, ['EditorList-First'] = {"editor-first#", "editor#-first", "editor-given#", "editor#-given", "prenume-editor#"}, ['EditorList-Last'] = {"editor#", "editor-last#", "editor#-last", "editor-surname#", "editor#-surname", "nume-editor#" }, ['EditorList-Link'] = {"editor-link#", "editor#-link", "editorlink#", "editor#link", 'link-editor#'}, ['EditorList-Mask'] = {"editor-mask#", "editor#-mask", "editormask#", "editor#mask"}, ['InterviewerList-First'] = {'interviewer-first#', 'interviewer#-first'}, ['InterviewerList-Last'] = {'interviewer#', 'interviewer-last#', 'interviewer#-last'}, ['InterviewerList-Link'] = {'interviewer-link#', 'interviewer#-link'}, ['InterviewerList-Mask'] = {'interviewer-mask#', 'interviewer#-mask'}, ['TranslatorList-First'] = {'translator-first#', 'translator#-first', 'translator-given#', 'translator#-given', 'prenume_traducător#'}, ['TranslatorList-Last'] = {'translator#', 'translator-last#', 'translator#-last', 'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname', 'nume_traducător#'}, ['TranslatorList-Link'] = {'translator-link#', 'translator#-link'}, ['TranslatorList-Mask'] = {'translator-mask#', 'translator#-mask'}, } --[[--------------------------< S P E C I A L C A S E T R A N S L A T I O N S >---------------------------- This table is primarily here to support internationalization. Translations in this table are used, for example, when an error message, category name, etc is extracted from the English alias key. There may be other cases where this translation table may be useful. ]] local special_case_translation = { ['AuthorList'] = "lista autorilor", -- these for multiple names maint categories ['ContributorList'] = "lista contribuitorilor", ['EditorList'] = "lista editorilor", ['InterviewerList'] = "lista intervievatorilor", ['TranslatorList'] = "lista traducătorilor", ['authors'] = "autori", -- used in get_display_authors_editors() ['editors'] = "editori", } --[[--------------------------< D E F A U L T S >-------------------------------------------------------------- Default parameter values TODO: keep this? Only one default? ]] local defaults = { ['DeadURL'] = 'yes', } --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------------- This table of tables lists local language date names and fallback English date names. The code in Date_validation will look first in the local table for valid date names. If date names are not found in the local table, the code will look in the English table. Because citations can be copied to the local wiki from en.wiki, the English is required when the date-name translation function date_name_xlate() is used. In these tables, season numbering is defined by ISO DIS 8601:2016 part 2 §4.7 'Divisions of a year'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. ISO DIS 8601:2016 does support the distinction between north and south hemispere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction. The standard does not address 'named' dates so, for the purposes of cs1|2, Christmas is defined here as 99, which should be out of the ISO DIS 8601:2016 range of uses for a while. ]] local date_names = { ['en'] = { -- English ['long'] = {['January']=1, ['February']=2, ['March']=3, ['April']=4, ['May']=5, ['June']=6, ['July']=7, ['August']=8, ['September']=9, ['October']=10, ['November']=11, ['December']=12}; ['short'] = {['Jan']=1, ['Feb']=2, ['Mar']=3, ['Apr']=4, ['May']=5, ['Jun']=6, ['Jul']=7, ['Aug']=8, ['Sep']=9, ['Oct']=10, ['Nov']=11, ['Dec']=12}; ['season'] = {['Winter']=24, ['Spring']=21, ['Summer']=22, ['Fall']=23, ['Autumn']=23}; ['named'] = {['Christmas']=99}; }, ['local'] = { -- replace these English date names with the local language equivalents ['long'] = {['ianuarie']=1, ['februarie']=2, ['martie']=3, ['aprilie']=4, ['mai']=5, ['iunie']=6, ['iulie']=7, ['august']=8, ['septembrie']=9, ['octombrie']=10, ['noiembrie']=11, ['decembrie']=12}; ['short'] = {['ian']=1, ['feb']=2, ['mar']=3, ['apr']=4, ['mai']=5, ['iun']=6, ['iul']=7, ['aug']=8, ['sep']=9, ['oct']=10, ['nov']=11, ['dec']=12}; ['season'] = {['iarna']=24, ['primăvara']=21, ['vara']=22, ['toamna']=23}; ['named'] = {['Crăciunul']=99}; } } --[[--------------------------< V O L U M E , I S S U E , P A G E S >---------------------------------------- These tables hold cite class values (from the template invocation) and identify those templates that support |volume=, |issue=, and |page(s)= parameters. Cite conference and cite map require further qualification which is handled in the main module. ]] local templates_using_volume = {'citation', 'audio-visual', 'book', 'conference', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'report', 'techreport', 'thesis'} local templates_using_issue = {'citation', 'conference', 'episode', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news'} local templates_not_using_page = {'audio-visual', 'episode', 'mailinglist', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech'} --[[--------------------------< K E Y W O R D S >-------------------------------------------------------------- This table holds keywords for those parameters that have defined sets of acceptible keywords. ]] local keywords = { ['yes_true_y'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'da' }, -- ignore-isbn-error, last-author-amp, no-tracking, nopp, registration, subscription ['no_false_n'] = {'no', 'false', 'n', 'nu' }, -- isbn-link, issn-link -- ['deadurl'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'no', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}, -- hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls ['deadurl'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'no', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown', 'da'}, ['mode'] = {'cs1', 'cs2', 'mla'}, ['name-list-format'] = {'vanc'}, ['contribution'] = {'afterword', 'foreword', 'introduction', 'preface', 'prefață', 'introducere', 'cuvânt înainte'}, -- generic contribution titles that are rendered unquoted in the 'chapter' position ['date-format'] = {'dmy', 'dmy-all', 'mdy', 'mdy-all', 'ymd', 'ymd-all'}, ['url-access'] = {'subscription', 'limited', 'registration', 'abonament', 'înregistrare'}, -- access level of a URL (subscription required, limited access, free registration required), free to read by default ['id-access'] = {'free', 'liber'}, -- access level of an identifier (free to read), subscription required (or no full text) by default } --[[--------------------------< S T R I P M A R K E R S >------------------------------------------------------ Common pattern definition location for stripmarkers so that we don't have to go hunting for them if (when) MediaWiki changes their form. ]] local stripmarkers = { ['any'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-(%a+)%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127', -- capture returns name of stripmarker ['math'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-math%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127' -- math stripmarkers used in coins_cleanup() and coins_replace_math_stripmarker() } --[[--------------------------< I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R A C T E R S >-------------------------------------- This table holds non-printing or invisible characters indexed either by name or by Unicode group. Values are decimal representations of UTF-8 codes. The table is organized as a table of tables because the lua pairs keyword returns table data in an arbitrary order. Here, we want to process the table from top to bottom because the entries at the top of the table are also found in the ranges specified by the entries at the bottom of the table. This list contains patterns for templates like {{'}} which isn't an error but transcludes characters that are invisible. These kinds of patterns must be recognized by the functions that use this list. Also here is a pattern that recognizes stripmarkers that begin and end with the delete characters. The nowiki stripmarker is not an error but some others are because the parameter values that include them become part of the template's metadata before stripmarker replacement. ]] local invisible_chars = { {'replacement', '\239\191\189'}, -- U+FFFD, EF BF BD {'zero width joiner', '\226\128\141'}, -- U+200D, E2 80 8D {'zero width space', '\226\128\139'}, -- U+200B, E2 80 8B {'hair space', '\226\128\138'}, -- U+200A, E2 80 8A {'soft hyphen', '\194\173'}, -- U+00AD, C2 AD {'horizontal tab', '\009'}, -- U+0009 (HT), 09 {'line feed', '\010'}, -- U+000A (LF), 0A {'carriage return', '\013'}, -- U+000D (CR), 0D {'stripmarker', stripmarkers.any}, -- stripmarker; may or may not be an error; capture returns the stripmaker type {'delete', '\127'}, -- U+007F (DEL), 7F; must be done after stripmarker test {'C0 control', '[\000-\008\011\012\014-\031]'}, -- U+0000–U+001F (NULL–US), 00–1F (except HT, LF, CR (09, 0A, 0D)) {'C1 control', '[\194\128-\194\159]'}, -- U+0080–U+009F (XXX–APC), C2 80 – C2 9F -- {'Specials', '[\239\191\185-\239\191\191]'}, -- U+FFF9-U+FFFF, EF BF B9 – EF BF BF -- {'Private use area', '[\238\128\128-\239\163\191]'}, -- U+E000–U+F8FF, EE 80 80 – EF A3 BF -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-A', '[\243\176\128\128-\243\191\191\189]'}, -- U+F0000–U+FFFFD, F3 B0 80 80 – F3 BF BF BD -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-B', '[\244\128\128\128-\244\143\191\189]'}, -- U+100000–U+10FFFD, F4 80 80 80 – F4 8F BF BD } -- Indic script makes use of zero width joiner as a character modifier so zwj characters must be left in. This -- pattern covers all of the unicode characters for these languages: -- Devanagari 0900–097F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0900.pdf -- Devanagari extended A8E0–A8FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA8E0.pdf -- Bengali 0980–09FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0980.pdf -- Gurmukhi 0A00–0A7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A00.pdf -- Gujarati 0A80–0AFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A80.pdf -- Oriya 0B00–0B7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B00.pdf -- Tamil 0B80–0BFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B80.pdf -- Telugu 0C00–0C7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C00.pdf -- Kannada 0C80–0CFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C80.pdf -- Malayalam 0D00–0D7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D00.pdf -- the pattern is used by has_invisible_chars() and coins_cleanup() -- TODO: find a better place for this? local indic_script = '[\224\164\128-\224\181\191\234\163\160-\234\163\191]'; --[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E S >------------------------------------------------------------ This table is used to hold ISO 639-1 two-character language codes that apply only to |script-title= and |script-chapter= ]] local script_lang_codes = {'am', 'ar', 'be', 'bg', 'bn', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', -- ISO 639-1 codes only for |script-title= and |script-chapter= 'fa', 'gu', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'mk', 'ml', 'mr', 'my', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'tg', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'ur', 'yi', 'zh'}; --[[--------------------------< M A I N T E N A N C E _ C A T E G O R I E S >---------------------------------- Here we name maintenance categories to be used in maintenance messages. ]] local maint_cats = { ['ASIN'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: ASIN utilizează ISBN', ['authors'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Utilizează parametrul autori', ['bot:_unknown'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: BOT: statut necunoscut la original-url', ['date_format'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Formatul datelor', ['date_year'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Dată și an', ['disp_auth_ed'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: display-$1', -- $1 is authors or editors; gets value from special_case_translation table ['editors'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Utilizează parametrul editori', ['embargo'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Embargo PMC expirat', ['english'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Limba română specificată', ['etal'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Utilizare explicită a lui et al.', ['extra_text'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Text în plus', ['extra_text_names'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Text în plus: $1', -- $1 is <name>s list; gets value from special_case_translation table ['ignore_isbn_err'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Erori ISBN ignorate', ['interviewers'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Utilizează parametrul interviewers', ['missing_pipe'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Pipe lipsă', ['mult_names'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Nume multiple: $1', -- $1 is <name>s list; gets value from special_case_translation table ['pmc_format'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Format PMC', ['unfit'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: URL impropriu', ['unknown_lang'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Limbă nerecunoscută', ['untitled'] = 'Mentenanță CS1: Periodic fără titlu', } --[[--------------------------< P R O P E R T I E S _ C A T E G O R I E S >------------------------------------ Here we name properties categories ]] local prop_cats = { ['foreign_lang_source'] = 'Articole cu surse în limba $1 ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['foreign_lang_source_2'] = 'Articole cu surse în limbi străine|$1', -- |language= category; a cat for ISO639-2 languages; $1 is the ISO 639-2 code ['script'] = 'Articole cu citări ce utilizează caractere din limbi străine', -- when language specified by |script-title=xx: doesn't have its own category ['script_with_name'] = 'Articole cu citări ce utilizează caractere din limba $1 ($2)', -- |script-title=xx: has matching category; $1 is language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code } --[[--------------------------< T I T L E _ T Y P E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter) ]] local title_types = { ['AV-media-notes'] = 'Media notes', ['interview'] = 'Interviu', ['mailinglist'] = 'Mailing list', ['map'] = 'Hartă', ['podcast'] = 'Podcast', ['pressrelease'] = 'Press release', ['report'] = 'Raport', ['techreport'] = 'Raport tehnic', ['thesis'] = 'Teză', } --[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O N D I T I O N S >---------------------------------------------- Error condition table The following contains a list of IDs for various error conditions defined in the code. For each ID, we specify a text message to display, an error category to include, and whether the error message should be wrapped as a hidden comment. Anchor changes require identical changes to matching anchor in Help:CS1 errors ]] local error_conditions = { accessdate_missing_url = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;access-date=</code> necesită <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'accessdate_missing_url', category = 'Pagini ce folosesc citări cu dată a accesării dar fără URL', hidden = true }, archive_missing_date = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;archive-url=</code> necesită <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;archive-date=</code>', anchor = 'archive_missing_date', category = 'Pagini ce folosesc parametri de citare greșiți', hidden = false }, archive_missing_url = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;archive-url=</code> necesită <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'archive_missing_url', category = 'Pagini ce folosesc parametri de citare greșiți', hidden = false }, archive_url = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;archive-url=</code> malformat: $1', anchor = 'archive_url', category = 'Pagini ce folosesc parametri de citare greșiți', hidden = false }, arxiv_missing = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;arxiv=</code> necesar', anchor = 'arxiv_missing', category = 'Erori CS1: arXiv', -- same as bad arxiv hidden = false }, arxiv_params_not_supported = { message = 'Parametri nesuportați pentru cite arXiv', anchor = 'arxiv_params_not_supported', category = 'Erori CS1: arXiv', -- same as bad arxiv hidden = false }, bad_arxiv = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;arxiv=</code>', anchor = 'bad_arxiv', category = 'Erori CS1: arXiv', hidden = false }, bad_asin = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;asin=</code>', anchor = 'bad_asin', category ='Erori CS1: ASIN', hidden = false }, bad_bibcode = { message = 'Verificați <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;bibcode=</code> $1', anchor = 'bad_bibcode', category = 'Erori CS1: bibcode', hidden = false }, bad_biorxiv = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;biorxiv=</code>', anchor = 'bad_biorxiv', category = 'Erori CS1: bioRxiv', hidden = false }, bad_citeseerx = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;citeseerx=</code>', anchor = 'bad_citeseerx', category = 'Erori CS1: citeseerx', hidden = false }, bad_date = { message = 'Verificați datele pentru: <code style="'..code_style..'">$1</code>', anchor = 'bad_date', category = 'Erori CS1: date', hidden = false }, bad_doi = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;doi=</code>', anchor = 'bad_doi', category = 'Erori CS1: DOI', hidden = false }, bad_hdl = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;hdl=</code>', anchor = 'bad_hdl', category = 'Erori CS1: HDL', hidden = false }, bad_isbn = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;isbn=</code>: $1', anchor = 'bad_isbn', category = 'Erori CS1: ISBN', hidden = false }, bad_ismn = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;ismn=</code>', anchor = 'bad_ismn', category = 'Erori CS1: ISMN', hidden = false }, bad_issn = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1issn=</code>', anchor = 'bad_issn', category = 'Erori CS1: ISSN', hidden = false }, bad_jfm = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;jfm=</code>', anchor = 'bad_jfm', category = 'Erori CS1: JFM', hidden = false }, bad_lccn = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;lccn=</code>', anchor = 'bad_lccn', category = 'Erori CS1: LCCN', hidden = false }, bad_usenet_id = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;message-id=</code>', anchor = 'bad_message_id', category = 'Erori CS1: message-id', hidden = false }, bad_mr = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;mr=</code>', anchor = 'bad_mr', category = 'Erori CS1: MR', hidden = false }, bad_ol = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;ol=</code>', anchor = 'bad_ol', category = 'Erori CS1: OL', hidden = false }, bad_paramlink = { -- for |title-link=, |author/editor/translator-link=, |series-link=, |episode-link= message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1=</code>', anchor = 'bad_paramlink', category = 'Erori CS1: parameter link', hidden = false }, bad_pmc = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;pmc=</code>', anchor = 'bad_pmc', category = 'Erori CS1: PMC', hidden = false }, bad_pmid = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;pmid=</code>', anchor = 'bad_pmid', category = 'Erori CS1: PMID', hidden = false }, bad_oclc = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;oclc=</code>', anchor = 'bad_oclc', category = 'Erori CS1: OCLC', hidden = false }, bad_ssrn = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;ssrn=</code>', anchor = 'bad_ssrn', category = 'Erori CS1: SSRN', hidden = false }, bad_url = { message = 'Verificați valoarea $1', anchor = 'bad_url', category = 'Pages with URL errors', hidden = false }, bad_zbl = { message = 'Verificați valoarea <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;zbl=</code>', anchor = 'bad_zbl', category = 'Erori CS1: ZBL', hidden = false }, bare_url_missing_title = { message = 'La $1 lipsește titlul', anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title', category = 'Pagini cu citări de simple URL-uri', hidden = false }, biorxiv_missing = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;biorxiv=</code> necesar', anchor = 'biorxiv_missing', category = 'Erori CS1: bioRxiv', -- same as bad bioRxiv hidden = false }, chapter_ignored = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1=</code> ignorat', anchor = 'chapter_ignored', category = 'Erori CS1: capitol ignorat', hidden = false }, citation_missing_title = { message = 'Lipsește sau este vid: <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1=</code>', anchor = 'citation_missing_title', category = 'Pagini cu citări fără titluri', hidden = false }, citeseerx_missing = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;citeseerx=</code> necesar', anchor = 'citeseerx_missing', category = 'Erori CS1: citeseerx', -- same as bad citeseerx hidden = false }, cite_web_url = { -- this error applies to cite web and to cite podcast message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;url=</code> lipsă sau vid', anchor = 'cite_web_url', category = 'Pagini cu citări web fără URL', hidden = true }, contributor_ignored = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;contributor=</code> ignorat</code>', anchor = 'contributor_ignored', category = 'Erori CS1: contributor', hidden = false }, contributor_missing_required_param = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;contributor=</code> necesită <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1=</code>', anchor = 'contributor_missing_required_param', category = 'Erori CS1: contributor', hidden = false }, deprecated_params = { message = 'Citare cu parametru depășit <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1=</code>', anchor = 'deprecated_params', category = 'Erori CS1: parametri depășiți', hidden = false }, empty_citation = { message = 'Citare goală', anchor = 'empty_citation', category = 'Pagini cu citări goale', hidden = false }, first_missing_last = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;first$2=</code> lipsă <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;last$2=</code> în $1', anchor = 'first_missing_last', category = 'Erori CS1: autor sau editor lipsă', hidden = false }, format_missing_url = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1=</code> necesită <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$2=</code>', anchor = 'format_missing_url', category = 'Pagini cu citări cu format și fără URL', hidden = true }, invalid_param_val = { message = 'Argument invalid <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1=$2</code>', anchor = 'invalid_param_val', category = 'Erori CS1: valoare invalidă pentru un parametru', hidden = false }, invisible_char = { message = '$1 în $2 la poziția $3', anchor = 'invisible_char', category = 'Erori CS1: caractere invizibile', hidden = false }, missing_name = { message = 'Lipsește <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;last$2=</code> în $1', anchor = 'missing_name', category = 'Erori CS1: lipsă autor sau editor', hidden = false }, param_access_requires_param = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1-access=</code> necesită <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1=</code>', anchor = 'param_access_requires_param', category = 'Erori CS1: param-access', hidden = false }, param_has_ext_link = { message = 'Legătură externa în <code style="'..code_style..'">$1</code>', anchor = 'param_has_ext_link', category = 'Erori CS1: legături externe', hidden = false }, parameter_ignored = { message = 'Parametru necunoscut <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1=</code> ignorat', anchor = 'parameter_ignored', category = 'Pagini cu citări ce folosesc parametri necunoscuți', hidden = false }, parameter_ignored_suggest = { message = 'Parametru necunoscut <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1=</code> ignorat (posibil, <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$2=</code>?)', anchor = 'parameter_ignored_suggest', category = 'Pagini cu citări ce folosesc parametri necunoscuți', hidden = false }, redundant_parameters = { message = 'Mai multe valori specificate pentru $1', anchor = 'redundant_parameters', category = 'Pagini cu citări cu argumente redundante', hidden = false }, text_ignored = { message = 'Text "$1" ignorat', anchor = 'text_ignored', category = 'Pagini cu citări cu parametri fără nume', hidden = false }, trans_missing_title = { message = '<code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;trans-$1=</code> necesită <code style="'..code_style..'">&#124;$1=</code>', anchor = 'trans_missing_title', category = 'Erori CS1: titlu tradus', hidden = false }, vancouver = { message = 'Eroare stil Vancouver: $1', anchor = 'vancouver', category = 'Erori CS1: stil Vancouver', hidden = false }, wikilink_in_url = { message = 'Conflict URL–wikilink', -- uses ndash anchor = 'wikilink_in_url', category = 'Erori CS1: conflict URL–wikilink', -- uses ndash hidden = false }, } --[[--------------------------< I D _ H A N D L E R S >-------------------------------------------------------- The following contains a list of values for various defined identifiers. For each identifier we specify a variety of information necessary to properly render the identifier in the citation. parameters: a list of parameter aliases for this identifier link: Wikipedia article name label: the alternate name to apply to link mode: 'manual' when there is a specific function in the code to handle the identifier; 'external' for identifiers that link outside of Wikipedia; prefix: the first part of a url that will be concatenated with a second part which usually contains the identifier encode: true if uri should be percent encoded; otherwise false COinS: identifier link or keyword for use in COinS: for identifiers registered at info-uri.info use: info:.... for identifiers that have COinS keywords, use the keyword: rft.isbn, rft.issn, rft.eissn for others make a url using the value in prefix, use the keyword: pre (not checked; any text other than 'info' or 'rft' works here) set to nil to leave the identifier out of the COinS separator: character or text between label and the identifier in the rendered citation access: use this parameter to set the access level for all instances of this identifier. the value must be a valid access level for an identifier (see ['id-access'] in this file). custom_access: to enable custom access level for an identifier, set this parameter to the parameter that should control it (normally 'id-access') ]] local id_handlers = { ['ARXIV'] = { parameters = {'arxiv', 'eprint'}, link = 'arXiv', label = 'arXiv', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//arxiv.org/abs/', -- protocol relative tested 2013-09-04 encode = false, COinS = 'info:arxiv', separator = ':', access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['ASIN'] = { parameters = { 'asin', 'ASIN' }, link = 'Amazon Standard Identification Number', label = 'ASIN', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//www.amazon.', COinS = nil, -- no COinS for this id (needs thinking on implementation because |asin-tld=) separator = '&nbsp;', encode = false; }, ['BIBCODE'] = { parameters = {'bibcode'}, link = 'Bibcode', label = 'Bibcode', mode = 'manual', prefix = 'http://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/', encode = false, COinS = 'info:bibcode', separator = ':', custom_access = 'bibcode-access', }, ['BIORXIV'] = { parameters = {'biorxiv'}, link = 'bioRxiv', label = 'bioRxiv', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//doi.org/10.1101/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['CITESEERX'] = { parameters = {'citeseerx'}, link = 'CiteSeerX', label = 'CiteSeerX', mode = 'manual', -- manual for custom validation of the "doi" prefix = '//citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['DOI'] = { parameters = { 'doi', 'DOI' }, link = 'Digital object identifier', label = 'doi', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//doi.org/', COinS = 'info:doi', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'doi-access', }, ['EISSN'] = { parameters = {'eissn', 'EISSN'}, link = 'International_Standard_Serial_Number#Electronic_ISSN', label = 'eISSN', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//www.worldcat.org/issn/', COinS = 'rft.eissn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['HDL'] = { parameters = { 'hdl', 'HDL' }, link = 'Handle System', label = 'hdl', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//hdl.handle.net/', COinS = 'info:hdl', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'hdl-access', }, ['ISBN'] = { parameters = {'isbn', 'ISBN', 'isbn13', 'ISBN13'}, link = 'International Standard Book Number', label = 'ISBN', mode = 'manual', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/', COinS = 'rft.isbn', separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ISMN'] = { parameters = {'ismn', 'ISMN'}, link = 'International Standard Music Number', label = 'ISMN', mode = 'manual', prefix = '', -- not currently used; COinS = 'nil', -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ISSN'] = { parameters = {'issn', 'ISSN'}, link = 'International Standard Serial Number', label = 'ISSN', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//www.worldcat.org/issn/', COinS = 'rft.issn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['JFM'] = { parameters = {'jfm', 'JFM'}, link = 'Jahrbuch über die Fortschritte der Mathematik', label = 'JFM', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['JSTOR'] = { parameters = {'jstor', 'JSTOR'}, link = 'JSTOR', label = 'JSTOR', mode = 'external', prefix = '//www.jstor.org/stable/', -- protocol relative tested 2013-09-04 COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', custom_access = 'jstor-access', }, ['LCCN'] = { parameters = {'LCCN', 'lccn'}, link = 'Library of Congress Control Number', label = 'LCCN', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//lccn.loc.gov/', -- protocol relative tested 2015-12-28 COinS = 'info:lccn', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['MR'] = { parameters = {'MR', 'mr'}, link = 'Mathematical Reviews', label = 'MR', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//www.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=', -- protocol relative tested 2013-09-04 COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['OCLC'] = { parameters = {'OCLC', 'oclc'}, link = 'OCLC', label = 'OCLC', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//www.worldcat.org/oclc/', COinS = 'info:oclcnum', encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['OL'] = { parameters = { 'ol', 'OL' }, link = 'Open Library', label = 'OL', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//openlibrary.org/', COinS = nil, -- no COinS for this id (needs thinking on implementation because /authors/books/works/OL) separator = '&nbsp;', encode = true, custom_access = 'ol-access', }, ['OSTI'] = { parameters = {'OSTI', 'osti'}, link = 'Office of Scientific and Technical Information', label = 'OSTI', mode = 'external', prefix = '//www.osti.gov/energycitations/product.biblio.jsp?osti_id=', -- protocol relative tested 2013-09-04 COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', custom_access = 'osti-access', }, ['PMC'] = { parameters = {'PMC', 'pmc'}, link = 'PubMed Central', label = 'PMC', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC', suffix = " ", COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['PMID'] = { parameters = {'PMID', 'pmid'}, link = 'PubMed Identifier', label = 'PMID', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/', COinS = 'info:pmid', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['RFC'] = { parameters = {'RFC', 'rfc'}, link = 'Request for Comments', label = 'RFC', mode = 'external', prefix = '//tools.ietf.org/html/rfc', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['SSRN'] = { parameters = {'SSRN', 'ssrn'}, link = 'Social Science Research Network', label = 'SSRN', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//ssrn.com/abstract=', -- protocol relative tested 2013-09-04 COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', access = 'free', -- always free to read }, ['USENETID'] = { parameters = {'message-id'}, link = 'Usenet', label = 'Usenet:', mode = 'manual', prefix = 'news:', encode = false, COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ZBL'] = { parameters = {'ZBL', 'zbl'}, link = 'Zentralblatt MATH', label = 'Zbl', mode = 'manual', prefix = '//zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, } return { aliases = aliases, special_case_translation = special_case_translation, defaults = defaults, date_names = date_names, error_conditions = error_conditions, id_handlers = id_handlers, keywords = keywords, stripmarkers=stripmarkers, invisible_chars = invisible_chars, indic_script = indic_script, maint_cats = maint_cats, messages = messages, presentation = presentation, prop_cats = prop_cats, script_lang_codes = script_lang_codes, title_types = title_types, uncategorized_namespaces = uncategorized_namespaces, uncategorized_subpages = uncategorized_subpages, templates_using_volume = templates_using_volume, templates_using_issue = templates_using_issue, templates_not_using_page = templates_not_using_page, } 7uxdm8uq8hn6e88hzh4y9kwj2dpf1e0 10 74013 205527 2022-08-01T21:30:38Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Separated entries|main}}<noinclude> {{Lua|Modul:Separated entries}} </noinclude> wikitext text/x-wiki {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Separated entries|main}}<noinclude> {{Lua|Modul:Separated entries}} </noinclude> c7z1sy9m3z1f5721a27x1je8rwt7bef 828 74014 205528 2022-08-01T21:31:33Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'tr... Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end swdskn7svew8i9wuydn9uj5l3r2ghcs 828 74015 205529 2022-08-01T21:32:16Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: -- This module outputs different kinds of lists. At the moment, bulleted, -- unbulleted, horizontal, ordered, and horizontal ordered lists are supported. local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args)... Scribunto text/plain -- This module outputs different kinds of lists. At the moment, bulleted, -- unbulleted, horizontal, ordered, and horizontal ordered lists are supported. local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes data.classes = {} if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist hlist-separated') elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for i, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for i, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for i, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, '%S') then return nil end if mw.ustring.find(value, '^%s*[%*#;:]') then return value else return value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end return nil end }) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p 1kfxv6e8upfdko23gc41ky0lax25kzs 828 74016 205530 2022-08-01T21:32:51Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: require('Module:No globals') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions ---------------------------------------------------------------------... Scribunto text/plain require('Module:No globals') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink) else talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end -- set templatestyles self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.base_templatestyles }, }) -- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as -- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we -- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places if self.templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.templatestyles }, }) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-invalid-type') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) tlnzbh6rckdvi5694ry4mke70gzdrju 828 74017 205531 2022-08-01T21:33:23Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {} function mt.__index (t, k) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end return nil end function mt.__newindex(t, k, v) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end rawset(t, k, v) end setmetatable(_G, mt) Scribunto text/plain local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {} function mt.__index (t, k) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end return nil end function mt.__newindex(t, k, v) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end rawset(t, k, v) end setmetatable(_G, mt) gggsv54pq7f94l3up48hr91qtxnskdm 205532 205531 2022-08-01T21:34:18Z (G)jabz 12383 Scribunto text/plain local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {} function mt.__index (t, k) if k ~= 'arg' then -- perf optimization here and below: do not load Module:TNT unless there is an error error(require('Modul:TNT').format('I18n/No globals', 'err-read', tostring(k)), 2) end return nil end function mt.__newindex(t, k, v) if k ~= 'arg' then error(require('Modul:TNT').format('I18n/No globals', 'err-write', tostring(k)), 2) end rawset(t, k, v) end setmetatable(_G, mt) k6gp3j0p5nadqlgwjzuyld3hcc4elnq 828 74018 205533 2022-08-01T21:34:56Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy',... Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this template message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css' }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css' }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css' }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css' } } ldagdlymcob5mvkzqgflnky08km8w0g 828 74019 205534 2022-08-01T21:35:33Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px sol... sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } .ombox .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } gt34qcz2etl1lglsfax1xmoaasgmdxe 828 74020 205535 2022-08-01T21:36:23Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: --[[--------------------------< S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------------------------- Because a steady-state signal conveys no useful information, whitelist.basic_arguments[] list items can have three values: true - these parameters are valid and supported parameters false - these parameters are deprecated but still supported tracked - these parameters are valid and supported parameters tracked in an eponymous properties category nil - these par... Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------------------------- Because a steady-state signal conveys no useful information, whitelist.basic_arguments[] list items can have three values: true - these parameters are valid and supported parameters false - these parameters are deprecated but still supported tracked - these parameters are valid and supported parameters tracked in an eponymous properties category nil - these parameters are no longer supported. remove entirely ]] local basic_arguments = { ['accessdate'] = true, ['access-date'] = true, ['agency'] = true, ['archivedate'] = true, ['archive-date'] = true, ['archive-format'] = true, ['archiveurl'] = true, ['archive-url'] = true, ['article'] = true, ['article-format'] = true, ['article-url'] = true, ['article-url-access'] = true, ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['asin'] = true, ['ASIN'] = true, ['asin-tld'] = true, ['at'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['authors'] = true, ['bibcode'] = true, ['bibcode-access'] = true, ['biorxiv'] = true, -- cite biorxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['chapter'] = true, ['chapter-format'] = true, ['chapter-url'] = true, ['chapter-url-access'] = true, ['citeseerx'] = true, -- cite citeseerx; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['collaboration'] = true, ['contribution'] = true, ['contribution-format'] = true, ['contribution-url'] = true, ['contribution-url-access'] = true, ['contributor'] = true, ['contributor-first'] = true, ['contributor-given'] = true, ['contributor-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['department'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['dictionary'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['display-contributors'] = true, ['display-editors'] = true, ['display-interviewers'] = true, ['display-subjects'] = true, ['display-translators'] = true, ['doi'] = true, ['DOI'] = true, ['doi-access'] = true, ['doi-broken-date'] = true, ['edition'] = true, ['editor'] = true, ['editor-first'] = true, ['editor-given'] = true, ['editor-last'] = true, ['editor-surname'] = true, ['editor-link'] = true, ['editor-mask'] = true, ['eissn'] = true, ['EISSN'] = true, ['encyclopaedia'] = true, ['encyclopedia'] = true, ['entry'] = true, ['entry-format'] = true, ['entry-url'] = true, ['entry-url-access'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['first'] = true, ['format'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['hdl'] = true, ['HDL'] = true, ['hdl-access'] = true, ['host'] = true, -- unique to certain templates? ['id'] = true, ['ID'] = true, ['institution'] = true, -- constrain to cite thesis? ['interviewer'] = true, ['interviewer-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask'] = true, ['isbn'] = true, ['ISBN'] = true, ['ismn'] = true, ['ISMN'] = true, ['issn'] = true, ['ISSN'] = true, ['issue'] = true, ['jfm'] = true, ['JFM'] = true, ['journal'] = true, ['jstor'] = true, ['JSTOR'] = true, ['jstor-access'] = true, ['lang'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['lay-date'] = false, ['lay-format'] = false, ['lay-source'] = false, ['lay-url'] = false, ['lccn'] = true, ['LCCN'] = true, ['location'] = true, ['magazine'] = true, ['medium'] = true, ['minutes'] = true, -- constrain to cite AV media and podcast? ['mode'] = true, ['mr'] = true, ['MR'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['newspaper'] = true, ['no-pp'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['number'] = true, ['oclc'] = true, ['OCLC'] = true, ['ol'] = true, ['OL'] = true, ['ol-access'] = true, ['orig-date'] = true, ['origyear'] = true, ['orig-year'] = true, ['osti'] = true, ['OSTI'] = true, ['osti-access'] = true, ['others'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['people'] = true, ['periodical'] = true, ['place'] = true, ['pmc'] = true, ['PMC'] = true, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = true, ['pmid'] = true, ['PMID'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['publication-date'] = true, ['publication-place'] = true, ['publisher'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['quote-page'] = true, ['quote-pages'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['rfc'] = true, ['RFC'] = true, ['sbn'] = true, ['SBN'] = true, ['scale'] = true, ['script-article'] = true, ['script-chapter'] = true, ['script-contribution'] = true, ['script-entry'] = true, ['script-journal'] = true, ['script-magazine'] = true, ['script-newspaper'] = true, ['script-periodical'] = true, ['script-quote'] = true, ['script-section'] = true, ['script-title'] = true, ['script-website'] = true, ['script-work'] = true, ['section'] = true, ['section-format'] = true, ['section-url'] = true, ['section-url-access'] = true, ['series'] = true, ['ssrn'] = true, -- cite ssrn; these three here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, ['subject'] = true, ['subject-link'] = true, ['subject-mask'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['s2cid'] = true, ['S2CID'] = true, ['s2cid-access'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['time'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['time-caption'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['title'] = true, ['title-link'] = true, ['translator'] = true, ['translator-first'] = true, ['translator-given'] = true, ['translator-last'] = true, ['translator-surname'] = true, ['translator-link'] = true, ['translator-mask'] = true, ['trans-article'] = true, ['trans-chapter'] = true, ['trans-contribution'] = true, ['trans-entry'] = true, ['trans-journal'] = true, ['trans-magazine'] = true, ['trans-newspaper'] = true, ['trans-periodical'] = true, ['trans-quote'] = true, ['trans-section'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['trans-website'] = true, ['trans-work'] = true, ['type'] = true, ['url'] = true, ['URL'] = true, ['url-access'] = true, ['url-status'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['veditors'] = true, ['version'] = true, ['via'] = true, ['volume'] = true, ['website'] = true, ['work'] = true, ['year'] = true, ['zbl'] = true, ['ZBL'] = true, } local numbered_arguments = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['contributor#'] = true, ['contributor-first#'] = true, ['contributor#-first'] = true, ['contributor-given#'] = true, ['contributor#-given'] = true, ['contributor-last#'] = true, ['contributor#-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname#'] = true, ['contributor#-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link#'] = true, ['contributor#-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask#'] = true, ['contributor#-mask'] = true, ['editor#'] = true, ['editor-first#'] = true, ['editor#-first'] = true, ['editor-given#'] = true, ['editor#-given'] = true, ['editor-last#'] = true, ['editor#-last'] = true, ['editor-surname#'] = true, ['editor#-surname'] = true, ['editor-link#'] = true, ['editor#-link'] = true, ['editor-mask#'] = true, ['editor#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['host#'] = true, ['interviewer#'] = true, ['interviewer-first#'] = true, ['interviewer#-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given#'] = true, ['interviewer#-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last#'] = true, ['interviewer#-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname#'] = true, ['interviewer#-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link#'] = true, ['interviewer#-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask#'] = true, ['interviewer#-mask'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['subject#'] = true, ['subject-link#'] = true, ['subject#-link'] = true, ['subject-mask#'] = true, ['subject#-mask'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, ['translator#'] = true, ['translator-first#'] = true, ['translator#-first'] = true, ['translator-given#'] = true, ['translator#-given'] = true, ['translator-last#'] = true, ['translator#-last'] = true, ['translator-surname#'] = true, ['translator#-surname'] = true, ['translator-link#'] = true, ['translator#-link'] = true, ['translator-mask#'] = true, ['translator#-mask'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< P R E P R I N T S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------- Cite arXiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, and cite ssrn are preprint templates that use the limited set of parameters defined in the limited_basic_arguments and limited_numbered_arguments tables. Those lists are supplemented with a template-specific list of parameters that are required by the particular template and may be exclusive to one of the preprint templates. Some of these parameters may also be available to the general cs1|2 templates. Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local preprint_arguments = { arxiv = { ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers ['class'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers }, biorxiv = { ['biorxiv'] = true, }, citeseerx = { ['citeseerx'] = true, }, ssrn = { ['ssrn'] = true, ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< L I M I T E D S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >---------------------- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, and cite ssrn templates are preprint templates so are allowed only a limited subset of parameters allowed to all other cs1|2 templates. The limited subset is defined here. Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local limited_basic_arguments = { ['at'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['authors'] = true, ['collaboration'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['first'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['mode'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['title'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['year'] = true, } local limited_numbered_arguments = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< U N I Q U E _ A R G U M E N T S >---------------------------------------------- Some templates have unique parameters. Those templates and their unique parameters are listed here. Keys in this table are the template's CitationClass parameter value Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local unique_arguments = { ['audio-visual'] = { ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, conference = { ['book-title'] = true, ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['event'] = true, }, episode = { ['airdate'] = true, ['air-date'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['season'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['series-no'] = true, ['series-number'] = true, ['station'] = true, ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcripturl'] = false, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, mailinglist = { ['mailing-list'] = true, }, map = { ['cartography'] = true, ['inset'] = true, ['map'] = true, ['map-format'] = true, ['map-url'] = true, ['map-url-access'] = true, ['script-map'] = true, ['sections'] = true, ['sheet'] = true, ['sheets'] = true, ['trans-map'] = true, }, newsgroup = { ['message-id'] = true, ['newsgroup'] = true, }, report = { ['docket'] = true, }, serial = { ['airdate'] = true, ['air-date'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode'] = true, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['station'] = true, }, speech = { ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['event'] = true, }, thesis = { ['degree'] = true, ['docket'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ L I S T _ G E T >-------------------------------------------- gets a list of the templates from table t ]] local function template_list_get (t) local out = {}; -- a table for output for k, _ in pairs (t) do -- spin through the table and collect the keys table.insert (out, k) -- add each key to the output table end return out; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D T A B L E S >------------------------------------------------ ]] return { basic_arguments = basic_arguments, numbered_arguments = numbered_arguments, limited_basic_arguments = limited_basic_arguments, limited_numbered_arguments = limited_numbered_arguments, preprint_arguments = preprint_arguments, preprint_template_list = template_list_get (preprint_arguments), -- make a template list from preprint_arguments{} table unique_arguments = unique_arguments, unique_param_template_list = template_list_get (unique_arguments), -- make a template list from unique_arguments{} table }; c31769ha0b0k636k736zgv3no6leh8l 828 74021 205536 2022-08-01T21:37:02Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: local z = { error_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors error_ids_t = {}; -- list of error identifiers; used to prevent duplication of certain errors; local to this module error_msgs_t = {}; -- sequence table of error messages maint_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work prop_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citation... Scribunto text/plain local z = { error_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors error_ids_t = {}; -- list of error identifiers; used to prevent duplication of certain errors; local to this module error_msgs_t = {}; -- sequence table of error messages maint_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work prop_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance prop_keys_t = {}; -- for adding classes to the citation's <cite> tag }; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------ Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string. ]] local function is_set (var) return not (var == nil or var == ''); end --[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >-------------------------------------------------------------- Whether needle is in haystack ]] local function in_array (needle, haystack) if needle == nil then return false; end for n, v in ipairs (haystack) do if v == needle then return n; end end return false; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ A C C E P T _ A S _ W R I T T E N >------------------------------------ When <str> is wholly wrapped in accept-as-written markup, return <str> without markup and true; return <str> and false else with allow_empty = false, <str> must have at least one character inside the markup with allow_empty = true, <str> the markup frame can be empty like (()) to distinguish an empty template parameter from the specific condition "has no applicable value" in citation-context. After further evaluation the two cases might be merged at a later stage, but should be kept separated for now. ]] local function has_accept_as_written (str, allow_empty) if not is_set (str) then return str, false; end local count; if true == allow_empty then str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1'); -- allows (()) to be an empty set else str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); end return str, 0 ~= count; end --[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table. <args> may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings. ]] local function substitute (msg, args) return args and mw.message.newRawMessage (msg, args):plain() or msg; end --[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >---------------------------------------------------- Wraps error messages with CSS markup according to the state of hidden. <content> may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings. ]] local function error_comment (content, hidden) return substitute (hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content); end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified: letter - letter (A - B) digit - digit (4-5) digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) any other forms are returned unmodified. str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list ]] local function hyphen_to_dash (str) if not is_set (str) then return str; end local accept; -- boolean str = str:gsub ("(%(%(.-%)%))", function(m) return m:gsub(",", "，"):gsub(";", "；") end) -- replace commas and semicolons in accept-as-written markup with similar unicode characters so they'll be ignored during the split str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character local out = {}; local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list item, accept = has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters else item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace end end table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table end local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string temp_str, accept = has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out if accept then temp_str = has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); else return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); -- else, return assembled temp_str end end --[=[-------------------------< M A K E _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Makes a wikilink; when both link and display text is provided, returns a wikilink in the form [[L|D]]; if only link is provided (or link and display are the same), returns a wikilink in the form [[L]]; if neither are provided or link is omitted, returns an empty string. ]=] local function make_wikilink (link, display) if not is_set (link) then return '' end if is_set (display) and link ~= display then return table.concat ({'[[', link, '|', display, ']]'}); else return table.concat ({'[[', link, ']]'}); end end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ M E S S A G E >---------------------------------------------------------- Sets an error message using the ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table along with arguments supplied in the function call, inserts the resulting message in z.error_msgs_t{} sequence table, and returns the error message. <error_id> – key value for appropriate error handler in ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table <arguments> – may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings to be subsititued into error_conditions[error_id].message <raw> – boolean true – causes this function to return the error message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; returns error_conditions[error_id].hidden as a second return value does not add message to z.error_msgs_t sequence table false, nil – adds message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag to z.error_msgs_t returns the error message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; there is no second return value <prefix> – string to be prepended to <message> -- TODO: remove support for these unused(?) arguments? <suffix> – string to be appended to <message> TODO: change z.error_cats_t and z.maint_cats_t to have the form cat_name = true? this to avoid dups without having to have an extra table ]] local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maint_cats_t; TODO: figure out how to delete this table local function set_message (error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix) local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[error_id]; prefix = prefix or ''; suffix = suffix or ''; if error_state == nil then error (cfg.messages['undefined_error'] .. ': ' .. error_id); -- because missing error handler in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration elseif is_set (error_state.category) then if error_state.message then -- when error_state.message defined, this is an error message table.insert (z.error_cats_t, error_state.category); else if not added_maint_cats[error_id] then added_maint_cats[error_id] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (error_state.category, arguments)); -- make cat name then add to table end return; -- because no message, nothing more to do end end local message = substitute (error_state.message, arguments); message = table.concat ( { message, ' (', make_wikilink ( table.concat ( { cfg.messages['help page link'], '#', error_state.anchor }), cfg.messages['help page label']), ')' }); z.error_ids_t[error_id] = true; if z.error_ids_t['err_citation_missing_title'] and -- if missing-title error already noted in_array (error_id, {'err_bare_url_missing_title', 'err_trans_missing_title'}) then -- and this error is one of these return '', false; -- don't bother because one flavor of missing title is sufficient end message = table.concat ({prefix, message, suffix}); if true == raw then return message, error_state.hidden; -- return message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag end message = error_comment (message, error_state.hidden); -- wrap message in visible-error, hidden-error span tag table.insert (z.error_msgs_t, message); -- add it to the messages sequence table return message; -- and done; return value generally not used but is used as a flag in various functions of ~/Identifiers end --[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >----------------------------------------------------- This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list provided by the template. Input: args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one enumerated – true/false flag used to choose how enumerated aliases are examined value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected Returns: value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected ]] local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list) if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters? alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index else alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists end if is_set (args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases local skip; for _, v in ipairs (error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias if v == alias then skip = true; break; -- has been added so stop looking end end if not skip then -- has not been added so table.insert (error_list, alias); -- add error alias to the error list end else value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one selected = alias; end end return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------ Adds a category to z.maint_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maint_cats_t. ]] local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments) if not added_maint_cats [key] then added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.prop_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.prop_cats_t local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments, key_modifier) local key_modified = key .. ((key_modifier and key_modifier) or ''); -- modify <key> with <key_modifier> if present and not nil if not added_prop_cats [key_modified] then added_prop_cats [key_modified] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.prop_cats_t, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table table.insert (z.prop_keys_t, 'cs1-prop-' .. key); -- convert key to class for use in the citation's <cite> tag end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >---------------------------------------------- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... '' Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]] local function safe_for_italics (str) if not is_set (str) then return str end if str:sub (1, 1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end if str:sub (-1, -1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end return str:gsub ('\n', ' '); -- Remove newlines as they break italics. end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------------- Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg(). ]] local function wrap_style (key, str) if not is_set (str) then return ""; elseif in_array (key, {'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title'}) then str = safe_for_italics (str); end return substitute (cfg.presentation[key], {str}); end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ S E P _ L I S T >------------------------------------------------------------ make a separated list of items using provided separators. <sep_list> - typically '<comma><space>' <sep_list_pair> - typically '<space>and<space>' <sep_list_end> - typically '<comma><space>and<space>' or '<comma><space>&<space>' defaults to cfg.presentation['sep_list'], cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'], and cfg.presentation['sep_list_end'] if <sep_list_end> is specified, <sep_list> and <sep_list_pair> must also be supplied ]] local function make_sep_list (count, list_seq, sep_list, sep_list_pair, sep_list_end) local list = ''; if not sep_list then -- set the defaults sep_list = cfg.presentation['sep_list']; sep_list_pair = cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair']; sep_list_end = cfg.presentation['sep_list_end']; end if 2 >= count then list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list_pair); -- insert separator between two items; returns list_seq[1] then only one item elseif 2 < count then list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list, 1, count - 1); -- concatenate all but last item with plain list separator list = table.concat ({list, list_seq[count]}, sep_list_end); -- concatenate last item onto end of <list> with final separator end return list; end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >---------------------------------------------------------- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider. The list of parameters to consider is just names. For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'. Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities. Generates an error if more than one match is present. ]] local function select_one (args, aliases_list, error_condition, index) local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen local error_list = {}; if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end for _, alias in ipairs (aliases_list) do -- for each alias in the aliases list if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias end value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias else value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- test for non-enumerated alias end end if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names() for i, v in ipairs (error_list) do error_list[i] = wrap_style ('parameter', v); end table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', selected)); set_message (error_condition, {make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); end return value, selected; end --[=[-------------------------< R E M O V E _ W I K I _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------- Gets the display text from a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B The str:gsub() returns either A|B froma [[A|B]] or B from [[B]] or B from B (no wikilink markup). In l(), l:gsub() removes the link and pipe (if they exist); the second :gsub() trims whitespace from the label if str was wrapped in wikilink markup. Presumably, this is because without wikimarkup in str, there is no match in the initial gsub, the replacement function l() doesn't get called. ]=] local function remove_wiki_link (str) return (str:gsub ("%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l) return l:gsub ("^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub ("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1"); end)); end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ W I K I L I N K >-------------------------------------------------------- Determines if str is a wikilink, extracts, and returns the wikilink type, link text, and display text parts. If str is a complex wikilink ([[L|D]]): returns wl_type 2 and D and L from [[L|D]]; if str is a simple wikilink ([[D]]) returns wl_type 1 and D from [[D]] and L as empty string; if not a wikilink: returns wl_type 0, str as D, and L as empty string. trims leading and trailing whitespace and pipes from L and D ([[L|]] and [[|D]] are accepted by MediaWiki and treated like [[D]]; while [[|D|]] is not accepted by MediaWiki, here, we accept it and return D without the pipes). ]=] local function is_wikilink (str) local D, L local wl_type = 2; -- assume that str is a complex wikilink [[L|D]] if not str:match ('^%[%[[^%]]+%]%]$') then -- is str some sort of a wikilink (must have some sort of content) return 0, str, ''; -- not a wikilink; return wl_type as 0, str as D, and empty string as L end L, D = str:match ('^%[%[([^|]+)|([^%]]+)%]%]$'); -- get L and D from [[L|D]] if not is_set (D) then -- if no separate display D = str:match ('^%[%[([^%]]*)|*%]%]$'); -- get D from [[D]] or [[D|]] wl_type = 1; end D = mw.text.trim (D, '%s|'); -- trim white space and pipe characters return wl_type, D, L or ''; end --[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >-------------------------------- Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata. This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind. Returns the argument without wiki markup and a number; the number is more-or-less meaningless except as a flag to indicate that markup was replaced; do not rely on it as an indicator of how many of any kind of markup was removed; returns the argument and nil when no markup removed ]] local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument) if not is_set (argument) then return argument, nil; -- no argument, nothing to do end if nil == argument:find ( "''", 1, true ) then -- Is there at least one double apostrophe? If not, exit. return argument, nil; end local flag; while true do if argument:find ("'''''", 1, true) then -- bold italic (5) argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it elseif argument:find ("''''", 1, true) then -- italic start and end without content (4) argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'", ""); elseif argument:find ("'''", 1, true) then -- bold (3) argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'", ""); elseif argument:find ("''", 1, true) then -- italic (2) argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'", ""); else break; end end return argument, flag; -- done end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >---------------------------------------------------------------- ]] return { add_maint_cat = add_maint_cat, -- exported functions add_prop_cat = add_prop_cat, error_comment = error_comment, has_accept_as_written = has_accept_as_written, hyphen_to_dash = hyphen_to_dash, in_array = in_array, is_set = is_set, is_wikilink = is_wikilink, make_sep_list = make_sep_list, make_wikilink = make_wikilink, remove_wiki_link = remove_wiki_link, safe_for_italics = safe_for_italics, select_one = select_one, set_message = set_message, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, strip_apostrophe_markup = strip_apostrophe_markup, substitute = substitute, wrap_style = wrap_style, z = z, -- exported table } kk801mqzkv4xrvmuck62gy23fyu6dl0 828 74022 205538 2022-08-01T21:39:00Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local add_prop_cat, is_set, in_array, set_message, substitute, wrap_style; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------- Fil... Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local add_prop_cat, is_set, in_array, set_message, substitute, wrap_style; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------- File-scope variables are declared here ]] local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- used by is_valid_accessdate(), is_valid_year(), date_name_xlate(); TODO: move to ~/Configuration? local year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year() --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ A C C E S S D A T E >---------------------------------------- returns true if: Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < today + 2 days Wikipedia start date is 2001-01-15T00:00:00 UTC which is 979516800 seconds after 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC (the start of Unix time) accessdate is the date provided in |access-date= at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates. ]=] local function is_valid_accessdate (accessdate) local good1, good2; local access_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix time stamps representing the dates good1, access_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', accessdate ); -- convert accessdate value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand access_ts = tonumber (access_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (access_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix time stamp end if 979516800 <= access_ts and access_ts < tomorrow_ts then -- Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < tomorrow's date return true; else return false; -- accessdate out of range end end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid month, returns 0 ]] local function get_month_number (month) return cfg.date_names['local'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['local'].short[month] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['en'].short[month] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized month name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E A S O N _ N U M B E R >-------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the sequence of seasons in a year: 21 for Spring, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid season, returns 0. 21-24 = Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, independent of “Hemisphere” returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction. These additional divisions not currently supported: 25-28 = Spring - Northern Hemisphere, Summer- Northern Hemisphere, Autumn - Northern Hemisphere, Winter - Northern Hemisphere 29-32 = Spring – Southern Hemisphere, Summer– Southern Hemisphere, Autumn – Southern Hemisphere, Winter - Southern Hemisphere 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_season_number (season, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- season dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].season[season] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].season[season] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized season name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ Q U A R T E R _ N U M B E R >------------------------------------------ returns a number according to the sequence of quarters in a year: 33 for first quarter, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid quarter, returns 0. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Quarter numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons and quarters. These additional divisions not currently supported: 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_quarter_number (quarter, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- quarter dates only supported by |date= end quarter = mw.ustring.gsub (quarter, ' +', ' '); -- special case replace multiple space chars with a single space char return cfg.date_names['local'].quarter[quarter] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].quarter[quarter] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized quarter name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ P R O P E R _ N A M E _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------- returns a non-zero number if date contains a recognized proper-name. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. returns 0 when <param> is not |date= ]] local function get_proper_name_number (name, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- proper-name dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].named[name] or -- look for local names dates first cfg.date_names['en'].named[name] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized named date end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ E L E M E N T _ N U M B E R <------------------------------------------ returns true if month or season or quarter or proper name is valid (properly spelled, capitalized, abbreviated) ]] local function get_element_number (element, param) local num; local funcs = {get_month_number, get_season_number, get_quarter_number, get_proper_name_number}; -- list of functions to execute in order for _, func in ipairs (funcs) do -- spin through the function list num = func (element, param); -- call the function and get the returned number if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter return num; -- return that number end end return nil; -- not valid end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------- Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one year in the future are not acceptable. Special case for |pmc-embargo-date=: years more than two years in the future are not acceptable ]] local function is_valid_year (year, param) if not is_set (year_limit) then year_limit = tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+1; -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once end year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison; if 'pmc-embargo-date' == param then -- special case for |pmc-embargo-date= return year and (year <= tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+2) or false; -- years more than two years in the future are not accepted end return year and (year <= year_limit) or false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------- Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future than next year; else returns false. Assumes Julian calendar prior to year 1582 and Gregorian calendar thereafter. Accounts for Julian calendar leap years before 1582 and Gregorian leap years after 1582. Where the two calendars overlap (1582 to approximately 1923) dates are assumed to be Gregorian. ]] local function is_valid_date (year, month, day, param) local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; local month_length; if not is_valid_year (year, param) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future return false; end month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates if (2 == month) then -- if February month_length = 28; -- then 28 days unless if 1582 > tonumber(year) then -- Julian calendar if 0 == (year%4) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end else -- Gregorian calendar if (0 == (year%4) and (0 ~= (year%100) or 0 == (year%400))) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end end else month_length = days_in_month[month]; end if tonumber (day) > month_length then return false; end return true; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ R A N G E _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Months in a range are expected to have the same style: Jan–Mar or October–December but not February–Mar or Jul–August. This function looks in cfg.date_names{} to see if both month names are listed in the long subtable or both are listed in the short subtable. When both have the same style (both are listed in the same table), returns true; false else ]] local function is_valid_month_range_style (month1, month2) if (cfg.date_names.en.long[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.long[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names.en.short[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.short[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the short subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].long[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].long[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].short[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].short[month2]) then -- are both local names listed in the short subtable? return true; end return false; -- names are mixed end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ S E A S O N _ R A N G E >------------------------ Check a pair of months or seasons to see if both are valid members of a month or season pair. Month pairs are expected to be left to right, earliest to latest in time. All season ranges are accepted as valid because there are publishers out there who have published a Summer–Spring YYYY issue, hence treat as ok ]] local function is_valid_month_season_range(range_start, range_end, param) local range_start_number = get_month_number (range_start); local range_end_number; if 0 == range_start_number then -- is this a month range? range_start_number = get_season_number (range_start, param); -- not a month; is it a season? get start season number range_end_number = get_season_number (range_end, param); -- get end season number if (0 ~= range_start_number) and (0 ~= range_end_number) and (range_start_number ~= range_end_number) then return true; -- any season pairing is accepted except when both are the same end return false; -- range_start and/or range_end is not a season end -- here when range_start is a month range_end_number = get_month_number (range_end); -- get end month number if range_start_number < range_end_number and -- range_start is a month; does range_start precede range_end? is_valid_month_range_style (range_start, range_end) then -- do months have the same style? return true; -- proper order and same style end return false; -- range_start month number is greater than or equal to range end number; or range end isn't a month end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ D A T E >------------------------------------------------ This function receives a table of date parts for one or two dates and an empty table reference declared in Module:Citation/CS1. The function is called only for |date= parameters and only if the |date=<value> is determined to be a valid date format. The question of what to do with invalid date formats is not answered here. The date parts in the input table are converted to an ISO 8601 conforming date string: single whole dates: yyyy-mm-dd month and year dates: yyyy-mm year dates: yyyy ranges: yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd yyyy-mm/yyyy-mm yyyy/yyyy Dates in the Julian calendar are reduced to year or year/year so that we don't have to do calendar conversion from Julian to Proleptic Gregorian. The input table has: year, year2 – always present; if before 1582, ignore months and days if present month, month2 – 0 if not provided, 1-12 for months, 21-24 for seasons; 99 Christmas day, day2 – 0 if not provided, 1-31 for days the output table receives: rftdate: an ISO 8601 formatted date rftchron: a free-form version of the date, usually without year which is in rftdate (season ranges and proper-name dates) rftssn: one of four season keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall (lowercase) rftquarter: one of four values: 1, 2, 3, 4 ]] local function make_COinS_date (input, tCOinS_date) local date; -- one date or first date in a range local date2 = ''; -- end of range date -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty detection local year = tonumber(input.year); -- this temporary code to determine the extent of sources dated to the Julian/Gregorian local month = tonumber(input.month); -- interstice 1 October 1582 – 1 January 1926 local day = tonumber (input.day); if (0 ~= day) and -- day must have a value for this to be a whole date (((1582 == year) and (10 <= month) and (12 >= month)) or -- any whole 1582 date from 1 October to 31 December or ((1926 == year) and (1 == month) and (1 == input.day)) or -- 1 January 1926 or ((1582 < year) and (1925 >= year))) then -- any date 1 January 1583 – 31 December 1925 tCOinS_date.inter_cal_cat = true; -- set category flag true end -- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty detection if 1582 > tonumber(input.year) or 20 < tonumber(input.month) then -- Julian calendar or season so &rft.date gets year only date = input.year; if 0 ~= input.year2 and input.year ~= input.year2 then -- if a range, only the second year portion when not the same as range start year date = string.format ('%.4d/%.4d', tonumber(input.year), tonumber(input.year2)) -- assemble the date range end if 20 < tonumber(input.month) then -- if season or proper-name date local season = {[24] = 'winter', [21] = 'spring', [22] = 'summer', [23] = 'fall', [33] = '1', [34] = '2', [35] = '3', [36] = '4', [98] = 'Easter', [99] = 'Christmas'}; -- seasons lowercase, no autumn; proper-names use title case if 0 == input.month2 then -- single season date if 40 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month]; -- proper-name dates elseif 30 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftquarter = season[input.month]; -- quarters else tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- seasons end else -- season range with a second season specified if input.year ~= input.year2 then -- season year – season year range or season year–year tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- start of range season; keep this? if 0~= input.month2 then tCOinS_date.rftchron = string.format ('%s %s – %s %s', season[input.month], input.year, season[input.month2], input.year2); end else -- season–season year range tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- start of range season; keep this? tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month] .. '–' .. season[input.month2]; -- season–season year range end end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date; return; -- done end if 0 ~= input.day then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month), tonumber(input.day)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month)); -- year and month else date = string.format ('%s', input.year); -- just year end if 0 ~= input.year2 then if 0 ~= input.day2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2), tonumber(input.day2)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2)); -- year and month else date2 = string.format ('/%s', input.year2); -- just year end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date .. date2; -- date2 has the '/' separator return; end --[[--------------------------< P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------------------------------------- this is the list of patterns for date formats that this module recognizes. Approximately the first half of these patterns represent formats that might be reformatted into another format. Those that might be reformatted have 'indicator' letters that identify the content of the matching capture: 'd' (day), 'm' (month), 'a' (anchor year), 'y' (year); second day, month, year have a '2' suffix. These patterns are used for both date validation and for reformatting. This table should not be moved to ~/Configuration because changes to this table require changes to check_date() and to reformatter() and reformat_date() ]] local patterns = { -- year-initial numerical year-month-day ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- month-initial: month day, year ['Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'a', 'y'}, -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash ['Md-dy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day-initial: day month year ['dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)%a?) +(%D-) +(%d%d?)$', 'a', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash ['d-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dM-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Md-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$','m', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dMy-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Mdy-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- these date formats cannot be converted, per se, but month name can be rendered short or long -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash ['My-My'] = {'^(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month/season range year; months separated by endash ['M-My'] = {'^(%D-)[%-–](%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month/season year or proper-name year; quarter year when First Quarter YYYY etc. ['My'] = {'^([^%d–]-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- this way because endash is a member of %D; %D- will match January–March 2019 when it shouldn't -- these date formats cannot be converted ['Sy4-y2'] = {'^(%D-) +((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash ['Sy-y'] = {'^(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash ['y-y'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d?)[%-–]((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 ['y4-y2'] = {'^((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash ['y'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY } --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ E M B A R G O _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true and date value if that value has proper dmy, mdy, ymd format. returns false and 9999 (embargoed forever) when date value is not proper format; assumes that when |pmc-embargo-date= is set, the editor intended to embargo a PMC but |pmc-embargo-date= does not hold a single date. ]] local function is_valid_embargo_date (v) if v:match (patterns['ymd'][1]) or -- ymd v:match (patterns['Mdy'][1]) or -- dmy v:match (patterns['dMy'][1]) then -- mdy return true, v; end return false, '9999'; -- if here not good date so return false and set embargo date to long time in future end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Check date format to see that it is one of the formats approved by WP:DATESNO or WP:DATERANGE. Exception: only allowed range separator is endash. Additionally, check the date to see that it is a real date: no 31 in 30-day months; no 29 February when not a leap year. Months, both long-form and three character abbreviations, and seasons must be spelled correctly. Future years beyond next year are not allowed. If the date fails the format tests, this function returns false and does not return values for anchor_year and COinS_date. When this happens, the date parameter is (DEBUG: not?) used in the COinS metadata and the CITEREF identifier gets its year from the year parameter if present otherwise CITEREF does not get a date value. Inputs: date_string - date string from date-holding parameters (date, year, publication-date, access-date, pmc-embargo-date, archive-date, lay-date) Returns: false if date string is not a real date; else true, anchor_year, COinS_date anchor_year can be used in CITEREF anchors COinS_date is ISO 8601 format date; see make_COInS_date() ]] local function check_date (date_string, param, tCOinS_date) local year; -- assume that year2, months, and days are not used; local year2 = 0; -- second year in a year range local month = 0; local month2 = 0; -- second month in a month range local day = 0; local day2 = 0; -- second day in a day range local anchor_year; local coins_date; if date_string:match (patterns['ymd'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month day format year, month, day = date_string:match (patterns['ymd'][1]); if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 1582 > tonumber(year) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end -- month or day number not valid or not Gregorian calendar anchor_year = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy'][1]) then -- month-initial: month day, year month, day, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-dy'][1]) then -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash month, day, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-dy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2=month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy'][1]) then -- day-initial: day month year day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months --[[ NOT supported at en.wiki elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['yMd'][1]) then -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed anchor_year, year, month, day = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['yMd'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months -- end NOT supported at en.wiki ]] elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['d-dMy'][1]) then -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash day, day2, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['d-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2 = month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dM-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, day2, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dM-dMy'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, month2, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-Mdy'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, year, day2, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, year, month2, day2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy-Mdy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number(month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy4-y2'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash local century; month, year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy4-y2'][1]); if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year month = get_season_number(month, param); elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy-y'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash month, year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy-y'][1]); month = get_season_number (month, param); -- <month> can only be winter or summer; also for metadata if (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Winter']) and (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Summer']) then return false; -- not Summer or Winter; abandon end anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My-My'][1]) then -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash month, year, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My-My'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) and 0 ~= get_month_number(month2) and is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then -- both must be month year, same month style month = get_month_number(month); month2 = get_month_number(month2); elseif 0 ~= get_season_number(month, param) and 0 ~= get_season_number(month2, param) then -- both must be season year, not mixed month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); else return false; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['M-My'][1]) then -- month/season range year; months separated by endash month, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['M-My'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or (not is_valid_year(year)) then return false; end if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) then -- determined to be a valid range so just check this one to know if month or season month = get_month_number(month); month2 = get_month_number(month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end else month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); end year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My'][1]) then -- month/season/quarter/proper-name year month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My'][1]); if not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end month = get_element_number(month, param); -- get month season quarter proper-name number or nil if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y-y'][1]) then -- Year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y-y'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y4-y2'][1]) then -- Year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash local century; year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y4-y2'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if in_array (param, {'date', 'publication-date', 'year'}) then add_prop_cat ('year-range-abbreviated'); end if 13 > tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- don't allow 2003-05 which might be May 2003 year2 = century .. year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y'][1]) then -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y'][1]); if false == is_valid_year(year) then return false; end else return false; -- date format not one of the MOS:DATE approved formats end if 'access-date' == param then -- test accessdate here because we have numerical date parts if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- none of these; accessdate must not be a range if not is_valid_accessdate(year .. '-' .. month .. '-' .. day) then return false; -- return false when accessdate out of bounds end else return false; -- return false when accessdate is a range of two dates end end local result=true; -- check whole dates for validity; assume true because not all dates will go through this test if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- YMD (simple whole date) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param); -- <param> for |pmc-embargo-date= elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-d (day range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month, day2); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-md (day month range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month2, day2); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 ~= year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-ymd (day month year range) result = is_valid_date(year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date(year2, month2, day2); end if false == result then return false; end if nil ~= tCOinS_date then -- this table only passed into this function when testing |date= parameter values make_COinS_date ({year = year, month = month, day = day, year2 = year2, month2 = month2, day2 = day2}, tCOinS_date); -- make an ISO 8601 date string for COinS end return true, anchor_year; -- format is good and date string represents a real date end --[[--------------------------< D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Cycle the date-holding parameters in passed table date_parameters_list through check_date() to check compliance with MOS:DATE. For all valid dates, check_date() returns true. The |date= parameter test is unique, it is the only date holding parameter from which values for anchor_year (used in CITEREF identifiers) and COinS_date (used in the COinS metadata) are derived. The |date= parameter is the only date-holding parameter that is allowed to contain the no-date keywords "n.d." or "nd" (without quotes). Unlike most error messages created in this module, only one error message is created by this function. Because all of the date holding parameters are processed serially, parameters with errors are added to the <error_list> sequence table as the dates are tested. ]] local function dates(date_parameters_list, tCOinS_date, error_list) local anchor_year; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local COinS_date; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local embargo_date; -- if embargo date is a good dmy, mdy, ymd date then holds original value else reset to 9999 local good_date = false; for k, v in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(v.val) then -- if the parameter has a value v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 if v.val:match("^c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- special case for c. year or with or without CITEREF disambiguator - only |date= and |year= local year = v.val:match("c%. ([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?"); -- get the year portion so it can be tested if 'date' == k then anchor_year, COinS_date = v.val:match("((c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)"); -- anchor year and COinS_date only from |date= parameter good_date = is_valid_year(year); elseif 'year' == k then good_date = is_valid_year(year); end elseif 'date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date= if v.val:match("^n%.d%.%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=n.d. with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((n%.d%.)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "n.d."; no error when date parameter is set to no date elseif v.val:match("^nd%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=nd with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((nd)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "nd"; no error when date parameter is set to no date else good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = check_date (v.val, k, tCOinS_date); -- go test the date end elseif 'year' == k then -- if the parameter is |year= it should hold only a year value if v.val:match("^[1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- if |year = 3 or 4 digits only with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((%d+)%a?)"); end elseif 'pmc-embargo-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |pmc-embargo-date= good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date if true == good_date then -- if the date is a valid date good_date, embargo_date = is_valid_embargo_date (v.val); -- is |pmc-embargo-date= date a single dmy, mdy, or ymd formatted date? yes: returns embargo date; no: returns 9999 end else -- any other date-holding parameter good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date end if false == good_date then -- assemble one error message so we don't add the tracking category multiple times table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', v.name)); -- make parameter name suitable for error message list end end end return anchor_year, embargo_date; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------------ Compare the value provided in |year= with the year value(s) provided in |date=. This function sets a local numeric value: 0 - year value does not match the year value in date 1 - (default) year value matches the year value in date or one of the year values when date contains two years 2 - year value matches the year value in date when date is in the form YYYY-MM-DD and year is disambiguated (|year=YYYYx) the numeric value in <result> determines the 'output' if any from this function: 0 – adds error message to error_list sequence table 1 – adds maint cat 2 – does nothing ]] local function year_date_check (year_string, year_origin, date_string, date_origin, error_list) local year; local date1; local date2; local result = 1; -- result of the test; assume that the test passes year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d?)'); if date_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') and year_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%a') then --special case where both date and year are required YYYY-MM-DD and YYYYx date1 = date_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; -- years don't match else result = 2; -- years match; but because disambiguated, don't add to maint cat end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?.-%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard range formats of date with two three- or four-digit years date1, date2 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?).-(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, "%d%d%d%d[%-–]%d%d") then -- YYYY-YY date ranges local century; date1, century, date2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, "((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]+(%d%d)"); date2 = century..date2; -- convert YY to YYYY if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard formats of date with one year date1 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; end else -- should never get here; this function called only when no other date errors result = 0; -- no recognizable year in date end if 0 == result then -- year / date mismatch table.insert (error_list, substitute (cfg.messages['mismatch'], {year_origin, date_origin})); -- add error message to error_list sequence table elseif 1 == result then -- redundant year / date set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< R E F O R M A T T E R >-------------------------------------------------------- reformat 'date' into new format specified by format_param if pattern_idx (the current format of 'date') can be reformatted. Does the grunt work for reformat_dates(). The table re_formats maps pattern_idx (current format) and format_param (desired format) to a table that holds: format string used by string.format() identifier letters ('d', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2') that serve as indexes into a table t{} that holds captures from mw.ustring.match() for the various date parts specified by patterns[pattern_idx][1] Items in patterns{} have the general form: ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, where: ['ymd'] is pattern_idx patterns['ymd'][1] is the match pattern with captures for mw.ustring.match() patterns['ymd'][2] is an indicator letter identifying the content of the first capture patterns['ymd'][3] ... the second capture etc. when a pattern matches a date, the captures are loaded into table t{} in capture order using the idemtifier characters as indexes into t{} For the above, a ymd date is in t{} as: t.y = first capture (year), t.m = second capture (month), t.d = third capture (day) To reformat, this function is called with the pattern_idx that matches the current format of the date and with format_param set to the desired format. This function loads table t{} as described and then calls string.format() with the format string specified by re_format[pattern_idx][format_param][1] using values taken from t{} according to the capture identifier letters specified by patterns[pattern_idx][format_param][n] where n is 2.. ]] local re_formats = { ['ymd'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Md-dy'] = { -- date format is Md-dy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> d-dMy }, ['d-dMy'] = { -- date format is d-d>y; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-dy }, ['dM-dMy'] = { -- date format is dM-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-Mdy }, ['Md-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Md-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> dM-dMy }, ['dMy-dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- |df=mdy -> Mdy-Mdy }, ['Mdy-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- |df=dmy -> dMy-dMy }, ['My-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s – %s %s', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['M-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s–%s %s', 'm', 'm2', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s', 'm', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, -- ['yMd'] = { -- not supported at en.wiki -- ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -- ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -- ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- }, } local function reformatter (date, pattern_idx, format_param, mon_len) if not in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Mdy', 'Md-dy', 'dMy', 'yMd', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- not in this set of date format patterns then not a reformattable date end if 'ymd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- ymd date ranges not supported at en.wiki; no point in reformatting ymd to ymd end if in_array (pattern_idx, {'My', 'M-My', 'My-My'}) then -- these are not dmy/mdy so can't be 'reformatted' into either format_param = 'any'; -- so format-agnostic end -- yMd is not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, uncomment the next line -- if 'yMd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'yMd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy'}) then -- these formats not convertable; yMd not supported at en.wiki if 'yMd' == format_param then -- yMd not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, remove or comment-out this line return; -- not a reformattable date end local c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7; -- these hold the captures specified in patterns[pattern_idx][1] c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7 = mw.ustring.match (date, patterns[pattern_idx][1]); -- get the captures local t = { -- table that holds k/v pairs of date parts from the captures and patterns[pattern_idx][2..] [patterns[pattern_idx][2]] = c1; -- at minimum there is always one capture with a matching indicator letter [patterns[pattern_idx][3] or 'x'] = c2; -- patterns can have a variable number of captures; each capture requires an indicator letter; [patterns[pattern_idx][4] or 'x'] = c3; -- where there is no capture, there is no indicator letter so n in patterns[pattern_idx][n] will be nil; [patterns[pattern_idx][5] or 'x'] = c4; -- the 'x' here spoofs an indicator letter to prevent 'table index is nil' error [patterns[pattern_idx][6] or 'x'] = c5; [patterns[pattern_idx][7] or 'x'] = c6; [patterns[pattern_idx][8] or 'x'] = c7; }; if t.a then -- if this date has an anchor year capture (all convertable date formats except ymd) if t.y2 then -- for year range date formats t.y2 = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date else -- here for single date formats (except ymd) t.y = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date end end if tonumber(t.m) then -- if raw month is a number (converting from ymd) if 's' == mon_len then -- if we are to use abbreviated month names t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name else t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name end t.d = t.d:gsub ('0(%d)', '%1'); -- strip leading '0' from day if present elseif 'ymd' == format_param then -- when converting to ymd t.y = t.y:gsub ('%a', ''); -- strip CITREF disambiguator if present; anchor year already known so process can proceed; TODO: maint message? if 1582 > tonumber (t.y) then -- ymd format dates not allowed before 1582 return; end t.m = string.format ('%02d', get_month_number (t.m)); -- make sure that month and day are two digits t.d = string.format ('%02d', t.d); elseif mon_len then -- if mon_len is set to either 'short' or 'long' for _, mon in ipairs ({'m', 'm2'}) do -- because there can be two month names, check both if t[mon] then t[mon] = get_month_number (t[mon]); -- get the month number for this month (is length agnostic) if 0 == t[mon] then return; end -- seasons and named dates can't be converted t[mon] = (('s' == mon_len) and cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][t[mon]]) or cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][t[mon]]; -- fetch month name according to length end end end local new_date = string.format (re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][1], -- format string t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][2]], -- named captures from t{} t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][3]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][4]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][5]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][6]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][7]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][8]] ); return new_date; end --[[-------------------------< R E F O R M A T _ D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------- Reformats existing dates into the format specified by format. format is one of several manual keywords: dmy, dmy-all, mdy, mdy-all, ymd, ymd-all. The -all version includes access- and archive-dates; otherwise these dates are not reformatted. This function allows automatic date formatting. In ~/Configuration, the article source is searched for one of the {{use xxx dates}} templates. If found, xxx becomes the global date format as xxx-all. If |cs1-dates= in {{use xxx dates}} has legitimate value then that value determines how cs1|2 dates will be rendered. Legitimate values for |cs1-dates= are: l - all dates are rendered with long month names ls - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates use abbreviated month names ly - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format s - all dates are rendered with abbreviated (short) month names sy - publication dates use abbreviated month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format y - all dates are rendered in ymd format the format argument for automatic date formatting will be the format specified by {{use xxx dates}} with the value supplied by |cs1-dates so one of: xxx-l, xxx-ls, xxx-ly, xxx-s, xxx-sy, xxx-y, or simply xxx (|cs1-dates= empty, omitted, or invalid) where xxx shall be either of dmy or mdy. dates are extracted from date_parameters_list, reformatted (if appropriate), and then written back into the list in the new format. Dates in date_parameters_list are presumed here to be valid (no errors). This function returns true when a date has been reformatted, false else. Actual reformatting is done by reformatter(). ]] local function reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, format) local all = false; -- set to false to skip access- and archive-dates local len_p = 'l'; -- default publication date length shall be long local len_a = 'l'; -- default access-/archive-date length shall be long local result = false; local new_date; if format:match('%a+%-all') then -- manual df keyword; auto df keyword when length not specified in {{use xxx dates}}; format = format:match('(%a+)%-all'); -- extract the format all = true; -- all dates are long format dates because this keyword doesn't specify length elseif format:match('%a+%-[lsy][sy]?') then -- auto df keywords; internal only all = true; -- auto df applies to all dates; use length specified by capture len_p for all dates format, len_p, len_a = format:match('(%a+)%-([lsy])([sy]?)'); -- extract the format and length keywords if 'y' == len_p then -- because allowed by MOS:DATEUNIFY (sort of) range dates and My dates not reformatted format = 'ymd'; -- override {{use xxx dates}} elseif (not is_set(len_a)) or (len_p == len_a) then -- no access-/archive-date length specified or same length as publication dates then len_a = len_p; -- in case len_a not set end end -- else only publication dates and they are long for param_name, param_val in pairs (date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value if not (not all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'})) then -- skip access- or archive-date unless format is xxx-all; yeah, ugly; TODO: find a better way for pattern_idx, pattern in pairs (patterns) do if mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, pattern[1]) then if all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'}) then -- if this date is an access- or archive-date new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, (('y' == len_a) and 'ymd') or format, len_a); -- choose ymd or dmy/mdy according to len_a setting else -- all other dates new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, format, len_p); end if new_date then -- set when date was reformatted date_parameters_list[param_name].val = new_date; -- update date in date list result = true; -- and announce that changes have been made end end -- if end -- for end -- if end -- if end -- for return result; -- declare boolean result and done end --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >---------------------------------------- Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any hyphen to an ndash. Not called if the cs1|2 template has any date errors. Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if hyphens are replaced, else returns false. ]] local function date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) local result = false; local n; for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) and not mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, patterns.ymd[1]) then -- for those that are not ymd dates (ustring because here digits may not be Western) param_val.val, n = param_val.val:gsub ('%-', '–'); -- replace any hyphen with ndash if 0 ~= n then date_parameters_list[param_name].val = param_val.val; -- update the list result = true; end end end return result; -- so we know if any hyphens were replaced end --[[-------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E _ X L A T E >------------------------------------------------ Attempts to translate English date names to local-language date names using names supplied by MediaWiki's date parser function. This is simple name-for-name replacement and may not work for all languages. if xlat_dig is true, this function will also translate Western (English) digits to the local language's digits. This will also translate ymd dates. ]] local function date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, xlt_dig) local xlate; local mode; -- long or short month names local modified = false; local date; local sources_t = { {cfg.date_names.en.long, cfg.date_names.inv_local_long}, -- for translating long English month names to long local month names {cfg.date_names.en.short, cfg.date_names.inv_local_short}, -- short month names {cfg.date_names.en.quarter, cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter}, -- quarter date names {cfg.date_names.en.season, cfg.date_names.inv_local_season}, -- season date nam {cfg.date_names.en.named, cfg.date_names.inv_local_named}, -- named dates } local function is_xlateable (month) -- local function to get local date name that replaces existing English-language date name for _, date_names_t in ipairs (sources_t) do -- for each sequence table in date_names_t if date_names_t[1][month] then -- if date name is English month (long or short), quarter, season or named and if date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]] then -- if there is a matching local date name return date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]]; -- return the local date name end end end end for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value date = param_val.val; for month in mw.ustring.gmatch (date, '[%a ]+') do -- iterate through all date names in the date (single date or date range) month = mw.text.trim (month); -- this because quarterly dates contain whitespace xlate = is_xlateable (month); -- get translate <month>; returns translation or nil -- if cfg.date_names.en.long[month] then -- long month dates -- if cfg.date_names.inv_local_long[cfg.date_names.en.long[month]] then -- xlate = cfg.date_names.inv_local_long[cfg.date_names.en.long[month]]; -- end ---- mode = 'F'; -- English name is long so use long local name -- elseif cfg.date_names.en.short[month] then -- short month dates -- if cfg.date_names.inv_local_short[cfg.date_names.en.short[month]] then -- xlate = cfg.date_names.inv_local_short[cfg.date_names.en.short[month]]; -- end ---- mode = 'M'; -- English name is short so use short local name -- elseif cfg.date_names.en.quarter[month] then -- quarter dates -- if cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter[cfg.date_names.en.quarter[month]] then -- xlate = cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter[cfg.date_names.en.quarter[month]]; -- end -- elseif cfg.date_names.en.season[month] then -- season dates -- if cfg.date_names.inv_local_season[cfg.date_names.en.season[month]] then -- xlate = cfg.date_names.inv_local_season[cfg.date_names.en.season[month]]; -- end -- elseif cfg.date_names.en.named[month] then -- named dates -- if cfg.date_names.inv_local_named[cfg.date_names.en.named[month]] then -- xlate = cfg.date_names.inv_local_named[cfg.date_names.en.named[month]]; -- end -- else -- xlate=nil; -- not an English month name; could be local language month name ---- mode = nil; -- not an English month name; could be local language month name or an English season name -- end if xlate then -- if mode then -- might be a season -- xlate = lang_object:formatDate(mode, '1' .. month); -- translate the month name to this local language date = mw.ustring.gsub (date, month, xlate); -- replace the English with the translation date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end if xlt_dig then -- shall we also translate digits? date = date:gsub ('%d', cfg.date_names.xlate_digits); -- translate digits from Western to 'local digits' date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end end return modified; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) add_prop_cat = utilities_page_ptr.add_prop_cat ; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; wrap_style = utilities_page_ptr.wrap_style; cfg = cfg_table_ptr; -- import tables from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { -- return exported functions dates = dates, year_date_check = year_date_check, reformat_dates = reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash = date_hyphen_to_dash, date_name_xlate = date_name_xlate, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules } obboarlfkmx4zbge5gqjllttddlxljn 828 74023 205539 2022-08-01T21:39:41Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, set_message, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities substitute, make_wikilink; local z; -- table of tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[------... Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, set_message, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities substitute, make_wikilink; local z; -- table of tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local auto_link_urls = {}; -- holds identifier URLs for those identifiers that can auto-link |title= --============================<< H E L P E R F U N C T I O N S >>============================================ --[[--------------------------< W I K I D A T A _ A R T I C L E _ N A M E _ G E T >---------------------------- as an aid to internationalizing identifier-label wikilinks, gets identifier article names from Wikidata. returns :<lang code>:<article title> when <q> has an <article title> for <lang code>; nil else for identifiers that do not have q, returns nil for wikis that do not have mw.wikibase installed, returns nil ]] local function wikidata_article_name_get (q) if not is_set (q) or (q and not mw.wikibase) then -- when no q number or when a q number but mw.wikibase not installed on this wiki return nil; -- abandon end local wd_article; local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org wd_article = mw.wikibase.getSitelink (q, this_wiki_code .. 'wiki'); -- fetch article title from WD; nil when no title available at this wiki if wd_article then wd_article = table.concat ({':', this_wiki_code, ':', wd_article}); -- interwiki-style link without brackets if taken from WD; leading colon required end return wd_article; -- article title from WD; nil else end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ L A B E L _ M A K E >------------------------------------------------ common function to create identifier link label from handler table or from Wikidata returns the first available of 1. redirect from local wiki's handler table (if enabled) 2. Wikidata (if there is a Wikidata entry for this identifier in the local wiki's language) 3. label specified in the local wiki's handler table ]] local function link_label_make (handler) local wd_article; if not (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect)) then -- redirect has priority so if enabled and available don't fetch from Wikidata because expensive wd_article = wikidata_article_name_get (handler.q); -- if Wikidata has an article title for this wiki, get it; end return (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect) and handler.redirect) or wd_article or handler.link; end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- Formats a wiki-style external link ]] local function external_link_id (options) local url_string = options.id; local ext_link; local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org local wd_article; -- article title from Wikidata if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then url_string = mw.uri.encode (url_string, 'PATH'); end if options.auto_link and is_set (options.access) then auto_link_urls[options.auto_link] = table.concat ({options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix}); end ext_link = mw.ustring.format ('[%s%s%s %s]', options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "", mw.text.nowiki (options.id)); if is_set (options.access) then ext_link = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[options.access].class, cfg.presentation[options.access].title, ext_link}); -- add the free-to-read / paywall lock end return table.concat ({ make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- redirect, Wikidata link, or locally specified link (in that order) options.separator or '&nbsp;', ext_link }); end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- Formats a wiki-style internal link TODO: Does not currently need to support options.access, options.encode, auto-linking and COinS (as in external_link_id), but may be needed in the future for :m:Interwiki_map custom-prefixes like :arxiv:, :bibcode:, :DOI:, :hdl:, :ISSN:, :JSTOR:, :Openlibrary:, :PMID:, :RFC:. ]] local function internal_link_id (options) local id = mw.ustring.gsub (options.id, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 return table.concat ( { make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- wiki-link the identifier label options.separator or '&nbsp;', -- add the separator make_wikilink ( table.concat ( { options.prefix, id, -- translated to Western digits options.suffix or '' }), substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {'', mw.text.nowiki (options.id)}) -- bdi tags to prevent Latin script identifiers from being reversed at RTL language wikis ); -- nowiki because MediaWiki still has magic links for ISBN and the like; TODO: is it really required? }); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |pmc-embargo-date= against today's date. If embargo date is in the future, returns the content of |pmc-embargo-date=; otherwise, returns an empty string because the embargo has expired or because |pmc-embargo-date= was not set in this cite. ]] local function is_embargoed (embargo) if is_set (embargo) then local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); local good1, embargo_date, todays_date; good1, embargo_date = pcall (lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo); todays_date = lang:formatDate ('U'); if good1 then -- if embargo date is a good date if tonumber (embargo_date) >= tonumber (todays_date) then -- is embargo date is in the future? return embargo; -- still embargoed else set_message ('maint_pmc_embargo'); -- embargo has expired; add main cat return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired end end end return ''; -- |pmc-embargo-date= not set return empty string end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ B I O R X I V _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true if: 2019-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < today + 2 days The dated form of biorxiv identifier has a start date of 2019-12-11. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2019-12-11}} = 1576022400 biorxiv_date is the date provided in those |biorxiv= parameter values that are dated at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang_object.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with date parts and create a YYYY-MM-DD format date. ]=] local function is_valid_biorxiv_date (y, m, d) local biorxiv_date = table.concat ({y, m, d}, '-'); -- make ymd date local good1, good2; local biorxiv_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix timestamps representing the dates local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); good1, biorxiv_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', biorxiv_date); -- convert biorxiv_date value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which tonumber() may not understand biorxiv_ts = tonumber (biorxiv_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (biorxiv_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix timestamp end return ((1576022400 <= biorxiv_ts) and (biorxiv_ts < tomorrow_ts)) -- 2012-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < tomorrow's date end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >----------------------------------------------------- ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all ISBN/ISSN digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in isbn(). If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN/ISSN must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len) local temp = 0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58 len = len + 1; -- adjust to be a loop counter for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum if v == string.byte ("X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58) temp = temp + 10 * (len - i); -- it represents 10 decimal else temp = temp + tonumber (string.char (v) )*(len-i); end end return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------- ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 ISBN/ISMN digits including the check digit. If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN-13/ISMN must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN-13 characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str) local temp=0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39 for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber (string.char (v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit end return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when ISBN-13/ISMN is correct end --[[--------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N >-------------------------------------------------- LCCN normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization) 1. Remove all blanks. 2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash. 3. If there is a hyphen in the string: a. Remove it. b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out): 1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function) 2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six. Returns a normalized LCCN for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function. ]] local function normalize_lccn (lccn) lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace if nil ~= string.find (lccn, '/') then lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it end local prefix local suffix prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen suffix = string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6 lccn = prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the LCCN end return lccn; end --============================<< I D E N T I F I E R F U N C T I O N S >>==================================== --[[--------------------------< A R X I V >-------------------------------------------------------------------- See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier: the first form, valid only between date codes 9107 and 0703, is: arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version> where: <archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation <class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation; not the same as |class= parameter which is not supported in this form <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0 <number> is a three-digit number <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented) the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is: arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> where: <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 <number> is a four-digit number <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces the third form, valid from January 2015 is: arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> where: <date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412 <number> is a five-digit number ]] local function arxiv (options) local id = options.id; local class = options.Class; -- TODO: lowercase? local handler = options.handler; local year, month, version; local err_msg = false; -- assume no error message local text; -- output text if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9107-0703 format with or without version year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month ((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok? err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 with or without version year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) ((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)? err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format with or without version year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end else err_msg = true; -- not a recognized format; flag for error message end if err_msg then options.coins_list_t['ARXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end local err_msg_t = {}; if err_msg then set_message ('err_bad_arxiv'); end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); if is_set (class) then if id:match ('^%d+') then text = table.concat ({text, ' [[//arxiv.org/archive/', class, ' ', class, ']]'}); -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink else set_message ('err_class_ignored'); end end return text; end --[[--------------------------< B I B C O D E >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Validates (sort of) and formats a bibcode ID. Format for bibcodes is specified here: http://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs_doc/help_pages/data.html#bibcodes But, this: 2015arXiv151206696F is apparently valid so apparently, the only things that really matter are length, 19 characters and first four digits must be a year. This function makes these tests: length must be 19 characters characters in position 1–4 must be digits and must represent a year in the range of 1000 – next year 5 must be a letter 6–8 must be letter, digit, ampersand, or dot (ampersand cannot directly precede a dot; &. ) 9–18 must be letter, digit, or dot 19 must be a letter or dot ]] local function bibcode (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local err_type; local err_msg = ''; local year; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); if 19 ~= id:len() then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.length; else year = id:match ("^(%d%d%d%d)[%a][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w.]+[%a%.]$"); if not year then -- if nil then no pattern match err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.value; -- so value error else local next_year = tonumber (os.date ('%Y')) + 1; -- get the current year as a number and add one for next year year = tonumber (year); -- convert year portion of bibcode to a number if (1000 > year) or (year > next_year) then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.year; -- year out of bounds end if id:find('&%.') then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.journal; -- journal abbreviation must not have '&.' (if it does it's missing a letter) end end end if is_set (err_type) then -- if there was an error detected set_message ('err_bad_bibcode', {err_type}); options.coins_list_t['BIBCODE'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< B I O R X I V >----------------------------------------------------------------- Format bioRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Before 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs were 10.1101/ followed by exactly 6 digits. After 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs retained the six-digit identifier but prefixed that with a yyyy.mm.dd. date and suffixed with an optional version identifier. The bioRxiv ID is the string of characters: https://doi.org/10.1101/078733 -> 10.1101/078733 or a date followed by a six-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits: https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 -> 10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 see https://www.biorxiv.org/about-biorxiv ]] local function biorxiv (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_msg = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error local patterns = { '^10.1101/%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 6-digit identifier (before 2019-12-11) '^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (after 2019-12-11) '^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (after 2019-12-11) } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match if id:match (pattern) then local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier if m then -- m is nil when id is the six-digit form if not is_valid_biorxiv_date (y, m, d) then -- validate the encoded date; TODO: don't ignore leap-year and actual month lengths ({{#time:}} is a poor date validator) break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message end end err_msg = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message break; -- and done end end -- err_cat remains set here when no match if err_msg then options.coins_list_t['BIORXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_biorxiv'); -- and set the error message end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< C I T E S E E R X >------------------------------------------------------------ CiteSeerX use their own notion of "doi" (not to be confused with the identifiers resolved via doi.org). The description of the structure of this identifier can be found at Help_talk:Citation_Style_1/Archive_26#CiteSeerX_id_structure ]] local function citeseerx (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local matched; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); matched = id:match ("^10%.1%.1%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$"); if not matched then set_message ('err_bad_citeseerx' ); options.coins_list_t['CITESEERX'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< D O I >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors. DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the DOI name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message. DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash, and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in DOI names. ]] local function doi (options) local id = options.id; local inactive = options.DoiBroken local access = options.access; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; local text; if is_set (inactive) then local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date local inactive_month, good; if is_set (inactive_year) then if 4 < inactive:len() then -- inactive date has more than just a year (could be anything) local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki good, inactive_month = pcall (lang_obj.formatDate, lang_obj, 'F', inactive); -- try to get the month name from the inactive date if not good then inactive_month = nil; -- something went wrong so make sure this is unset end end else inactive_year = nil; -- |doi-broken-date= has something but it isn't a date end if is_set (inactive_year) and is_set (inactive_month) then set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, inactive_month, ' '}); elseif is_set (inactive_year) then set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, '', ''}); else set_message ('maint_doi_inactive'); end inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. ' ' .. inactive .. ')'; end local registrant = mw.ustring.match (id, '^10%.([^/]+)/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$'); -- registrant set when DOI has the proper basic form local registrant_err_patterns = { -- these patterns are for code ranges that are not supported '^[^1-3]%d%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 5 digits with subcode (0xxxx, 40000+); accepts: 10000–39999 '^[^1-5]%d%d%d%d$', -- 5 digits without subcode (0xxxx, 60000+); accepts: 10000–59999 '^[^1-9]%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 4 digits with subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999 '^[^1-9]%d%d%d$', -- 4 digits without subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999 '^%d%d%d%d%d%d+', -- 6 or more digits '^%d%d?%d?$', -- less than 4 digits without subcode (with subcode is legitimate) '^5555$', -- test registrant will never resolve '[^%d%.]', -- any character that isn't a digit or a dot } if not ignore_invalid then if registrant then -- when DOI has proper form for i, pattern in ipairs (registrant_err_patterns) do -- spin through error patterns if registrant:match (pattern) then -- to validate registrant codes err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- when found, mark this DOI as bad break; -- and done end end else err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- invalid directory or malformed end else set_message ('maint_doi_ignore'); end if err_flag then options.coins_list_t['DOI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access, auto_link = not (err_flag or is_set (inactive) or ignore_invalid) and 'doi' or nil -- do not auto-link when |doi-broken-date= has a value or when there is a DOI error or (to play it safe, after all, auto-linking is not essential) when invalid DOIs are ignored }) .. (inactive or ''); return text; end --[[--------------------------< H D L >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Formats an HDL with minor error checking. HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/' Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix. If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message. HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in HDLs. Query string parameters are named here: http://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html. query strings are not displayed but since '?' is an allowed character in an HDL, '?' followed by one of the query parameters is the only way we have to detect the query string so that it isn't URL-encoded with the rest of the identifier. ]] local function hdl (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local query_params = { -- list of known query parameters from http://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html 'noredirect', 'ignore_aliases', 'auth', 'cert', 'index', 'type', 'urlappend', 'locatt', 'action', } local hdl, suffix, param = id:match ('(.-)(%?(%a+).+)$'); -- look for query string local found; if hdl then -- when there are query strings, this is the handle identifier portion for _, q in ipairs (query_params) do -- spin through the list of query parameters if param:match ('^' .. q) then -- if the query string begins with one of the parameters found = true; -- announce a find break; -- and stop looking end end end if found then id = hdl; -- found so replace id with the handle portion; this will be URL-encoded, suffix will not else suffix = ''; -- make sure suffix is empty string for concatenation else end local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, suffix = suffix, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}) if nil == id:match("^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- HDL must contain a forward slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma set_message ('err_bad_hdl' ); options.coins_list_t['HDL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< I S B N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid ]] local function isbn (options) local isbn_str = options.id; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns local ISBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator}); if ignore_invalid then -- if ignoring ISBN errors set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error else -- here when not ignoring if not check then -- and there is an error options.coins_list_t['ISBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_isbn', err_type); -- set an error message return ISBN; -- return id text end end return ISBN; -- return id text end if nil ~= isbn_str:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X end local id = isbn_str:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace local len = id:len(); if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length end if len == 10 then if id:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then -- fail if isbn_str has 'X' anywhere but last position return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); end if not is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- test isbn-10 for numerical validity return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- fail if isbn-10 is not numerically valid end if id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not valid isbn group ids but are used by amazon as numeric identifiers (asin) return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- fail if isbn-10 begins with 630/1 end return return_result (true, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- pass if isbn-10 is numerically valid else if id:match ('^%d+$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if ISBN-13 is not all digits end if id:match ('^97[89]%d*$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.prefix); -- fail when ISBN-13 does not begin with 978 or 979 end if id:match ('^9790') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- group identifier '0' is reserved to ISMN end return return_result (is_valid_isxn_13 (id), cfg.err_msg_supl.check); end end --[[--------------------------< A S I N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: ASIN must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, ASINs must be 10-digit ISBN. If 10-digit ISBN, add a maintenance category so a bot or AWB script can replace |asin= with |isbn=. Error message if not 10 characters, if not ISBN-10, if mixed and first character is a digit. |asin=630....... and |asin=631....... are (apparently) not a legitimate ISBN though it checksums as one; these do not cause this function to emit the maint_asin message This function is positioned here because it calls isbn() ]] local function asin (options) local id = options.id; local domain = options.ASINTLD; local err_flag; if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters else if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X) if is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- see if ASIN value is or validates as ISBN-10 if not id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not a valid isbn prefixes but are used by amazon as a numeric identifier err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN has ISBN-10 form but begins with something other than 630/1 so probably an isbn end elseif not is_set (err_flag) then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not ISBN-10 end elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha end end if (not is_set (domain)) or in_array (domain, {'us'}) then -- default: United States domain = "com"; elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom domain = "co." .. domain; elseif in_array (domain, {'z.cn'}) then -- China domain = "cn"; elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx', 'sg', 'tr'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico, Singapore, Turkey domain = "com." .. domain; elseif not in_array (domain, {'ae', 'ca', 'cn', 'de', 'es', 'fr', 'in', 'it', 'nl', 'pl', 'sa', 'se', 'co.jp', 'co.uk', 'com', 'com.au', 'com.br', 'com.mx', 'com.sg', 'com.tr'}) then -- Arabic Emirates, Canada, China, Germany, Spain, France, Indonesia, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Sweden (as of 2021-03 Austria (.at), Liechtenstein (.li) and Switzerland (.ch) still redirect to the German site (.de) with special settings, so don't maintain local ASINs for them) err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin_tld'); -- unsupported asin-tld value end local handler = options.handler; if not is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/" .. id; -- asin for coins else options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/", id = id, encode = handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) end --[[--------------------------< I S M N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to ISBN-13, ISMN is 13 digits beginning 979-0-... and uses the same check digit calculations. See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf section 2, pages 9–12. ismn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx) or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:) ]] local function ismn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local text; local valid_ismn = true; local id_copy; id_copy = id; -- save a copy because this testing is destructive id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and white space if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match ("^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ISMN must be 13 digits and begin with 9790 valid_ismn = false; else valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ISMN end -- text = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to -- prefix = handler.prefix, id = id_copy, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) text = table.concat ( -- because no place to link to yet { make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label), handler.separator, id_copy }); if false == valid_ismn then options.coins_list_t['ISMN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because ismn not made part of COinS set_message ('err_bad_ismn'); -- create an error message if the ISMN is invalid end return text; end --[[--------------------------< I S S N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an ISSN. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this: |issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the ISSN midpoint. It also validates the ISSN for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check ISSN error message. The ISSN is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the ISSN was given as a single group of 8 digits. ]] local function issn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated ISSN; use this version for display if ISSN does not validate local text; local valid_issn = true; id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match ("^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the ISSN: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position valid_issn = false; -- wrong length or improper character else valid_issn = is_valid_isxn (id, 8); -- validate ISSN end if true == valid_issn then id = string.sub (id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub (id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version else id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, show the invalid ISSN with error message end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) if ignore_invalid then set_message ('maint_issn_ignore'); else if false == valid_issn then options.coins_list_t['ISSN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_issn', (options.hkey == 'EISSN') and 'e' or ''); -- create an error message if the ISSN is invalid end end return text; end --[[--------------------------< J F M >----------------------------------------------------------------------- A numerical identifier in the form nn.nnnn.nn ]] local function jfm (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; id_num = id:match ('^[Jj][Ff][Mm](.*)$'); -- identifier with jfm prefix; extract identifier if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_jfm_format'); else -- plain number without JFM prefix id_num = id; -- if here id does not have prefix end if id_num and id_num:match('^%d%d%.%d%d%d%d%.%d%d$') then id = id_num; -- jfm matches pattern else set_message ('err_bad_jfm' ); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['JFM'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< J S T O R >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Format a JSTOR with some error checking ]] local function jstor (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; if id:find ('[Jj][Ss][Tt][Oo][Rr]') or id:find ('^https?://') or id:find ('%s') then set_message ('err_bad_jstor'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['JSTOR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< L C C N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/ length = 8 then all digits length = 9 then lccn[1] is lowercase alpha length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha or both digits length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lowercase alpha or both digits length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha ]] local function lccn (options) local lccn = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; -- presume that LCCN is valid local id = lccn; -- local copy of the LCCN id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes) local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the LCCN if 8 == len then if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message end elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern? err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message end elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ... if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end end elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end else err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- wrong length, set an error message end if not is_set (err_flag) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message end if is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['LCCN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = lccn, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< M R >-------------------------------------------------------------------------- A seven digit number; if not seven digits, zero-fill leading digits to make seven digits. ]] local function mr (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local id_len; id_num = id:match ('^[Mm][Rr](%d+)$'); -- identifier with mr prefix if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_mr_format'); -- add maint cat else -- plain number without mr prefix id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits end id_len = id_num and id_num:len() or 0; if (7 >= id_len) and (0 ~= id_len) then id = string.rep ('0', 7-id_len) .. id_num; -- zero-fill leading digits else set_message ('err_bad_mr'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['MR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< O C L C >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an OCLC ID. https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html {{dead link}} archived at: https://web.archive.org/web/20161228233804/https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html ]] local function oclc (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local number; if id:match('^ocm%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocm prefix and 8 digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('ocm(%d+)'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^ocn%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocn prefix and 9 digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('ocn(%d+)'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^on%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+$') then -- on prefix and 10 or more digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('^on(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+)$'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^%(OCoLC%)[1-9]%d*$') then -- (OCoLC) prefix and variable number digits; no leading zeros; 035 field number = id:match('%(OCoLC%)([1-9]%d*)'); -- get the number if 9 < number:len() then number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 9 digits; change this when OCLC issues 10-digit numbers end elseif id:match('^%d+$') then -- no prefix number = id; -- get the number if 10 < number:len() then number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 10 digits; change this when OCLC issues 11-digit numbers end end if number then -- proper format id = number; -- exclude prefix, if any, from external link else set_message ('err_bad_oclc') -- add an error message if the id is malformed options.coins_list_t['OCLC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >-------------------------------------------------------- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors. ]] local function openlibrary (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local ident, code = id:gsub('^OL', ''):match("^(%d+([AMW]))$"); -- strip optional OL prefix followed immediately by digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'; local err_flag; local prefix = { -- these are appended to the handler.prefix according to code ['A']='authors/OL', ['M']='books/OL', ['W']='works/OL', ['X']='OL' -- not a code; spoof when 'code' in id is invalid }; if not ident then code = 'X'; -- no code or id completely invalid ident = id; -- copy id to ident so that we display the flawed identifier err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_ol'); end if not is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['OL'] = handler.prefix .. prefix[code] .. ident; -- experiment for ol coins else options.coins_list_t['OL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix .. prefix[code], id = ident, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< O S T I >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format OSTI and do simple error checking. OSTIs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the OSTI to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration; the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more OSTIs are issued. NB. 1018 is the lowest OSTI number found in the wild (so far) and resolving OK on the OSTI site ]] local function osti (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if OSTI has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- OSTI is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1018 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if OSTI is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles. The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix. PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed () returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string. PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued. ]] local function pmc (options) local id = options.id; local embargo = options.Embargo; -- TODO: lowercase? local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^[Pp][Mm][Cc](%d+)$'); -- identifier with PMC prefix if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_pmc_format'); else -- plain number without PMC prefix id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits end if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message else id = tostring (id_num); -- make sure id is a string end else -- when id format incorrect err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message end if is_set (embargo) and is_set (is_embargoed (embargo)) then -- is PMC is still embargoed? text = table.concat ( -- still embargoed so no external link { make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label), handler.separator, id, }); else text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access, auto_link = not err_flag and 'pmc' or nil -- do not auto-link when PMC has error }); end if err_flag then options.coins_list_t['PMC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< P M I D >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued. ]] local function pmid (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- PMID is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< R F C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Format RFC and do simple error checking. RFCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the RFC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration; the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more RFCs are issued. An index of all RFCs is here: https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/ ]] local function rfc (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if RFC has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- RFC is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if RFC is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< S 2 C I D >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Format an S2CID, do simple error checking S2CIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the S2CID to see that it is only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more S2CIDs are issued. ]] local function s2cid (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^[1-9]%d*$'); -- id must be all digits; must not begin with 0; no open access flag if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if S2CID is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end else -- when id format incorrect set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); return text; end --[[--------------------------< S B N >------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9-digit form of ISBN-10; uses same check-digit validation when SBN is prefixed with an additional '0' to make 10 digits sbn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx) or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:) ]] local function sbn (options) local id = options.id; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns local SBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator}); if not ignore_invalid then -- if not ignoring SBN errors if not check then options.coins_list_t['SBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because sbn not made part of COinS set_message ('err_bad_sbn', {err_type}); -- display an error message return SBN; end else set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error (ToDo: Possibly switch to separate message for SBNs only) end return SBN; end if id:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if SBN contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X end local ident = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace; they interfere with the rest of the tests if 9 ~= ident:len() then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length end if ident:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); -- fail if SBN has 'X' anywhere but last position end return return_result (is_valid_isxn ('0' .. ident, 10), cfg.err_msg_supl.check); end --[[--------------------------< S S R N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format an SSRN, do simple error checking SSRNs are sequential numbers beginning at 100? and counting up. This code checks the SSRN to see that it is only digits and is greater than 99 and less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more SSRNs are issued. ]] local function ssrn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- id must be all digits if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if 100 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if SSRN is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end else -- when id format incorrect set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = options.access}); return text; end --[[--------------------------< U S E N E T _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in '<' and/or '>' angle brackets. ]] local function usenet_id (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$') then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>' set_message ('err_bad_usenet_id') -- add an error message if the message id is invalid options.coins_list_t['USENETID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< Z B L >----------------------------------------------------------------------- A numerical identifier in the form nnnn.nnnnn - leading zeros in the first quartet optional format described here: http://emis.mi.sanu.ac.rs/ZMATH/zmath/en/help/search/ temporary format is apparently eight digits. Anything else is an error ]] local function zbl (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match('^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- is this identifier using temporary format? set_message ('maint_zbl'); -- yes, add maint cat elseif not id:match('^%d?%d?%d?%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- not temporary, is it normal format? set_message ('err_bad_zbl'); -- no, set an error message options.coins_list_t['ZBL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --============================<< I N T E R F A C E F U N C T I O N S >>========================================== --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D S >------------------------------------------------------------ Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to the identifier list. Emits redundant error message if more than one alias exists in args ]] local function extract_ids (args) local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do -- k is uppercase identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table v = select_one (args, v.parameters, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present if is_set (v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list end return id_list; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D _ A C C E S S _ L E V E L S >-------------------------------------- Fetches custom id access levels from arguments using configuration settings. Parameters which have a predefined access level (e.g. arxiv) do not use this function as they are directly rendered as free without using an additional parameter. returns a table of k/v pairs where k is same as the identifier's key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned (valid) keyword access-level values must match the case used in cfg.keywords_lists['id-access'] (lowercase unless there is some special reason for something else) ]] local function extract_id_access_levels (args, id_list) local id_accesses_list = {}; for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do local access_param = v.custom_access; -- name of identifier's access-level parameter if is_set (access_param) then local access_level = args[access_param]; -- get the assigned value if there is one if is_set (access_level) then if not in_array (access_level, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then -- exact match required set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {access_param, access_level}); access_level = nil; -- invalid so unset end if not is_set (id_list[k]) then -- identifier access-level must have a matching identifier set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {k:lower()}); -- parameter name is uppercase in cfg.id_handlers (k); lowercase for error message end id_accesses_list[k] = cfg.keywords_xlate[access_level]; -- get translated keyword end end end return id_accesses_list; end --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >---------------------------------------------------- render the identifiers into a sorted sequence table <ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value <options_t> is a table of various k/v option pairs provided in the call to new_build_id_list(); modified by this function and passed to all identifier rendering functions <access_levels_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value (if valid) returns a sequence table of sorted (by hkey - 'handler' key) rendered identifier strings ]] local function build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, access_levels_t) local ID_list_t = {}; local accept; local func_map = { --function map points to functions associated with hkey identifier ['ARXIV'] = arxiv, ['ASIN'] = asin, ['BIBCODE'] = bibcode, ['BIORXIV'] = biorxiv, ['CITESEERX'] = citeseerx, ['DOI'] = doi, ['EISSN'] = issn, ['HDL'] = hdl, ['ISBN'] = isbn, ['ISMN'] = ismn, ['ISSN'] = issn, ['JFM'] = jfm, ['JSTOR'] = jstor, ['LCCN'] = lccn, ['MR'] = mr, ['OCLC'] = oclc, ['OL'] = openlibrary, ['OSTI'] = osti, ['PMC'] = pmc, ['PMID'] = pmid, ['RFC'] = rfc, ['S2CID'] = s2cid, ['SBN'] = sbn, ['SSRN'] = ssrn, ['USENETID'] = usenet_id, ['ZBL'] = zbl, } for hkey, v in pairs (ID_list_coins_t) do v, accept = has_accept_as_written (v); -- remove accept-as-written markup if present; accept is boolean true when markup removed; false else -- every function gets the options table with value v and accept boolean options_t.hkey = hkey; -- ~/Configuration handler key options_t.id = v; -- add that identifier value to the options table options_t.accept = accept; -- add the accept boolean flag options_t.access = access_levels_t[hkey]; -- add the access level for those that have an |<identifier-access= parameter options_t.handler = cfg.id_handlers[hkey]; options_t.coins_list_t = ID_list_coins_t; -- pointer to ID_list_coins_t; for |asin= and |ol=; also to keep erroneous values out of the citation's metadata options_t.coins_list_t[hkey] = v; -- id value without accept-as-written markup for metadata if options_t.handler.access and not in_array (options_t.handler.access, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_access'] .. options_t.handler.access); -- here when handler access key set to a value not listed in list of allowed id access keywords end if func_map[hkey] then local id_text = func_map[hkey] (options_t); -- call the function to get identifier text and any error message table.insert (ID_list_t, {hkey, id_text}); -- add identifier text to the output sequence table else error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_key'] .. hkey); -- here when func_map doesn't have a function for hkey end end local function comp (a, b) -- used by following table.sort() return a[1]:lower() < b[1]:lower(); -- sort by hkey end table.sort (ID_list_t, comp); -- sequence table of tables sort for k, v in ipairs (ID_list_t) do -- convert sequence table of tables to simple sequence table of strings ID_list_t[k] = v[2]; -- v[2] is the identifier rendering from the call to the various functions in func_map{} end return ID_list_t; end --[[--------------------------< O P T I O N S _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------------- check that certain option parameters have their associated identifier parameters with values <ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value <ID_support_t> is a sequence table of tables created in citation0() where each subtable has four elements: [1] is the support parameter's assigned value; empty string if not set [2] is a text string same as key in cfg.id_handlers [3] is cfg.error_conditions key used to create error message [4] is original ID support parameter name used to create error message returns nothing; on error emits an appropriate error message ]] local function options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t) for _, v in ipairs (ID_support_t) do if is_set (v[1]) and not ID_list_coins_t[v[2]] then -- when support parameter has a value but matching identifier parameter is missing or empty set_message (v[3], (v[4])); -- emit the appropriate error message end end end --[[--------------------------< I D E N T I F I E R _ L I S T S _ G E T >-------------------------------------- Creates two identifier lists: a k/v table of identifiers and their values to be used locally and for use in the COinS metadata, and a sequence table of the rendered identifier strings that will be included in the rendered citation. ]] local function identifier_lists_get (args_t, options_t, ID_support_t) local ID_list_coins_t = extract_ids (args_t); -- get a table of identifiers and their values for use locally and for use in COinS options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t); -- ID support parameters must have matching identifier parameters local ID_access_levels_t = extract_id_access_levels (args_t, ID_list_coins_t); -- get a table of identifier access levels local ID_list_t = build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, ID_access_levels_t); -- get a sequence table of rendered identifier strings return ID_list_t, ID_list_coins_t; -- return the tables end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from select Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; select_one = utilities_page_ptr.select_one; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; make_wikilink = utilities_page_ptr.make_wikilink; z = utilities_page_ptr.z; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { auto_link_urls = auto_link_urls, -- table of identifier URLs to be used when auto-linking |title= identifier_lists_get = identifier_lists_get, -- experiment to replace individual calls to build_id_list(), extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels is_embargoed = is_embargoed; set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules; } 1s53aqur5zcnnjyu0azfrtjq6dyiwg4 828 74024 205540 2022-08-01T21:40:26Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, remove_wiki_link, strip_apostrophe_markup; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------... Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, remove_wiki_link, strip_apostrophe_markup; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------- Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs) Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't corrupted with strings of %27%27... ]] local function make_coins_title (title, script) title = has_accept_as_written (title); if is_set (title) then title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup else title = ''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string end if is_set (script) then script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string) script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup else script = ''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string end if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate end return title .. script; -- return the concatenation end --[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >---------------------------------- Returns a string where all of Lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings. ]] local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument) argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %% argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other Lua magic pattern characters return argument; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------ Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS. ]] local function get_coins_pages (pages) local pattern; if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done while true do pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the URL and following space(s): "[url " if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more URLs pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape Lua's magic pattern characters pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible end pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace HTML entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like? return pages; end --[=[-------------------------< C O I N S _ R E P L A C E _ M A T H _ S T R I P M A R K E R >------------------ There are three options for math markup rendering that depend on the editor's math preference settings. These settings are at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering]] and are PNG images TeX source MathML with SVG or PNG fallback All three are heavy with HTML and CSS which doesn't belong in the metadata. Without this function, the metadata saved in the raw wikitext contained the rendering determined by the settings of the last editor to save the page. This function gets the rendered form of an equation according to the editor's preference before the page is saved. It then searches the rendering for the text equivalent of the rendered equation and replaces the rendering with that so that the page is saved without extraneous HTML/CSS markup and with a reasonably readable text form of the equation. When a replacement is made, this function returns true and the value with replacement; otherwise false and the initial value. To replace multipe equations it is necessary to call this function from within a loop. ]=] local function coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value) local stripmarker = cfg.stripmarkers['math']; local rendering = value:match (stripmarker); -- is there a math stripmarker if not rendering then -- when value doesn't have a math stripmarker, abandon this test return false, value; end rendering = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (rendering); -- convert stripmarker into rendered value (or nil? ''? when math render error) if rendering:match ('alt="[^"]+"') then -- if PNG math option rendering = rendering:match ('alt="([^"]+)"'); -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('$%s+.+%s+%$') then -- if TeX math option; $ is legit character that is escapes as \$ rendering = rendering:match ('$%s+(.+)%s+%$') -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>.+</annotation>') then -- if MathML math option rendering = rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>(.+)</annotation>') -- extract just the math text else return false, value; -- had math stripmarker but not one of the three defined forms end return true, value:gsub (stripmarker, rendering, 1); end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >---------------------------------------------------- Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain HTML entities. 2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaces math stripmarkers with the appropriate content when it shouldn't. See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29 TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible characters table? ]] local function coins_cleanup (value) local replaced = true; -- default state to get the do loop running while replaced do -- loop until all math stripmarkers replaced replaced, value = coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value); -- replace math stripmarker with text representation of the equation end value = value:gsub (cfg.stripmarkers['math'], "MATH RENDER ERROR"); -- one or more couldn't be replaced; insert vague error message value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;(s?)</span>', "'%1"); -- replace {{'}} or {{'s}} with simple apostrophe or apostrophe-s value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space if not mw.ustring.find (value, cfg.indic_script) then -- don't remove zero-width joiner characters from indic script value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities value = mw.ustring.gsub (value, '[\226\128\141\226\128\139\194\173]', ''); -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space, soft hyphen end value = value:gsub ('[\009\010\013 ]+', ' '); -- replace horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space return value; end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information. ]] local function COinS(data, class) if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then return ''; end for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed) data[k] = coins_cleanup (v); end end local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004"; -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values. local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, { __newindex = function(self, key, value) if is_set(value) then rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } ); end end }); if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn', 'journal', 'news', 'magazine'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or ('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite ssrn elseif 'conference' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set) elseif 'web' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set) else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles end OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- 'periodical' article titles -- these used only for periodicals OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall OCinSoutput["rft.quarter"] = data.Quarter; -- single digits 1->first quarter, etc. OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue; OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report"; elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- conference paper as chapter in proceedings (book) elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then if is_set (data.Chapter) then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title else if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia end end else -- {'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'} OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; end OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation else -- cite thesis OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported) OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation end -- NB. Not currently supported are "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:patent", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:sch_svc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:ctx" -- and now common parameters (as much as possible) OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all? if k == 'ISBN' then v = v:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" ); end local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS; if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v }; elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc. that have defined COinS keywords OCinSoutput[ id ] = v; elseif 'url' == id then -- for urls that are assembled in ~/Identifiers; |asin= and |ol= OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat ({data.ID_list[k], "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label}); elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil so urls created here OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v, cfg.id_handlers[k].suffix or '', "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label }; -- others; provide a URL and indicate identifier name as #fragment (human-readable, but transparent to browsers) end end local last, first; for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki stripmarkers, non-printing or invisible characters if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name end else -- for all other authors if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation end -- TODO: At present we do not report "et al.". Add anything special if this condition applies? end end OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL; OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage }; -- TODO: Add optional extra info: -- rfr_dat=#REVISION<version> (referrer private data) -- ctx_id=<data.RawPage>#<ref> (identifier for the context object) -- ctx_tim=<ts> (timestamp in format yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssTZD or yyyy-mm-dd) -- ctx_enc=info:ofi/enc:UTF-8 (character encoding) OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil ); -- sort with version string always first, and combine. -- table.sort( OCinSoutput ); table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004" return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&"); end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; remove_wiki_link = utilities_page_ptr.remove_wiki_link; strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities_page_ptr.strip_apostrophe_markup; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { make_coins_title = make_coins_title, get_coins_pages = get_coins_pages, COinS = COinS, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, } 9vyk9pk52t1pp4siilcbluanw9m1ekz 205543 205540 2022-08-01T21:42:39Z (G)jabz 12383 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, remove_wiki_link, strip_apostrophe_markup; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------- Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs) Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't corrupted with strings of %27%27... ]] local function make_coins_title (title, script) title = has_accept_as_written (title); if is_set (title) then title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup else title = ''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string end if is_set (script) then script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string) script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup else script = ''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string end if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate end return title .. script; -- return the concatenation end --[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >---------------------------------- Returns a string where all of Lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings. ]] local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument) argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %% argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other Lua magic pattern characters return argument; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------ Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS. ]] local function get_coins_pages (pages) local pattern; if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done while true do pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the URL and following space(s): "[url " if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more URLs pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape Lua's magic pattern characters pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible end pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace HTML entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like? return pages; end --[=[-------------------------< C O I N S _ R E P L A C E _ M A T H _ S T R I P M A R K E R >------------------ There are three options for math markup rendering that depend on the editor's math preference settings. These settings are at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering]] and are PNG images TeX source MathML with SVG or PNG fallback All three are heavy with HTML and CSS which doesn't belong in the metadata. Without this function, the metadata saved in the raw wikitext contained the rendering determined by the settings of the last editor to save the page. This function gets the rendered form of an equation according to the editor's preference before the page is saved. It then searches the rendering for the text equivalent of the rendered equation and replaces the rendering with that so that the page is saved without extraneous HTML/CSS markup and with a reasonably readable text form of the equation. When a replacement is made, this function returns true and the value with replacement; otherwise false and the initial value. To replace multipe equations it is necessary to call this function from within a loop. ]=] local function coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value) local stripmarker = cfg.stripmarkers['math']; local rendering = value:match (stripmarker); -- is there a math stripmarker if not rendering then -- when value doesn't have a math stripmarker, abandon this test return false, value; end rendering = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (rendering); -- convert stripmarker into rendered value (or nil? ''? when math render error) if rendering:match ('alt="[^"]+"') then -- if PNG math option rendering = rendering:match ('alt="([^"]+)"'); -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('$%s+.+%s+%$') then -- if TeX math option; $ is legit character that is escapes as \$ rendering = rendering:match ('$%s+(.+)%s+%$') -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>.+</annotation>') then -- if MathML math option rendering = rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>(.+)</annotation>') -- extract just the math text else return false, value; -- had math stripmarker but not one of the three defined forms end return true, value:gsub (stripmarker, rendering, 1); end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >---------------------------------------------------- Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain HTML entities. 2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaces math stripmarkers with the appropriate content when it shouldn't. See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29 TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible characters table? ]] local function coins_cleanup (value) local replaced = true; -- default state to get the do loop running while replaced do -- loop until all math stripmarkers replaced replaced, value = coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value); -- replace math stripmarker with text representation of the equation end value = value:gsub (cfg.stripmarkers['math'], "MATH RENDER ERROR"); -- one or more couldn't be replaced; insert vague error message value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;(s?)</span>', "'%1"); -- replace {{'}} or {{'s}} with simple apostrophe or apostrophe-s value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space if not mw.ustring.find (value, cfg.indic_script) then -- don't remove zero-width joiner characters from indic script value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities value = mw.ustring.gsub (value, '[\226\128\141\226\128\139\194\173]', ''); -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space, soft hyphen end value = value:gsub ('[\009\010\013 ]+', ' '); -- replace horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space return value; end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information. ]] local function COinS(data, class) if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then return ''; end for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed) data[k] = coins_cleanup (v); end end local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004"; -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values. local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, { __newindex = function(self, key, value) if is_set(value) then rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } ); end end }); if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn', 'journal', 'news', 'magazine'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or ('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite ssrn elseif 'conference' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set) elseif 'web' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set) else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles end OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- 'periodical' article titles -- these used only for periodicals OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall OCinSoutput["rft.quarter"] = data.Quarter; -- single digits 1->first quarter, etc. OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue; OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report"; elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- conference paper as chapter in proceedings (book) elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then if is_set (data.Chapter) then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title else if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia end end else -- {'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'} OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; end OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation else -- cite thesis OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported) OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation end -- NB. Not currently supported are "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:patent", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:sch_svc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:ctx" -- and now common parameters (as much as possible) OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation local last, first; for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki stripmarkers, non-printing or invisible characters if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name end else -- for all other authors if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation end -- TODO: At present we do not report "et al.". Add anything special if this condition applies? end end OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL; OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage }; -- TODO: Add optional extra info: -- rfr_dat=#REVISION<version> (referrer private data) -- ctx_id=<data.RawPage>#<ref> (identifier for the context object) -- ctx_tim=<ts> (timestamp in format yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssTZD or yyyy-mm-dd) -- ctx_enc=info:ofi/enc:UTF-8 (character encoding) OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil ); -- sort with version string always first, and combine. -- table.sort( OCinSoutput ); table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004" return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&"); end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; remove_wiki_link = utilities_page_ptr.remove_wiki_link; strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities_page_ptr.strip_apostrophe_markup; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { make_coins_title = make_coins_title, get_coins_pages = get_coins_pages, COinS = COinS, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, } qbbrzcn2qvuy5zakkht5j3vo1obii4n 828 74025 205549 2022-08-01T21:47:03Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: /*-------------------------< P R O T E C T I O N I C O N >-------------------- the following line controls the page-protection icon in the upper right corner it must remain within this comment {{sandbox other||{{pp-template}}}} */ /*-------------------------< O V E R R I D E S >-------------------------------- cs1|2 references are wrapped in <cite>...</cite> tags. Some wikis have not chosen to override the generic user agent italic styling as en.wiki has. This (unte... sanitized-css text/css /*-------------------------< P R O T E C T I O N I C O N >-------------------- the following line controls the page-protection icon in the upper right corner it must remain within this comment {{sandbox other||{{pp-template}}}} */ /*-------------------------< O V E R R I D E S >-------------------------------- cs1|2 references are wrapped in <cite>...</cite> tags. Some wikis have not chosen to override the generic user agent italic styling as en.wiki has. This (untested) styling should override the user agent default when cs1|2 templates are rendered. Similarly, some languages use different quotation punctuation so that setting is also made available here. */ cite.citation { /* Reset italic styling set by user agent (only for cs1|2 templates; the reason for the .citation qualifier) */ font-style: inherit; } .citation q { /* Straight quote marks for <q>; keep same as [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] */ quotes: '"' '"' "'" "'"; } /* ID and URL access Both core and Common.css have selector .mw-parser-output a[href$=".pdf"].external for PDF pages. All TemplateStyles pages are hoisted to .mw-parser-output. We need to have specificity equal to a[href$=".pdf"].external for locks to override PDF icon. */ .citation .cs1-lock-free a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/6/65/Lock-green.svg/9px-Lock-green.svg.png) no-repeat; background-position: right .1em center; } .citation .cs1-lock-limited a, .citation .cs1-lock-registration a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/d/d6/Lock-gray-alt-2.svg/9px-Lock-gray-alt-2.svg.png) no-repeat; background-position: right .1em center; } .citation .cs1-lock-subscription a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/a/aa/Lock-red-alt-2.svg/9px-Lock-red-alt-2.svg.png) no-repeat; background-position: right .1em center; } .cs1-subscription, .cs1-registration { color: #555; } .cs1-subscription span, .cs1-registration span { border-bottom: 1px dotted; cursor: help; } /* Wikisource icon Experiment to see if it is possible/practical to add support for a wikisource icon when |chapter= or |title= is wikilinked to a source in wikisource ala cite wikisource */ .cs1-ws-icon a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/4/4c/Wikisource-logo.svg/12px-Wikisource-logo.svg.png) no-repeat; background-position: right .1em center; } /* Errors and maintenance */ code.cs1-code { /* <code>...</code> style override: mediawiki's css definition is specified here: https://git.wikimedia.org/blob/mediawiki%2Fcore.git/69cd73811f7aadd093050dbf20ed70ef0b42a713/skins%2Fcommon%2FcommonElements.css#L199 */ color: inherit; background: inherit; border: inherit; /* code editor doesn't like inherit with border? https://www.w3.org/wiki/CSS/Properties/border suggests that inherit is ok the actual spec says the code editor is correct: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-backgrounds-3/#borders */ padding: inherit; } .cs1-hidden-error { display: none; font-size: 100%; } .cs1-visible-error { font-size: 100%; } .cs1-maint { display: none; color: #33aa33; margin-left: 0.3em; } /* Small text size Set small text size in one place. 0.95 (here) * 0.9 (from references list) is ~0.85, which is the lower bound for size for accessibility. Old styling for this was just 0.85. We could write the rule so that when this template is inside references/reflist, only then does it multiply by 0.95; else multiply by 0.85 */ .cs1-subscription, .cs1-registration, .cs1-format { font-size: 95%; } /* kerning */ .cs1-kern-left, .cs1-kern-wl-left { padding-left: 0.2em; } .cs1-kern-right, .cs1-kern-wl-right { padding-right: 0.2em; } 7fv38nbtpuch4lec0zbgz4par9lwh5e 10 74026 205550 2022-08-01T21:53:04Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Separated entries|comma}}<noinclude>{{Lua|Modul:Separated entries}} [[Categorie:Formate Wikipedia]] </noinclude> wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Separated entries|comma}}<noinclude>{{Lua|Modul:Separated entries}} [[Categorie:Formate Wikipedia]] </noinclude> ap02tr5ek9khyaqg3ogv6801wy0q6ts 0 74027 205551 2022-08-01T21:54:33Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: {{Infocaseta Autoturism | nume_model = Dacia Logan | imagine = Dacia Logan III (cropped).jpg | producator = [[Automobile Dacia S.A.|Dacia]] | compania_mama = [[Renault]] | productia = 2004–prezent | predecesor = [[Dacia 1310]]<br />[[Dacia Solenza]] | clasa = [[Mașină subcompactă]] ([[Segmentul B|B]])<br />[[MPV compact]] (MCV Mk1) | layout = [[Motor față, tracțiune față]] | in... wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infocaseta Autoturism | nume_model = Dacia Logan | imagine = Dacia Logan III (cropped).jpg | producator = [[Automobile Dacia S.A.|Dacia]] | compania_mama = [[Renault]] | productia = 2004–prezent | predecesor = [[Dacia 1310]]<br />[[Dacia Solenza]] | clasa = [[Mașină subcompactă]] ([[Segmentul B|B]])<br />[[MPV compact]] (MCV Mk1) | layout = [[Motor față, tracțiune față]] | inrudit = [[Dacia Sandero]] }} {{ciot}} krfaqmpkn8opi4jnu9i5y6b10k6ztd8 10 74028 205552 2022-08-01T21:57:34Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: <noinclude>{{Documentație/Subpagină}}</noinclude> {{ezoteric}} ---- Acest format este folosit pentru a introduce o '''[[Proiect:Infocasete|infocasetă]]''' într-un articol privitor la un program de televiziune. Utilizează parametrii complecși bazați la funcțiile Parser și nu trebuie modificat de utilizatorii fără experiență legată de sintaxă Wiki mai complicată. == Format de bază == <pre>{{Infocaseta Serial | nume = | image = nu... wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{Documentație/Subpagină}}</noinclude> {{ezoteric}} ---- Acest format este folosit pentru a introduce o '''[[Proiect:Infocasete|infocasetă]]''' într-un articol privitor la un program de televiziune. Utilizează parametrii complecși bazați la funcțiile Parser și nu trebuie modificat de utilizatorii fără experiență legată de sintaxă Wiki mai complicată. == Format de bază == <pre>{{Infocaseta Serial | nume = | image = nume fișier imagine.jpg | image_size = | descriere = | format = | gen = | camera = | format_imagine = | format_audio = | durata = | creator = | regizor = | scenarist = | actor = | dezvoltator = | prezentator = | juriu = | voci = | producător = | producător_executiv = | locația = | narat = | compozitor = | temă_început = | temă_sfârșit = | țara = | limba = | dispromână = [[dublaj|dublat]] sau [[subtitrare|subtitrat]] | postul_tv = | prima_vizionare = | prima_difuzare = | nr_sezoane = | nr_serii = | nr_episoade = | listă_episoade = <titlu articol dedicat> | precedat = | urmat = | similar = | website = | imdb_id = | tv_com_id = }} </pre> == Parametrii necesari == {| class="wikitable" ! style="text-align: left" | Parametru ! style="text-align: left" | Explicație |- | '''nume (show_name)''' | Numele emisiunii. |- | '''format''' | Formatul emisiunii. |- | '''durata (runtime}''' | Cât durează un episod, excluzând reclamele. |- | '''actor (starring)''' | Cine apare în emisiune.Separați persoanele cu ruperi de linie(<nowiki><br /></nowiki>). |- | '''țara (country)''' | Țara de origine a emisiunii. |} == Alți parametri == {| class="wikitable" ! style="text-align: left" | Parametru ! style="text-align: left" | Explicații, Observații |- | '''image (logo)''' | Denumirea unui fișier imagine care va fi folosit pentru prezentare. |- | '''descriere (caption)''' | |- | '''gen (genre)''' | |- | '''regizor''' | |- | '''creator''' | |- | '''dezvoltator (developer)''' | |- | '''prezentator (presenter)''' | |- | '''juriu (judges)''' | |- | '''voci (voices)''' | |- | '''narat (narrated)''' | Nu "narator" |- | '''compozitor (theme_music_composer)''' | |- | '''temă_început (opentheme)''' | |- | '''temă_sfârșit (endtheme)''' | |- | '''limba (language)''' | |- | '''dispromână''' | |- | '''nr_sezoane (num_seasons)''' | |- | '''nr_serii (num_series)''' | |- | '''nr_episoade (num_episodes)''' | |- | '''listă_episoade (list_episodes)''' | Un nume de ''articol'' care prezinta lista episoadelor. Legătura este adaugată automat. |- | '''producător (producer)''' | |- | '''producător_executiv (executive_producer)''' | |- | '''locația (location)''' | |- | '''camera''' | |- | '''postul_tv (network) (channel)''' | |- | '''format_imagine (picture_format)''' | |- | '''format_audio (audio_format)''' | |- | '''prima_vizionare (first_run)''' | |- | '''prima_difuzare (first_aired)''' | |- | '''precedat (preceded_by)''' | |- | '''urmat (followed_by)''' | |- | '''similar (related)''' | |- | '''website''' | |- | '''imdb_id''' | |- | '''tv_com_id''' | |} <includeonly> [[Categorie:Infocasete – medii]] </includeonly> 7zzxhnsor84fhvm3p2c81mihe8kopw0 205554 205552 2022-08-01T22:03:17Z (G)jabz 12383 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{Documentație/Subpagină}}</noinclude> {{ezoteric}} ---- Acest format este folosit pentru a introduce o '''[[Proiect:Infocasete|infocasetă]]''' într-un articol privitor la un program de televiziune. Utilizează parametrii complecși bazați la funcțiile Parser și nu trebuie modificat de utilizatorii fără experiență legată de sintaxă Wiki mai complicată. == Format de bază == <pre>{{Infocaseta Serial | nume = | image = nume fișier imagine.jpg | image_size = | descriere = | format = | gen = | camera = | format_imagine = | format_audio = | durata = | creator = | regizor = | scenarist = | actor = | dezvoltator = | prezentator = | juriu = | voci = | producător = | producător_executiv = | locația = | narat = | compozitor = | temă_început = | temă_sfârșit = | țara = | limba = | disparmâneascâ = [[dublaj|dublat]] sau [[subtitrare|subtitrat]] | postul_tv = | prima_vizionare = | prima_difuzare = | nr_sezoane = | nr_serii = | nr_episoade = | listă_episoade = <titlu articol dedicat> | precedat = | urmat = | similar = | website = | imdb_id = | tv_com_id = }} </pre> == Parametrii necesari == {| class="wikitable" ! style="text-align: left" | Parametru ! style="text-align: left" | Explicație |- | '''nume (show_name)''' | Numele emisiunii. |- | '''format''' | Formatul emisiunii. |- | '''durata (runtime}''' | Cât durează un episod, excluzând reclamele. |- | '''actor (starring)''' | Cine apare în emisiune.Separați persoanele cu ruperi de linie(<nowiki><br /></nowiki>). |- | '''țara (country)''' | Țara de origine a emisiunii. |} == Alți parametri == {| class="wikitable" ! style="text-align: left" | Parametru ! style="text-align: left" | Explicații, Observații |- | '''image (logo)''' | Denumirea unui fișier imagine care va fi folosit pentru prezentare. |- | '''descriere (caption)''' | |- | '''gen (genre)''' | |- | '''regizor''' | |- | '''creator''' | |- | '''dezvoltator (developer)''' | |- | '''prezentator (presenter)''' | |- | '''juriu (judges)''' | |- | '''voci (voices)''' | |- | '''narat (narrated)''' | Nu "narator" |- | '''compozitor (theme_music_composer)''' | |- | '''temă_început (opentheme)''' | |- | '''temă_sfârșit (endtheme)''' | |- | '''limba (language)''' | |- | '''dispromână''' | |- | '''nr_sezoane (num_seasons)''' | |- | '''nr_serii (num_series)''' | |- | '''nr_episoade (num_episodes)''' | |- | '''listă_episoade (list_episodes)''' | Un nume de ''articol'' care prezinta lista episoadelor. Legătura este adaugată automat. |- | '''producător (producer)''' | |- | '''producător_executiv (executive_producer)''' | |- | '''locația (location)''' | |- | '''camera''' | |- | '''postul_tv (network) (channel)''' | |- | '''format_imagine (picture_format)''' | |- | '''format_audio (audio_format)''' | |- | '''prima_vizionare (first_run)''' | |- | '''prima_difuzare (first_aired)''' | |- | '''precedat (preceded_by)''' | |- | '''urmat (followed_by)''' | |- | '''similar (related)''' | |- | '''website''' | |- | '''imdb_id''' | |- | '''tv_com_id''' | |} <includeonly> [[Categorie:Infocasete – medii]] </includeonly> muo5z1fcw5g8jfc0eyu8hrxmwnjjgmw 10 74029 205555 2022-08-01T22:14:04Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: <includeonly>{{#if: {{{4|}}} |{{#if: {{{5|}}} |{{padleft:{{{4}}}|2|0}}:{{padleft:{{{5}}}|2|0}}{{#if: {{{6|}}} |&#58;{{padleft:{{{6}}}|2|0}} }},&#32;}} }}<!--ABOVE FOR TIME; BELOW FOR DATE -->{{#if: {{{1|}}} |{{#if: {{{2|}}} |{{#if: {{{3|}}} |{{#expr:{{{3}}}}}&nbsp;{{MONTHNAME|{{{2}}}}}&nbsp;{{{1}}}|{{MONTHNAME|{{{2}}}}}&nbsp;{{{1}}}}}|{{{1}}}}}}}{{#if: {{{7|}}} |&#32;({{#ifeq: {{{7... wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if: {{{4|}}} |{{#if: {{{5|}}} |{{padleft:{{{4}}}|2|0}}:{{padleft:{{{5}}}|2|0}}{{#if: {{{6|}}} |&#58;{{padleft:{{{6}}}|2|0}} }},&#32;}} }}<!--ABOVE FOR TIME; BELOW FOR DATE -->{{#if: {{{1|}}} |{{#if: {{{2|}}} |{{#if: {{{3|}}} |{{#expr:{{{3}}}}}&nbsp;{{MONTHNAME|{{{2}}}}}&nbsp;{{{1}}}|{{MONTHNAME|{{{2}}}}}&nbsp;{{{1}}}}}|{{{1}}}}}}}{{#if: {{{7|}}} |&#32;({{#ifeq: {{{7}}}|Z|UTC|{{{7}}}}})}}<!-- BELOW FOR hCalendar --><span style="display:none">&#160;(<span class="bday dtstart published updated">{{#if: {{{1|}}} | {{{1}}}{{#if: {{{2|}}} | -{{padleft:{{{2}}}|2|0}}{{#if: {{{3|}}} | -{{padleft:{{{3}}}|2|0}} }} }}<!-- -->{{#if: {{{4|}}} | T{{padleft:{{{4}}}|2|0}}{{#if: {{{5|}}} | &#58;{{padleft:{{{5}}}|2|0}}{{#if: {{{6|}}} | &#58;{{padleft:{{{6}}}|2|0}} }} }} }} }}{{{7|}}}</span>)</span></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> fppcaaxr8kv42rhkut6pusaofi4zkjk 10 74030 205556 2022-08-01T22:14:59Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: <includeonly>{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{#switch:{{MONTHNUMBER|{{{1}}}}}|1=ianuarie|2=februarie|3=martie|4=aprilie|5=mai|6=iunie|7=iulie|8=august|9=septembrie|10=octombrie|11=noiembrie|12=decembrie|Parametru 1 incorect=''luna''!}}|Parametru 1 lipsă=''luna''!}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{/doc}} </noinclude> wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{#switch:{{MONTHNUMBER|{{{1}}}}}|1=ianuarie|2=februarie|3=martie|4=aprilie|5=mai|6=iunie|7=iulie|8=august|9=septembrie|10=octombrie|11=noiembrie|12=decembrie|Parametru 1 incorect=''luna''!}}|Parametru 1 lipsă=''luna''!}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{/doc}} </noinclude> qceeaik5zd22mr4oexgnt2au844pgwz 10 74031 205557 2022-08-01T22:18:31Z (G)jabz 12383 Nao frãndzã: <div style="clear:{{#switch:{{{1|}}}|left|right={{{1|}}}|both}}"></div><noinclude> {{documentation}} [[Categorie:Formate de formatare și funcționare]]</noinclude> wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="clear:{{#switch:{{{1|}}}|left|right={{{1|}}}|both}}"></div><noinclude> {{documentation}} [[Categorie:Formate de formatare și funcționare]]</noinclude> 87ufc0v46hsvyb4q7ezcgso708rsusr